diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d6de1065d..116350267 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ar\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "الحسابات" @@ -48,6 +48,125 @@ msgstr "؟" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "التغذية البنكية" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "كشوفات الحساب البنكية" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "تسجيل كشف حساب بنكي يدويا" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -94,29 +213,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -124,8 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -205,7 +318,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -307,333 +420,20 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "تسجيل كشف حساب بنكي يدويا" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "إنشئ كشف حسابات بنكية خاصة بك" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "تسوية كشف حساباتك البنكية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "اغلاق كشوفات البنوك من خلال التسوية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "اغلق كشف الحسابات البنكية" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 @@ -729,57 +529,6 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1147,6 +896,18 @@ msgstr "التسوية البنكية" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "نظرة عامة" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1223,16 +984,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" @@ -1423,21 +1179,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1636,63 +1388,1217 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "استخدام" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "الضرائب" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "المقدمة" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "دفتر يومية البنك" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "دفتر اليومية للضرائب على حركة النقدية" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "الكوبونات والعروض" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1701,13 +2607,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "المقدمة" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -1730,21 +2629,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1752,11 +2658,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "شجرة الحساب" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1764,32 +2670,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "الشريك" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -1797,65 +2776,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "الضرائب" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -1863,11 +2835,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -1875,14 +2847,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -1890,85 +2862,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "الرسائل" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "دفاتر اليومية" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -1976,39 +2948,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2017,175 +3015,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "فاتورة" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "فواتير المورد" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "التقارير" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2333,8 +3718,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -2969,9 +4355,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3107,57 +4493,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "المسئوليات" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3203,11 +4590,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "ميزان المراجعة" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "الربح والخسارة." @@ -3525,10 +4915,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3536,7 +4927,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3544,36 +4935,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3581,14 +4972,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3597,152 +4988,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "الفوترة" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3750,23 +5141,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3774,31 +5165,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3807,66 +5198,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3876,17 +5267,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3894,11 +5285,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3907,28 +5298,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3936,25 +5327,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3962,24 +5353,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3988,18 +5379,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4009,7 +5400,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4017,42 +5408,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4061,34 +5452,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4098,26 +5489,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4127,90 +5518,90 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4218,41 +5609,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4262,25 +5653,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4289,19 +5680,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4309,14 +5700,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4325,27 +5716,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4996,154 +6387,6 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -5692,26 +6935,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -6101,189 +7324,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "المدين" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "الدائن" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "بنك ونقدية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "الأصول المتداولة" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "الأصول غير المتداولة" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "المصاريف المدفوعة مقدمًا" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "أصول ثابتة" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "التزامات جارية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "الالتزامات غير الحالية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "الملكية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "أرباح السنة الجارية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "دخل آخر" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "الدخل" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "إهلاك" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "المصروفات" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "الجرد" @@ -6991,10 +8031,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "كشوفات الحساب البنكية" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7134,91 +8170,87 @@ msgstr "تفعيل وضع المطور" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7228,34 +8260,34 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" @@ -7504,934 +8536,344 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "دفتر يومية البنك" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "دفتر اليومية للضرائب على حركة النقدية" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "الكوبونات والعروض" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "الدليل المحاسبي" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "الملكية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "الدخل" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "المدين" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "بنك ونقدية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "الأصول المتداولة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "الأصول غير المتداولة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "المصاريف المدفوعة مقدمًا" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "أصول ثابتة" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "الدائن" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "التزامات جارية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "الالتزامات غير الحالية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "أرباح السنة الجارية" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "دخل آخر" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "إهلاك" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" @@ -8806,10 +9248,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "الدليل المحاسبي" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -8824,6 +9262,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "القيود اليومية" @@ -8959,10 +9398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -8976,10 +9412,7 @@ msgstr "المدين" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9001,12 +9434,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" @@ -9121,10 +9548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9136,12 +9560,8 @@ msgstr "الحساب" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -10238,19 +10658,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10258,7 +10670,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10266,59 +10678,59 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -10993,7 +11405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11039,12 +11451,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -11067,9 +11473,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -11322,7 +11728,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11344,22 +11750,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -11367,14 +11773,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -12201,22 +12607,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -12224,21 +12630,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -12333,143 +12739,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "تاريخ الاستحقاق" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" @@ -12692,98 +12961,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "تاريخ الاستحقاق" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "مدفوعات العميل" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 81a0f1c90..0414dc5fe 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -302,6 +303,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "العملاء المحتملين المنشئين سيحملوا نفس إسم الشركة." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "التسعير" @@ -641,6 +643,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index f815d6885..d7f2f76b4 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 67b10b00d..d08e567a7 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Osoul , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -936,7 +936,8 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19740c60e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 5758781ea..cc97a0dd3 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Naser Al Ramahi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index ec8349814..e4aa6c2f5 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 4c7454ee6..fc1bb7d4f 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Mustafa Rawi , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Shaima Safar , 2019 +# Abed Al-Shammari , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ msgstr "المصادقة" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بروتوكول أوث" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -43,56 +44,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية السماح للمستخدمين بتسجيل الدخول باستخدام حساب غوغل الخاص بهم" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "استيراد البيانات" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيف يمكن تخصيص الملف." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "استورد الحقول ذات العلاقة (شاهد هنا بالأسفل)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية استيراد الحقول ذات العلاقة." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية استيراد البيانات داخل برنامج أودو." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية البدء" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -269,19 +269,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -289,17 +289,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية استيراد البيانات من تطبيق آخر" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -309,18 +309,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "لا يمكنني إيجاد الحقل الذي أريد ربط العمود الخاص بي به." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -331,18 +331,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أين يمكنني تغيير التنسيق الخاص بالتاريخ الذي تم استيراده؟" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -368,11 +368,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -382,56 +382,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "٣٢.٠٠٠,٠٠" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -439,100 +439,102 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدولة: اسم الدولة أو الرمز الخاص بها" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" +"من أجل دولة بلجيكا، يمكنك أن تستخدم ايا من 3 طرق من أجل استيراد البيانات:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الدولة: بلجيكا" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -540,13 +542,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -555,23 +557,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ماذا أفعل إذا كان لدي عدة مطابقات لحقل ما؟" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -582,20 +584,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -603,64 +605,64 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -670,17 +672,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ماذا يحدث إذا لم أزود قيمة لحقل معين؟" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -688,11 +690,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -700,57 +702,56 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -758,127 +759,202 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "يمكن وجود عمليات شراء أضافية داخل هذا التطبيق" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أعرض خدماتي الخاصة" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "الأساسيات" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية إضافة مستخدم" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "برنامج أودو يمنحك الخيار لإضافة مستخدمين إضافيين بأي لحظة." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إضافة مستخدمين فرديين" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -904,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -917,7 +993,7 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -925,17 +1001,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإدارة برنامج أودو بإستخدام لغتك الأم" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" +"برنامج أودو يمنحك الخيار لإدارته بعدة لغات، وكل مستخدم يمكنه إستخدامه بلغته " +"الخاصة." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتحميل لغتك التي تريد" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -958,7 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتغيير لغتك" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -974,17 +1052,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بفتح قائمة جديدة من أجل عرض التغييرات." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بتغيير لغة مستخدم آخر" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "برناج أودو يمنح كل مستخدم القدرة لإختيار لغته المفضلة." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1006,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية إنشاء مفتاح الدخول الخاص بتطبيق Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1018,6 +1096,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" msgstr "" +" إنشاء مفتاح الدخول الخاص بتطبيق Unsplash للمستخدمين الذين **لا يستخدمون " +"خاصية استعمال التطبيق كخدمة**" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." @@ -1032,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "اقبل الشروط ثم انقر على **أقبل الشروط**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1061,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "كيفية إنشاء رمز تعريفي خاص بتطبيق Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 4c0315a1f..6011aa00c 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abdalla Mohamed , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -39,21 +39,22 @@ msgid "" "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -61,56 +62,56 @@ msgid "" "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" @@ -118,61 +119,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -223,12 +225,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -236,52 +237,52 @@ msgid "" "allowing for customizable stages for each team!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " "form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -289,105 +290,105 @@ msgid "" "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -550,36 +551,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "الإعدادات" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 12b5ed650..a3259f541 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -125,8 +125,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -543,8 +544,8 @@ msgstr "الإعدادات" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -554,50 +555,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -796,22 +799,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -996,8 +999,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1068,7 +1071,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1385,8 +1388,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1397,10 +1401,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1413,9 +1417,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1534,9 +1538,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1547,18 +1551,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1702,6 +1706,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -1817,8 +1825,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -1878,9 +1886,9 @@ msgstr "تنبيهات انتهاء الصلاحية" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1918,8 +1926,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -1934,8 +1942,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -1989,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "أنواع العمليات" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2015,8 +2024,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2053,16 +2063,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2133,8 +2143,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2163,13 +2173,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2245,9 +2256,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2305,12 +2316,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2336,8 +2349,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2358,8 +2372,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2382,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2575,8 +2589,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2598,8 +2612,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2615,8 +2629,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2628,9 +2642,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2743,10 +2757,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2755,15 +2769,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -2886,8 +2900,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -2896,9 +2911,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -2915,9 +2930,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3024,7 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3091,8 +3106,9 @@ msgstr "قواعد إعادة الطلب" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3135,8 +3151,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3165,13 +3181,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3185,8 +3199,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3221,9 +3235,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3273,8 +3288,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3595,278 +3610,279 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "فاتورة المورد" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "المدين" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "الدائن" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "فاتورة العميل" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "اوامر التصنيع" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "المحاسبة الأنجلو-ساكسونية" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -3875,72 +3891,72 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4029,9 +4045,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4108,14 +4125,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4159,13 +4177,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4208,8 +4227,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4281,8 +4300,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4422,34 +4441,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4457,7 +4476,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4468,21 +4487,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4506,17 +4525,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4524,37 +4543,37 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4562,7 +4581,7 @@ msgid "" "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4571,74 +4590,74 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4687,7 +4706,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 @@ -4725,30 +4744,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr "" @@ -4811,40 +4826,36 @@ msgid "" "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr "" @@ -5112,41 +5123,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6243,69 +6255,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3643b76a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ar\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 4d5d3c5c4..376ff9309 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -193,36 +193,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 2089e2d44..ed7a1af6a 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -749,11 +749,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -765,26 +761,26 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2f1a6f9b5..e3d4dff57 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abed Al-Shammari , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index f98a4b353..07ac45201 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mustafa Rawi , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -25,491 +25,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "القائمة السوداء" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "التسعير" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 97680ff10..60019f4f3 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 && n%100<=99 ? 4 : 5;\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 15118074c..28a986cf3 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -5,18 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Mustafa Rawi , 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Osama Ahmaro , 2020 -# Shaima Safar , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shaima Safar , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Osama Ahmaro , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -263,246 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "الكود" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "عرض" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "التعليقات" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "القائمة" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -637,48 +395,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 8ece131a4..7777c3844 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: amrnegm , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -912,10 +912,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1146,10 +1147,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1545,18 +1547,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1565,11 +1568,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1577,93 +1580,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "المنتجات" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "المدونات" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "المنتديات" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "الفعاليات" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "المناصب الوظيفية" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "تعدد الشركات" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1671,46 +1674,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1719,41 +1722,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "قوائم الأسعار" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1761,11 +1764,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1774,42 +1777,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 41c27a46c..fafb4b45d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -20,16 +20,17 @@ # Patrick Heuel , 2019 # Florian Pose , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Thomas Neumann , 2020 +# UteHaus , 2020 +# philku79 , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Thomas Neumann , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Finanzen" @@ -49,9 +50,128 @@ msgstr "Bank & Kasse" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bank Datenübertragung" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Bankauszüge" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank Synchronisierung: Automatischer Import" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -95,29 +215,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -125,8 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -137,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oddo Benutzer online" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -169,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Synchronisieren Sie ihre Bank Konten" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -186,7 +300,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sie können Odoo mit Ihrer Bank verbinden" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -206,9 +320,9 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FAQ" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" @@ -308,333 +422,20 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 @@ -730,57 +531,6 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1148,6 +898,18 @@ msgstr "Ausgleich Bankkonto" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1224,16 +986,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" @@ -1270,7 +1027,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" @@ -1424,21 +1181,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1637,63 +1390,1217 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Verwendung" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Steuern" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Überblick" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Gutscheine und Werbeaktionen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1702,13 +2609,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentinien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Überblick" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -1731,21 +2631,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1753,11 +2660,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Kontenplan" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1765,32 +2672,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partner" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -1798,65 +2778,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Steuern" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -1864,11 +2837,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -1876,14 +2849,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -1891,85 +2864,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Journale" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -1977,39 +2950,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2018,175 +3017,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Rechnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Eingangsrechnungen" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Berichte" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2334,8 +3720,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -2970,9 +4357,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3108,57 +4495,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Verantwortlichkeiten" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3204,11 +4592,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilanz" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" @@ -3526,10 +4917,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3537,7 +4929,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3545,36 +4937,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3582,14 +4974,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3598,152 +4990,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Abrechnung" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3751,23 +5143,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3775,31 +5167,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3808,66 +5200,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3877,17 +5269,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3895,11 +5287,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3908,28 +5300,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3937,25 +5329,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3963,24 +5355,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3989,18 +5381,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4010,7 +5402,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4018,42 +5410,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4062,34 +5454,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4099,26 +5491,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4128,90 +5520,90 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4219,41 +5611,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4263,25 +5655,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4290,19 +5682,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4310,14 +5702,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4326,27 +5718,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4997,154 +6389,6 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -5693,26 +6937,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -6102,189 +7326,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Debitoren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Kreditoren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Liquide Mittel" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Anlagevermögen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Sachanlagen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Eigenkapital" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Erlöse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Abschreibungen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Aufwand" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" @@ -6992,10 +8033,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bankauszüge" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7135,91 +8172,87 @@ msgstr "Entwicklermodus aktivieren" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7229,34 +8262,34 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" @@ -7505,934 +8538,344 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankjournal" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal für die Besteuerung nach vereinnahmten Entgelten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Gutscheine und Werbeaktionen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Kontenplan" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigenkapital" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Erlöse" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debitoren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Liquide Mittel" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Umlaufvermögen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Anlagevermögen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Vorauszahlungen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Sachanlagen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Kreditoren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Kurzfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Langfristige Verbindlichkeiten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Jahresüberschuss/Jahresfehlbetrag" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Sonstige betriebliche Erträge" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Abschreibungen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" @@ -8807,10 +9250,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Kontenplan" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -8825,6 +9264,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Buchungssätze" @@ -8960,10 +9400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -8977,10 +9414,7 @@ msgstr "Soll" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9002,12 +9436,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" @@ -9122,10 +9550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9137,12 +9562,8 @@ msgstr "Konto" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -10239,19 +10660,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10259,7 +10672,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10267,59 +10680,59 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -10994,7 +11407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11040,12 +11453,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -11068,9 +11475,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -11323,7 +11730,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11345,22 +11752,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -11368,14 +11775,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -12202,22 +12609,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -12225,21 +12632,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -12334,143 +12741,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" @@ -12693,98 +12963,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fälligkeitsdatum" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundeneinzahlungen" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 5960a012d..58ec7d09d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jan Meyer, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -298,6 +299,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Preiskalkulation" @@ -636,6 +638,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 61e0de0e5..8dfaf31ec 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -295,25 +295,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index ab4897c18..b8b24f42e 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -935,7 +935,8 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b334093a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# philku79 , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 0ea801d43..dd2fccfe5 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index be6656116..1bb4a1018 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Außendienst" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 47cc35736..f28d0593d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -45,52 +45,51 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -267,19 +266,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -287,17 +286,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -307,18 +306,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -329,18 +328,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -350,7 +349,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -358,7 +357,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -366,11 +365,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -380,56 +379,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -437,100 +436,101 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -538,13 +538,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -553,23 +553,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -580,20 +580,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -601,64 +601,64 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -668,17 +668,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -686,11 +686,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -698,57 +698,56 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -756,6 +755,79 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -764,100 +836,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 @@ -902,7 +976,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -915,7 +989,7 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 06214cb60..ebddcc295 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Leon Grill , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -40,21 +40,22 @@ msgid "" "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Gutschriften aus Tickets generieren" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -62,56 +63,56 @@ msgid "" "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Produktrückgaben von Tickets zulassen" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" @@ -119,61 +120,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "Kunden erlauben, ihre Tickets zu schließen" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -224,12 +226,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -237,52 +238,52 @@ msgid "" "allowing for customizable stages for each team!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " "form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -290,105 +291,105 @@ msgid "" "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -551,36 +552,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index fa813c65c..b475e16cc 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -130,8 +130,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -548,8 +549,8 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -559,50 +560,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -801,22 +804,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1001,8 +1004,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1073,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1390,8 +1393,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1402,10 +1406,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1418,9 +1422,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1539,9 +1543,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1552,18 +1556,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1707,6 +1711,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -1822,8 +1830,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -1883,9 +1891,9 @@ msgstr "Ablaufbenachrichtigungen" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1923,8 +1931,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -1939,8 +1947,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -1994,7 +2003,7 @@ msgstr "Vorgangstypen" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2020,8 +2029,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2058,16 +2068,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2138,8 +2148,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2168,13 +2178,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2250,9 +2261,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2310,12 +2321,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2341,8 +2354,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2363,8 +2377,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2387,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2580,8 +2594,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2603,8 +2617,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2620,8 +2634,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2633,9 +2647,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2748,10 +2762,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2760,15 +2774,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -2891,8 +2905,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -2901,9 +2916,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -2920,9 +2935,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3029,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3096,8 +3111,9 @@ msgstr "Meldebestände" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3140,8 +3156,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3170,13 +3186,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3190,8 +3204,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3226,9 +3240,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3278,8 +3293,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3600,278 +3615,279 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Soll" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haben" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Ausgangsrechnung" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Fertigungsaufträge" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Angelsächsische Buchführung" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -3880,72 +3896,72 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4034,9 +4050,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4113,14 +4130,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4164,13 +4182,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4213,8 +4232,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4286,8 +4305,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4427,34 +4446,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4462,7 +4481,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4473,21 +4492,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4511,17 +4530,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4529,37 +4548,37 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4567,7 +4586,7 @@ msgid "" "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4576,74 +4595,74 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4692,7 +4711,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 @@ -4730,30 +4749,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr "" @@ -4816,40 +4831,36 @@ msgid "" "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr "" @@ -5119,41 +5130,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6250,69 +6262,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d2985898 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# philku79 , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: philku79 , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Fortgeschritten" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "Kennzahlen verstehen" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" +"Kennzahlen sind Werte die Ihnen dabei helfen Fortschritt zu messen. Sie " +"können ein mächtiges Werkzeug sein, um Ihre Mitarbeiter dabei zu " +"unterstützen ihre Ziele zu erreichen." + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "20 Datensätze erfüllen die Bedingungen." + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Übersicht" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr ":doc:`segment`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "Mit Filtern arbeiten" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "Test starten und eine Kampagne beginnen" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Einen Test starten" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "Klicke auf *Einen Test starten*." + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index b3f3b3b08..ea7bddd2f 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index ee6bb01e2..f5c301a14 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -748,11 +748,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -764,26 +760,26 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 24741602f..f91d0f771 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Katharina Moritz , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -416,25 +416,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -442,18 +444,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -464,14 +466,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -483,24 +485,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -511,11 +513,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -523,13 +525,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -619,16 +621,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -637,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -799,8 +802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -913,7 +915,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1147,7 +1148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -1235,6 +1236,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2426,8 +2434,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 72dfbd766..7cbe255e3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -27,491 +27,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS Marketing" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Schwarze Liste" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Preiskalkulation" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "Ja." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index ae99f7f4b..105f6bbab 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -22,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Social Marketing" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 618ce9a52..e74c2cac2 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wolfgang Taferner, 2020\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -261,246 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Anzeige" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Kommentare" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Liste" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -635,48 +395,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 197892153..bb0ab9a8c 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Egal , 2019\n" "Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -915,10 +915,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1149,10 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1549,18 +1551,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1569,11 +1572,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1581,93 +1584,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkte" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Forenverzeichnis" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Events" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Arbeitsstellen" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-Unternehmen" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1675,46 +1678,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1723,41 +1726,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Preislisten" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1765,11 +1768,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1778,42 +1781,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 4d18f9ddd..8a312e5a9 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -6,18 +6,15 @@ # Translators: # Gabriel Umana , 2020 # Carlos Lopez , 2020 -# josue giron , 2020 # Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 # David Sanchez , 2020 # Rick Hunter , 2020 # miguelchuga , 2020 # Hbto [ Vauxoo ] , 2020 -# Javier Sabena , 2020 # Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2020 # e2f , 2020 # Esteban Echeverry , 2020 # José Vicente , 2020 -# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco , 2020 # Sabina Batlle , 2020 # oihane , 2020 # Alejandro Die Sanchis , 2020 @@ -32,7 +29,6 @@ # Antonio Trueba, 2020 # Katerina Katapodi , 2020 # Gustavo Valverde, 2020 -# Manuel Mahecha , 2020 # Nicole Kist , 2020 # Sébastien BÜHL , 2020 # Daniel Blanco , 2020 @@ -53,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: John Guardado , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -63,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad" @@ -75,6 +71,125 @@ msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Canales de comunicación bancarios" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Extractos bancarios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -121,29 +236,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -151,8 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -232,7 +341,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -334,421 +443,22 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta CODA (sólo Bélgica)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"CODA es un formato de archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. " -"La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten " -"descargar un archivo CODA con todos tus estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo CODA desde su banco o software de " -"contabilidad e importarlo directamente en Odoo. Esto creará todos los " -"estados de cuenta bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Instalar la función CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Si todavía no has activado CODA, necesita activarlo antes de continuar. En " -"el módulo de Contabilidad, valla al menú Configuración > Ajustes. En la " -"sección de Contabilidad, marque la opción \"Importar extracto bancarios en " -"formato CODA.\" y luego al botón Aceptar. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importe su primer archivo CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se tiene instalado esta función, puede configurar su cuenta " -"bancaria para permitir la importación de archivos de extractos de cuenta. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al \"Tablero\" de contabilidad y haga clic en el botón" -" de \"Más\" de la tarjeta de la cuenta bancaria. A continuación, haga clic " -"en \"Importar declaración\" para cargar tu primer archivo de CODA." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Cargue tu archivo de CODA en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en 'Importar'" -" para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Si el archivo es cargado exitosamente, usted será redirigido a la pantalla " -"de conciliaciones bancarias con todas las transacciones por conciliar." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Importando archivos CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber importado tu primer archivo, el tablero de contabilidad de " -"Odoo te propondrá automáticamente importar más archivos de su banco. Para la" -" próxima importación, no necesitas ir al botón de 'Más', ya puedes " -"directamente clic al enlace 'Importar Declaración'." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que reciba una declaración relacionada con un nuevo " -"cliente/proveedor, Odoo le pedirá que seleccione el contacto correcto para " -"conciliar la transacción. Odoo aprenderá de esa operación y completará " -"automáticamente los próximos pagos que recibe o realice en estos contactos. " -"Esto acelerará mucho el proceso de reconciliación." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo es capaz de detectar automáticamente si algunos archivos o " -"transacciones han sido ya importados. Entonces, usted no debe preocuparse " -"por evitar importar dos veces el mismo archivo: Odoo controlará todo por " -"usted antes de crear nuevos estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede importar sus estados de cuenta bancarios sincronizados con " -"su banco, sino también registrar sus estados de cuenta bancarios de forma " -"manual." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Sin configuración especial es necesario registrar las facturas. Todo lo que " -"necesitas hacer es instalar la aplicación contable." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Cree sus Estados de Cuenta Bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" -"En el panel, haga clic en el botón **Nueva Declaración** relacionada con los" -" diarios de banco. Si hay que hacer algunas conciliaciones, el vínculo Nueva" -" Declaración se encuentra debajo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Sólo tienes que rellenar los campos según la información escrita en su " -"extracto bancario. La referencia puede ser llenada de forma manual o se " -"puede dejar en blanco. Le recomendamos que rellenar el socio para facilitar " -"el proceso de reconciliación." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" -"La diferencia entre el saldo inicial y el saldo final debe ser igual al " -"saldo computarizado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Cuando haya terminado, clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Conciliar los extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" -"Usted puede elegir para conciliar directamente la declaración haciendo clic " -"en el botón |manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" -"También puede iniciar el proceso de reconciliación en el tablero haciendo " -"clic en **Reconciliar # Artículos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Validar** para conciliar su estado de cuenta. Si el socio no " -"se encuentra, Odoo le pedirá que **seleccione un socio**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" -"Presiona CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todas las partidas equilibradas en las " -"hojas." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Cerrar Declaraciones de Banco de la reconciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" -"Si el saldo es correcta, puede cerrar directamente la declaración de la " -"reconciliación haciendo clic en |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" -"De lo contrario, haga clic en |manual08| para abrir la cuenta y corregir el " -"problema." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Cerrar Estado de Cuenta Bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" -"Sobre el tablero de contabilidad, haga clic en el botón Más de su diario del" -" banco, luego haga clic en estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Para cerrar el estado de cuenta bancario, haga clic en **Validar**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) o Intercambio Financiero Abierto es una " -"especificación para el intercambio electrónico de datos financieros entre " -"las instituciones financieras, negocios y consumidores en internet." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo OFX desde su banco o software de " -"contabilidad e importarlo directamente en su instancia de Odoo, creando " -"todos los extractos bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Para importar archivos de banco QFX,debe activar esto elemento de Odoo. En " -"el programa de Contabilidad aplicado, ir al menu 'menuselection: " -"Configuracion...>Parametros: Desde los parametros de contabilidad, eligir la" -" opcion 'Import in QFX Format' y aplicar el programa. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"Una vez haya instalado esta funcionalidad, puede configurar su cuenta de " -"banco para permitir la importación de los archivos de extracto bancario. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al Panel de contabildad, y haga clic en el botón " -"**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " -"para cargar su primer archivo OFX." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Cargue su archivo OFX en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en **Importar** " -"para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Importar archivos OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber importado su primer archivo, el Panel de contabilidad de " -"Odoo automáticamente le propondrá importar más archivos para su banco. Para " -"la próxima importación, ya no necesita ir al menú **Más**, usted puede hacer" -" clic directamente en el link **Importar Extracto** " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que reciba una declaración relacionada con un nuevo cliente " -"/provvedor, Odoo le preguntará a seleccionar el contacto correcto para " -"aceptar la transacción. Odoo aprende de esa operación y automáticamente " -"completará el próximo pago que usted recibe o realice a esos contactos. Eso " -"acelará muchoel proceso de reconciliación." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" - #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar su cuenta PayPal con Odoo?" @@ -874,78 +584,6 @@ msgstr "" "Usted sólo tiene que proporcionar sus tarjetas la primera vez. Una vez hecho" " esto, Odoo sincronizará con PayPal cada 4 horas de forma automática." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"El Formato de Intercambio Acelerado (QIF - siglas en inglés) es una " -"especificación abierta para leer y escribir datos financieros a medios (ej. " -"archivos). Si bien es ampliamente utilizado, el formato QIF es más antiguo " -"que Intercambio Financiero Abierto (OFX - siglas en inglés) y deberá usar la" -" versión OFX si puede exportar ambos formatos de archivo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo QIF de su banco o de contabilidad de " -"software e importarlo directamente en la instancia Odoo. Esto creará todos " -"los estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"En orden para importar los estados de cuenta QIF, necesita activar la " -"función en Odoo. En la aplicación de contabilidad , ir al menu : seleccion " -"de menu: Configuración -->Ajuste. desde ajuste de cuenta, verificar la " -"opción de estado bancario **importar en formato QIF** y aplicar." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"Una vez haya instalado esta funcionalidad, puede configurar su cuenta " -"bancaria para permitir la importación de archivos de extractos bancarios. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al Panel de contabildad, y haga clic en el botón " -"**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " -"para cargar su primer archivo QIF." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Cargue su archivo QIF en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en **Importar** para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios.\n" -"Importar los ficheros IQF\n" -"Como sincronizar Odoo con su banco?\n" -"Odoo puede sincronizar con su banco directamente para hacer importar todos reportes automaticamente en Odoo, cada" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importando archivos QIF" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1393,6 +1031,18 @@ msgstr "Conciliación Bancaria" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configure el modelo de entradas" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1536,16 +1186,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Reconciliar** para finalizar el proceso." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1769,11 +1414,7 @@ msgstr "" "compañía en las preferencias de su usuario para poder agregar, editar o " "borrar cuentas bancarias de otra compañía." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Cuenta Bancaria** en nuestra Demostración En Línea" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1781,11 +1422,11 @@ msgstr "" "El saldo inicial de una cuenta bancaria será ajustado al saldo de cierre del" " anterior dentro del mismo diario automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta bancaria o cuenta de tarjeta de crédito" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -2040,15 +1681,15 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña Asientos de Diarios, la cuenta Débito y Crédito preestablecida" " puede ser configurada también como la moneda del diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos en efectivo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2056,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar una caja registradora especifica a otro cliente, deberá " "seguir los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2064,11 +1705,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Tablero --> Efectivo --> Registro de" " Transacciones`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Llene en el balance de inicio y cierre" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2076,11 +1717,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre las transacciones, especificando los clientes vinculados a la " "transacción" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Poner dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2090,11 +1731,11 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de Transacciones, vaya " "a :menuselection:`Más --> Ingresar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Sacar dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2104,12 +1745,1461 @@ msgstr "" "de finalizadas todas sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de " "Transacciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Más --> Retirar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Las transacciones serán agregadas al registro actual de pago en efectivo." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "Cómo hacer el cierre del año en Odoo? (cerrar un año fiscal)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de continuar con el cierre del año fiscal, hay algunos pasos que " +"normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " +"correcta, actualizada y exacta:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese que ha conciliado completamente sus **cuenta(s) bancaria(s)** " +"hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " +"concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " +"aprobadas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " +"registrados exactamente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " +"impuestos es correcta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Compare sus saldos bancarios en Odoo contra los saldos bancarios actuales en" +" sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " +"con esto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " +"sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" +" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " +"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute la función opcional **Pagos Equivalentes**, bajo el **Más** " +"desplegable en el tablero, validando cualquier entrada **Facturas de " +"Proveedor** y **Facturas de Cliente** con sus pagos. Este paso es opcional, " +"no obstante puede asistir el proceso de cierre de año si todos los pagos " +"pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" +" o equivocaciones en el sistema. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " +"hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Ajustes manuales de fin de año, usando el menú **Diario de Entradas Asesor**" +" (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " +"Retenidas**)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Trabajo en Progreso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Préstamos**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " +"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" +" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " +"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Durante este proceso, es bueno practicar configurar la **Fecha de Cierre " +"para No-Consejeros** al último día del precedente año financiero, el cual es" +" configurado bajo la configuración de contabilidad. De esta forma, el " +"contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " +"previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo no hay necesidad de hacer un asiento de cierre de año específico " +"para cerrar las cuentas de ingreso del reporte. Los reportes son creados en " +"tiempo-real, lo que quiere decir que el **Reporte de Ingresos** corresponde " +"directalmente con la fecha de cierre de año que especifique en Odoo. Además," +" en cualquier momento que genere el **Reporte de Ingresos**, la fecha de " +"inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " +"de las cuenta serán todos 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Una vez el contador/contable ha creado el diario de asiento para localizar " +"las **Ganancias Corrientes del Año**, deberá configurar la **Fecha de " +"Cierre** al último día del año fiscal. Asegurándose que antes de hacer esto," +" que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " +"correctamente reportando un saldo 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" +"¿Como manejar precios para negocios (impuestos exclidos) y precios para el " +"consumidor final (impuestos incluidos)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " +"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " +"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" +" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " +"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " +"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " +"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" +" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " +"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " +"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " +"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" +" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" +"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " +"1.74€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " +"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " +"de 9.99€ porque:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " +"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " +"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " +"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " +"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " +"impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " +"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " +"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " +"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " +"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " +"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " +"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " +"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " +"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " +"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " +"fuerza de venta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " +"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " +"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" +" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " +"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " +"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " +"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " +"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " +"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " +"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " +"producto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " +"especificos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " +"impuestos incluidos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " +"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configurar sus productos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " +"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " +"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" +" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " +"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " +"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" +" la aplicación Ventas. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " +"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " +"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" +" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" +" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " +"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" +" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " +"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " +"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " +"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " +"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " +"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" +"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o " +"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " +"*Posiciones Fiscales*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" +"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por " +"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la " +"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de " +"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " +"para compras." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu" +" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos " +"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " +"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" +"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de " +"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos " +"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " +"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" +"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar " +"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " +"a tus clientes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" +"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " +"el cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" +"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la " +"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " +"cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" +"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados" +" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que " +"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu " +"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " +"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" +"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" +" de impuestos para aplicar." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" +"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " +"la asignación de impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" +"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo" +" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " +"un pedido." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Para órdenes eCommerce, el impuesto del carrito del visitante se actualizará" +" automáticamente y aplicará el nuevo impuesto después que el visitante ha " +"ingresado o llenado su dirección de entrega." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso específicos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" +"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar " +"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " +"aplicar*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" +"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por " +"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " +"*Impuesto sobre el producto*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`crear`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " +"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" +" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " +"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " +"condiciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " +"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " +"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " +"debe para el 2do trimestre." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " +"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " +"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" +" en Efectivo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " +"contabilidad?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " +"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " +"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diario del banco" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banco $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" +"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos " +"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos " +"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones " +"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" +" con los impuestos correctos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección detalla como definir nuevos impuestos para casos de uso " +"específicos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" +"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. " +"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" +" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" +"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" +"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" +" ventas)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "**Grupo de impuestos**: permite tener un impuesto compuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" +"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de " +"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este " +"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " +"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" +"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo " +"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo " +"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " +"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " +"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" +"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se " +"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto " +"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " +"factura \"15%\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" +"**Grupo de Impuestos**: define donde este impuesto es resumido en el pie de " +"página de la factura. Todos los impuestos que pertenecen al mismo grupo de " +"impuestos serán agrupados en el pie de página de la factura. Ejemplos de " +"grupo de impuestos: IVA, Retención." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" +"**Incluir en Costo Analítico**: el impuesto es contado como un costo y, así," +" genera una entrada analítica si su factura usa cuentas analíticas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" +"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " +"puedes mantener este campo vacío." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " +"mayoría de las localizaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen " +"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " +"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo" +" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " +"Configuración -> Ajustes`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" +"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y " +"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que " +"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " +"campo para cada empresa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar retenciones de impuestos?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " +"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " +"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " +"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " +"salariales." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " +"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " +"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" +" por el cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " +"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" +" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " +"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" +" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " +"**Opciones Avanzadas**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " +"venta o facturas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " +"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " +"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " +"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " +"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " +"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " +"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " +"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " +"impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" +"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el " +"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " +"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Si el impuesto no esta incluido en el precio, obtendrá:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Impuestos: $10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Total a pagar: $110" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Si el impuesta esta incluido en el precio" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: 90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Impuestos: $9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Total a pagar: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" +"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los " +"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " +":doc:`B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" +"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " +"electrónico" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico " +"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, " +"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: " +"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " +"impuestos)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "En Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizaciones" @@ -2118,13 +3208,6 @@ msgstr "Localizaciones" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -2149,21 +3232,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2171,11 +3261,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plan de Cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2183,32 +3273,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Empresa" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2216,65 +3379,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2282,11 +3438,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2294,14 +3450,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2309,85 +3465,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Cartas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2395,39 +3551,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2436,175 +3618,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Uso y pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Factura" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Facturas de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2787,8 +4356,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -3459,9 +5029,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3610,38 +5180,39 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Más información" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3649,20 +5220,20 @@ msgstr "" "Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " "oficiales:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3717,11 +5288,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance de Situación" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" @@ -4080,10 +5654,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Habilite el modo desarrollador: " +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4095,7 +5670,7 @@ msgstr "" "llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " "nombre no existe )." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4107,12 +5682,12 @@ msgstr "" "SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI " "3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4120,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo " "\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4130,7 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "" "correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el " "test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -4140,11 +5715,11 @@ msgstr "" "campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver " "a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4156,7 +5731,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego " "ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -4166,7 +5741,7 @@ msgstr "" "se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " "`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4180,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr "" "propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su " "entorno de producción con transacciones reales." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4188,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un" " nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4196,23 +5771,23 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de " "Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificado`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4223,7 +5798,7 @@ msgstr "" "el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser " "\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4231,11 +5806,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta " "asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4243,7 +5818,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  " "siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4251,7 +5826,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente " "debe tener este aspecto:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4261,7 +5836,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en " "odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4269,11 +5844,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " "forma en que debería verse." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Cancelando facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -4281,37 +5856,37 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación " "normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4321,35 +5896,35 @@ msgstr "" " la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son " "importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4357,23 +5932,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4381,31 +5956,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4419,49 +5994,49 @@ msgstr "" "oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la" " emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Contabilidad Electrónica (Requiere Aplicación de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4471,17 +6046,17 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y darle clic " "en el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4491,11 +6066,11 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4504,7 +6079,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del " "SAT **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4516,11 +6091,11 @@ msgstr "" "en su base de datos), tendrá por defecto las etiquetas más comunes. Si la " "etiqueta que necesita no está creada, puede crearla." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4535,21 +6110,21 @@ msgstr "" "superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período " "que desea exportar." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4559,7 +6134,7 @@ msgstr "" "sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no " "pasen en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4567,18 +6142,18 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4588,7 +6163,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede " "encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4596,24 +6171,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4622,18 +6197,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4643,7 +6218,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4651,31 +6226,31 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4683,12 +6258,12 @@ msgstr "" "Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " "sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4702,34 +6277,34 @@ msgstr "" "necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser " "configurado en todos sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4739,26 +6314,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4773,11 +6348,11 @@ msgstr "" "dejara bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de " "configurar esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -4785,58 +6360,58 @@ msgstr "" "Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " "XSD (CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -4846,22 +6421,22 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4869,41 +6444,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4913,25 +6488,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4940,19 +6515,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4960,14 +6535,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4976,27 +6551,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -5695,207 +7270,6 @@ msgstr "" " el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " "haber sido efectuado." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Cómo hacer el cierre del año en Odoo? (cerrar un año fiscal)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de continuar con el cierre del año fiscal, hay algunos pasos que " -"normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " -"correcta, actualizada y exacta:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que ha conciliado completamente sus **cuenta(s) bancaria(s)** " -"hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " -"concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " -"aprobadas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " -"registrados exactamente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " -"impuestos es correcta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Compare sus saldos bancarios en Odoo contra los saldos bancarios actuales en" -" sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " -"con esto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " -"sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" -" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " -"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute la función opcional **Pagos Equivalentes**, bajo el **Más** " -"desplegable en el tablero, validando cualquier entrada **Facturas de " -"Proveedor** y **Facturas de Cliente** con sus pagos. Este paso es opcional, " -"no obstante puede asistir el proceso de cierre de año si todos los pagos " -"pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" -" o equivocaciones en el sistema. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " -"hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Ajustes manuales de fin de año, usando el menú **Diario de Entradas Asesor**" -" (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " -"Retenidas**)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Trabajo en Progreso**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Préstamos**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " -"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" -" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " -"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Durante este proceso, es bueno practicar configurar la **Fecha de Cierre " -"para No-Consejeros** al último día del precedente año financiero, el cual es" -" configurado bajo la configuración de contabilidad. De esta forma, el " -"contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " -"previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo no hay necesidad de hacer un asiento de cierre de año específico " -"para cerrar las cuentas de ingreso del reporte. Los reportes son creados en " -"tiempo-real, lo que quiere decir que el **Reporte de Ingresos** corresponde " -"directalmente con la fecha de cierre de año que especifique en Odoo. Además," -" en cualquier momento que genere el **Reporte de Ingresos**, la fecha de " -"inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " -"de las cuenta serán todos 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el contador/contable ha creado el diario de asiento para localizar " -"las **Ganancias Corrientes del Año**, deberá configurar la **Fecha de " -"Cierre** al último día del año fiscal. Asegurándose que antes de hacer esto," -" que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " -"correctamente reportando un saldo 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -6595,26 +7969,6 @@ msgstr "**Derecho**" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Cuenta**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédito**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valor**" @@ -7083,208 +8437,6 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones de Odoo (ventas, compras, hojas de trabajo, producción, " "facturas,...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta y cómo lo configuro?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Un tipo de cuenta es el nombre o código dado a una cuenta que indica el " -"propósito de la cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los Tipos de Cuentas se usan con propósitos informativos, para " -"generar reportes legales específicos del país, configure las reglas de " -"cierre del año fiscal y genere asientos de entrada." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"Básicamente, los tipos de Cuentas categorizan cuentas generales con algunas " -"categorías específicas de acuerdo a su comportamiento o propósito." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son los tipos de cuenta en Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo cubre todo tipo de contabilidades. Por lo tanto, no puede crear nuevos " -"tipos de cuentas. Solo elija la que se relacione con su cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Listas de los tipos de cuentas**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Por cobrar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "A pagar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banco y caja" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Activos Circulantes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Activos no-circulantes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Pre-pagos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Activos fijos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivo circulantes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivos no-circulantes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Valor neto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Ganancias año actual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Otro Ingreso" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Ingreso" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Gastos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Costos Directos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar mis cuentas?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Clases de cuentas estan automaticamente creadas cuando se instala un plan de" -" cuentas, por defecto Odoo trae varios planes de cuentas, solo instale el " -"relacionado a su país" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Este instalará cuentas genéricas. Pero si no cubre todos los casos, puede " -"crear sus propias cuentas también." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Si Ud. es un usuario Saas, el plan de cuentas de su país se instalará " -"automáticamente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Para crear nuevas cuentas, vaya a la aplicación Contabilidad. Abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Consejero --> Plan de Cuentas`, de clic en el botón " -"**Crear**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Crear una Cuenta** en nuestra Demostración en Línea" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" @@ -8136,10 +9288,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Extractos bancarios" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8312,23 +9460,15 @@ msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -"Para tener acceso a la interfaz de creación de reportes financieros, el " -"**modo desarrollador** debe ser activado. Para hacerlo, primero de clic en " -"el perfil del usuario en el extremo superior derecho del menú, luego " -"**Acerca De**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "De clic en: **Activar el modo desarrollador**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8336,43 +9476,43 @@ msgstr "" "Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8383,7 +9523,7 @@ msgstr "" "línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " "procesamiento de la línea)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8393,11 +9533,11 @@ msgstr "" "valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " "separado por ;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8405,7 +9545,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " "un rango de fechas)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8414,7 +9554,7 @@ msgstr "" "valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " "``.monto_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8430,15 +9570,15 @@ msgstr "" "de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " "el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8447,7 +9587,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " "(mostrado en verde) o no." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8455,7 +9595,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " "debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8465,7 +9605,7 @@ msgstr "" "plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " "plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" @@ -8771,1176 +9911,344 @@ msgstr "" "Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " "todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Como manejar precios para negocios (impuestos exclidos) y precios para el " -"consumidor final (impuestos incluidos)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " -"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " -"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" -" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " -"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " -"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " -"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" -" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " -"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " -"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " -"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" -" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" -"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " -"1.74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " -"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " -"de 9.99€ porque:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " -"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " -"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " -"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " -"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " -"impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " -"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " -"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " -"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " -"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " -"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " -"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " -"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " -"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " -"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " -"fuerza de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " -"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " -"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" -" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " -"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " -"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " -"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " -"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " -"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " -"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " -"producto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " -"especificos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " -"impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " -"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configurar sus productos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " -"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " -"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" -" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " -"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " -"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" -" la aplicación Ventas. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " -"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " -"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" -" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" -" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " -"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" -" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " -"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " -"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " -"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " -"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " -"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o " -"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " -"*Posiciones Fiscales*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por " -"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la " -"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de " -"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " -"para compras." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu" -" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos " -"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " -"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de " -"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos " -"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " -"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar " -"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " -"a tus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " -"el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la " -"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " -"cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados" -" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que " -"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu " -"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " -"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" -" de impuestos para aplicar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " -"la asignación de impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo" -" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " -"un pedido." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Para órdenes eCommerce, el impuesto del carrito del visitante se actualizará" -" automáticamente y aplicará el nuevo impuesto después que el visitante ha " -"ingresado o llenado su dirección de entrega." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso específicos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar " -"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " -"aplicar*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por " -"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " -"*Impuesto sobre el producto*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`crear`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " -"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" -" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " -"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " -"condiciones." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " -"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " -"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " -"debe para el 2do trimestre." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " -"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " -"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" -" en Efectivo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " -"contabilidad?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " -"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " -"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diario del banco" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banco $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos " -"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos " -"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones " -"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" -" con los impuestos correctos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección detalla como definir nuevos impuestos para casos de uso " -"específicos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. " -"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" -" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" -" ventas)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Grupo de impuestos**: permite tener un impuesto compuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de " -"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este " -"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " -"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo " -"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo " -"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " -"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " -"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuración avanzada" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se " -"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto " -"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " -"factura \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Grupo de Impuestos**: define donde este impuesto es resumido en el pie de " -"página de la factura. Todos los impuestos que pertenecen al mismo grupo de " -"impuestos serán agrupados en el pie de página de la factura. Ejemplos de " -"grupo de impuestos: IVA, Retención." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Incluir en Costo Analítico**: el impuesto es contado como un costo y, así," -" genera una entrada analítica si su factura usa cuentas analíticas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " -"puedes mantener este campo vacío." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " -"mayoría de las localizaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen " -"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " -"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo" -" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " -"Configuración -> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" -"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y " -"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que " -"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " -"campo para cada empresa." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar retenciones de impuestos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " -"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " -"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " -"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " -"salariales." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " -"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " -"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" -" por el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " -"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" -" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " -"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" -" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " -"**Opciones Avanzadas**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " -"venta o facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " -"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " -"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " -"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " -"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " -"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " -"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " -"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " -"impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el " -"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " -"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si el impuesto no esta incluido en el precio, obtendrá:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Impuestos: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si el impuesta esta incluido en el precio" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Impuestos: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los " -"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " -":doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " -"electrónico" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico " -"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, " -"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: " -"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " -"impuestos)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "En Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan contable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Valor neto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Ingreso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Por cobrar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banco y caja" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Activos Circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Activos no-circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Pre-pagos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Activos fijos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "A pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Pasivo circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Pasivos no-circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Ganancias año actual" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Otro Ingreso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Amortización" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar la Contabilidad de Odoo?" @@ -10407,10 +10715,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Activos = Pasivos + Equidad" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan contable" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10429,6 +10733,7 @@ msgstr "Balance = Débito - Crédito" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Asientos contables" @@ -10584,10 +10889,7 @@ msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -10601,10 +10903,7 @@ msgstr "Debe" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -10626,12 +10925,6 @@ msgstr "Factura 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -10763,10 +11056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -10778,12 +11068,8 @@ msgstr "Cuenta" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -12179,19 +12465,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explicación de los campos en la pantalla de pago: " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Tratar de pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12203,7 +12481,7 @@ msgstr "" "los cheques que no se han impreso aún. Desde esta pantalla, puede imprimir " "todos los cheques en lote o revisarlos uno por uno." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12215,7 +12493,7 @@ msgstr "" " preguntará el número del cheque. Automáticamente le propone el siguiente " "número, pero puede cambiarlo si no coincide con su siguiente número." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -12224,11 +12502,11 @@ msgstr "" " vista de lista e imprima el cheque desde el menú \"imprimir\" en la parte " "superior." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12238,18 +12516,18 @@ msgstr "" "desde su cuenta bancaria, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente corresponderlo " "con el pago. Esto marcará el pago como **Conciliado**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Pagar cualquier cosa con un cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12259,7 +12537,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú superior: :menuselection:`Compras --> " "Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método de pago con cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12267,7 +12545,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **Memo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12277,11 +12555,11 @@ msgstr "" "vez confirmado, puede usar **Imprimir Cheque** directamente o seguir el " "flujo anterior para imprimir cheques en lote:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -13080,7 +13358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13126,12 +13404,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -13154,9 +13426,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -13453,7 +13725,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13475,22 +13747,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -13498,14 +13770,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -14409,22 +14681,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -14432,21 +14704,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -14541,162 +14813,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "¿Cómo definir un plan de plazos en facturas de cliente?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"Para administrar los planes de plazos relacionados a una factura, debe usar " -"términos de pago en Odoo. Éstos aplican tanto en facturas de cliente como en" -" facturas de proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Ejemplo, para una factura específica:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Pago del 50% dentro de 10 días" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Pagar el saldo pendiente dentro de 30 días" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"La descripción del término de pago aparecerá en la factura u órden de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Términos de pago para clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Puede configurar términos de pago en:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" -"**un cliente**: el término de pago aplica automáticamente en órdenes de " -"venta nuevas o facturas nuevas para este cliente. Configure términos de pago" -" para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " -"órdenes del cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" -"**una cotización**: el término de pago aplicará en todas las facturas " -"creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " -"cotizaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**una factura**: el término de pago aplicará solamente en esta factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" -"Si una factura contiene un término de pago, la entrada de diario relacionada" -" a la factura es diferente. Sin término de pago, una factura de $100 " -"producirá la siguiente entrada de diario (para claridad del ejemplo, no " -"configuramos ningún impuesto en la factura):" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" -"Si realiza una factura el 1ro de Enero con un término de pago de 10% dentro " -"de 3 días y el saldo dentro de 30 días, obtendrá la siguiente entrada de " -"diario:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Ene 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Ene 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`resumen`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`términos_de_pago`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Descripción general del proceso de facturación" @@ -14978,132 +15094,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "reparaciones: facturar después de la venta de servicios" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "¿Cómo instalar y usar términos de pago?" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Los términos de pago definen las condiciones para pagar una factura. Éstos " -"aplican tanto para facturas de cliente como para facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Las condiciones de pago son diferentes de la facturación en varias áreas. " -"Si, por un pedido específico, facturas al cliente en dos partes, no se trata" -" de un plazo de pago sino de las condiciones de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Configure sus términos de pagos usuales desde el menú de Configuración de la" -" aplicación de Cuentas. La descripción del término de pago es la que aparece" -" en la factura o la órden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Un término de pago puede tener una línea (ej: 21 días) o varias líneas (10% " -"dentro de 3 días y el saldo dentro de 21 días). Si crea un término de pago " -"con varias líneas, asegúrese que la última es el saldo. (evite hacer 50% en " -"10 días y 50% en 21 días porque, con el redondeo, puede no calcular " -"exactamente el 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Usar Términos de Pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Los términos de pago puede ser configurados en:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"**un cliente**: para aplicar este término de pago automáticamente en órdenes" -" de venta nuevas o facturas nuevas para este cliente. Configure términos de " -"pago para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " -"órdenes del cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -"**una cotización**: para aplicar este término de pago en todas las facturas " -"creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " -"cotizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -"**una factura**: para aplicar el término de pago solamente en esta factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -"Si una factura contiene un término de pago, la entrada de diario relacionada" -" a la factura es diferente. Sin término de pago o impuesto, una factura de " -"$100 producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" -"En el estado del cliente, verá dos líneas con diferentes fechas de " -"vencimiento. " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Términos de pago para facturas de proveedor" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"La manera más fácil de administrar términos de pago para facturas de " -"proveedor es registrar una fecha de vencimiento en la factura. No necesita " -"asignar un término de pago, con la fecha de vencimiento es suficiente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Pero si requiere administrar términos para proveedor con varios plazos, " -"también puede usar términos de pago, exactamente como en las facturas de " -"cliente. Si configura un término de pago en la factura del proveedor, no " -"necesita configurar una fecha de vencimiento. La fecha exacta de vencimiento" -" para todos los plazos será creada automáticamente." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`descuentos_por_pronto_pago`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagos de cliente" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 06b21c8e7..0ae5c0ca1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vivian Montana , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -307,6 +308,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Precio" @@ -661,6 +663,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 62136788e..18ddbb88b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vivian Montana , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 14679b4c9..75d793346 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1079,8 +1079,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "¿Cómo?:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador" +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..664a8fe57 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 2ad6ea4a6..6a337d2cf 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Luis M. Ontalba , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 71b8d310c..574865461 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mariana Santos Romo , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Servicio externo" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5890ad6f8..dcb39c13a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas , 2018 -# Nicole Kist , 2018 -# Jimmy Ramos , 2018 +# Francisco de la Peña , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Nicole Kist , 2020 +# Jimmy Ramos , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos , 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,32 +33,38 @@ msgstr "General" msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autentificación" +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -"Accede a tu cuenta de Google y dirígete a " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." " " -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -66,7 +73,7 @@ msgstr "" "(**Administrador API**) y después selecciona **Pantalla de Autorización " "OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -74,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "" "Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. " "Odoo) y selecciona guardar." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -82,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego selecciona Agregar Credenciales y selecciona la segunda opción " "(OAuth 2.0 ID Cliente)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -90,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" "Revisa que el tipo de aplicación está configurado en **Aplicación Web**. " "Ahora configura las páginas permitidas en las que se te redigirá." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -100,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" "y pega el siguiente link en la caja: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -108,6 +115,60 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que" " introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**." +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "Importación de Datos" @@ -141,7 +202,7 @@ msgstr "" " continuación puedes ver por qué)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -260,22 +321,22 @@ msgstr "" "información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo " "de información ya está hecho." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Cómo añadir la plantilla" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu " "información." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "Aconsejamos no eliminar el *ID* (averigua por qué en la siguente sección)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -287,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la " "importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -295,11 +356,11 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo " "funcionar bien la siguiente vez." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -315,7 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "original. Puedes también encontrar este registro usando su nombre pero te " "vas a encontrar con al menos 2 registros con el mismo nombre." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -325,11 +386,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-importar los datos después, aunque es buena práctica especificarlo cuando" " sea posible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "No puedo encontrar este campo y quiero mapear mi columna a" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -347,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr "" "también posible que no salga bien o que quieras mapear tu columna con un " "campo que no es propuesto por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -357,28 +418,21 @@ msgstr "" "campos de relación (avanzado)**, despúes podrás elegir de la lista completa " "de cada columna." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -"Odoo puede detectar automáticamente si una columna es una fecha y tratar de " -"inferir el formato de la fecha de un set de formatos de fechas más usuados. " -"Mientras este proceso puede funcionar para muchos formatos de fecha simples," -" algunos más exóticos not podrán ser reconocidos y por lo tanto es posible " -"tener algún tipo de confusión (día y mes invertido por ejemplo) ya que es " -"difícil saber cual parte es el día y cual es el mes en fechas como " -"'01-03-2016'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -391,7 +445,7 @@ msgstr "" "puedes cambiarlo a tu preferencia usando el **ISO 8601** para definir el " "formato." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -403,11 +457,11 @@ msgstr "" "almacenan. De esa forma te puedes asegurar que el formato de fecha está " "correcto independientemente del formato de fecha de la localización." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con signos de divisa (p.e.: $32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -422,59 +476,59 @@ msgstr "" " un símbolo de moneda que no es conocido por Odoo, puede no ser reconocido " "como un número y podrá dar error." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Ejemplos de números soportados (usadndo treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "¿Qué puedo hacer cuando la tabla de vista previa de Importar no se muestra " "correctamente?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -487,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de archivo (mostradas bajo la barra de 'Seleccionar archivo CSV' " "después de seleccionar el archivo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -498,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" "formato de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente " "pregunta." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -506,49 +560,37 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puede cambiar el formato del archivo CSV cuando se guarda en mi " "aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"Si edita y guarda archivos en las aplicaciones de hoja de cálculo, se " -"aplicará la configuración regional del ordenador para el separador y el " -"delimitador. Le sugerimos usar OpenOffice o LibreOffice Calc, que permiten " -"modificar dichas opciones (en 'Guardar como...' > Marcar casilla 'Editar " -"filtro' > Gurdar)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"Microsoft Excel permite modificar solamente la codificación cuando guarda un" -" archivo CSV (en el cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' > pulsar la lista " -"desplegable 'Herramientas' > pestaña 'Codificación')." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre id. de la BD e ID Externo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"Algunos campos definen una relación con otro objeto. Por ejemplo, el país de" -" un contacto es un enlace a un objeto 'País'. Cuando quiere importar esos " -"campos, Odoo tendrá que recrear los enlaces entre los correspondientes " -"campos. Odoo provee 3 mecanismos. Debe usar uno y sólo uno de esos " -"mecanismos por campo a importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -556,11 +598,11 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 modos " "diferentes de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -568,7 +610,7 @@ msgstr "" "País/ID de Base de datos: el ID único de Odoo para un registro, definido por" " la columna ID de PostgreSQL" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -576,24 +618,24 @@ msgstr "" "País/ID Externo: el ID de este registro referenciado en otra aplicación (o " "del archivo .XML que lo importó)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos3 métodos de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "País: Bélgica" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "País/Id. de la BD: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "País/Id. externo: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -603,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" "referenciar registros en las relaciones. Aquí es donde debe usar una u otra," " conforme a sus necesidades:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -611,7 +653,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País: Ésta es lo forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de " "archivos CSV que se han creado manualmente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -623,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr "" "tener nunca conflictos (puede que tenga varios registros con el mismo " "nombre, pero sólo tendrán un único id. de base de datos)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -631,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País/Id. externo: Use id. externo cuando importa datos de una " "aplicación externa." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -645,27 +687,23 @@ msgstr "" "tipo \"Id. de campo/externo\". Los siguientes dos archivos son un ejemplo " "para los productos y sus categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para categorías " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Productos " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo múltiples coincidencias para un campo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -683,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" " de categorías de producto (\"Misc. Productos/Vendibles\"). Recomendamos " "modificar uno de los valores duplicados o la jerarquía de categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -693,7 +731,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto, le recomendamos que haga uso de id. externo para este campo " "'Categoría'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -701,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (muchos a muchos; por " "ejemplo: un cliente que tiene múltiples etiquetas)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -713,15 +751,13 @@ msgstr "" "'Mayorista', entonces debes codificar 'Fabricante,Mayorista\" en la misma " "columna del archivo CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Fabricante, Minorista " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -729,31 +765,24 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar una relación uno a muchos (one2many - por ejemplo: las " "líneas de pedido del pedido de venta)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Si quiere importar los pedidos de venta teniendo varias líneas de pedido; " -"para cada línea de pedido, necesita reservar una fila específica en el " -"archivo CSV. La primera línea de pedido será importada en la misma fila que " -"la información relativa al pedido. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una " -"fila adicional que no tenga información en los campos relativos al pedido." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo para algunas Cotizaciones " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -761,15 +790,13 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar pedidos de compra con sus " "respectivas líneas de pedido de compra:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Pedidos de compra con sus respectivas líneas de pedido de compra " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -777,19 +804,17 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " "contactos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -805,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" "entre dos importaciones. Odoo tendrá cuidado de crear o modificar cada " "registro dependiendo de si es nuevo o no." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -814,11 +839,11 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de " "cálculo favorita." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "¿Qué pasa si no proveo de un valor para un campo específico?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -830,12 +855,12 @@ msgstr "" "establece campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el " "valor VACÍO en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo exportar/importar diferentes tablas de una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -847,39 +872,26 @@ msgstr "" "importa compañías y personas, tendrá que recrear el enlace entre cada " "persona y la compañía para la que trabaja)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Para gestionar relaciones entre tablas, puede utilizar el \"External ID\" " -"facilitado por Odoo. El \"External ID\" de un registro es el identificador " -"único de ese registro en otra aplicación. Este \"External ID\" debe ser " -"único entre todos los registros de todos los objetos, así que es una buena " -"practica para prefijar este \"External ID\" con el nombre de la aplicación o" -" la tabla (como \"company _1\", \"contact_1\", en lugar de \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, supongo que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " -"quiere importar: compañías y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una " -"compañía, por lo que tendrá que recrear el enlace entre la persona y la " -"compañía en la que trabaja. (Si quiere comprobar este ejemplo, aquí hay undump de dicha " -"base de datos PostgreSQL)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -887,11 +899,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se exportará primero todas las compañías y sus id. externos. En PSQL, " "escriba el siguiente comando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -899,28 +911,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un archivo CSV para personas, enlazadas a compañías, usaremos el " "siguiente comando SQL en PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Se creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Como puede ver en este archivo, Fabien y Laurence están trabajando para la " -"compañía Bigees (company_1) y Eric está trabajando para la compañía Organi. " -"La relación entre las personas y las compañías se hace usando el id. externo" -" de las compañías. Hemos tenido que prefijar el id. externo con el nombre de" -" la tabla para evitar un conflicto de id. entre las personas y las compañías" -" (person_1 y company_1 comparten el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos " -"original)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -933,6 +938,185 @@ msgstr "" "enlazados a la primer compañía). Debe importar primero las compañías y luego" " los contactos." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básico" @@ -988,12 +1172,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" -"Recuerde que cada usuario adicional incrementará la cuota de suscripción. " -"Refierase a nuestra `*Página de precios* `__ " -"para más información." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1011,7 +1192,7 @@ msgstr "" "contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso " "bajo el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" @@ -1119,68 +1300,98 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "Cómo generar una llave de acceso de Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una cuenta en `Unsplash.com `_." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" +"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en **New " +"Application**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acepte las condiciones y haga clic en **Aceptar términos**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" +"Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un " +"poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"`_." +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" +"Diríjase a su `tablero de aplicaciones " +"`_ y haga clic en su aplicación " +"Unsplash recién creada bajo **Your applications**." -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 54320758d..db21fbeaa 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,18 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 -# Diego de cos , 2018 -# Noemi Nahomy , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 +# Noemi Nahomy , 2020 +# Diego de cos , 2020 +# Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 +# Jesse Garza , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,7 +28,158 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Ayuda" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "" +"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " +"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" +" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " +"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the After Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " +"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " +"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " +"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " +"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" +" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " +"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " +"Intervention*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +msgstr "Permitir a los clientes cerrar sus tickets" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " +"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " +"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" @@ -75,12 +229,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -88,52 +241,52 @@ msgid "" "allowing for customizable stages for each team!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " "form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -141,105 +294,105 @@ msgid "" "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -397,3 +550,41 @@ msgid "" "All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " "validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " +"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 1289ded6c..08a33dfa5 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,38 +4,31 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2018 -# Carlos Lopez , 2018 -# David Sanchez , 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi , 2018 -# Pedro M. Baeza , 2018 -# David Arnold , 2018 -# Nicolás Broggi , 2018 -# Javier Sabena , 2018 -# eduardo mendoza , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2018 -# miguelchuga , 2018 -# Pablo Rojas , 2018 -# AleEscandon , 2018 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia , 2018 -# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez , 2018 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2018 -# Miguel Orueta , 2018 -# Miquel Torner , 2018 -# Jon Perez , 2019 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi , 2020 +# David Sanchez , 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Katerina Katapodi , 2020 +# Jon Perez , 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2020 +# miguelchuga , 2020 +# AleEscandon , 2020 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales , 2020 +# Mariana Santos Romo , 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba , 2020 +# Pablo Rojas , 2020 +# Miguel Orueta , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" @@ -56,351 +49,374 @@ msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un ajuste de inventario con los códigos de barras?" +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "A partir de la aplicación del código de barras:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "Haga clic en **Inventario**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -"Escanear todos los productos (si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanearlos 5 " -"veces, o utilizar el teclado para establecer la cantidad)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -"Si gestiona varias ubicaciones, revise el lugar antes de escanear los " -"productos. Por ejemplo. escanear el código de barras de un estante; escanear" -" cada producto en el estante; repita para cada estante en el almacén." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya escaneado todos los productos del lugar, valide el inventario de" -" forma manual o mediante el escaneo de **validación** del código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." msgstr "" -"Existen dos métodos para procesar albaranes: puede trabajar en documentos " -"impresos (y escanear líneas en los documentos), o en una pantalla (y " -"escanear productos directamente)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "Procesar órdenes de entrega impresas:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." msgstr "" -"Imprima las órdenes de entrega del día seleccionando todos los documentos " -"desde la lista *To Do (Pendientes)* e imprima * Picking Operations " -"(Operaciones de Picking)* desde el menú superior." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -"Una vez que empezó a procesar sus órdenes de entrega, ** escanee el código " -"de barras** en el rincón superior derecho del documento para cargar el " -"registro correcto en la pantalla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -"Después, \"leer el código de barras\" de cada producto, o escanear el código" -" de barras del producto en la linea de recolección si el código de barras en" -" el producto no es fácilmente accesible, visible o es un faltante." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "Una vez que escaneas todos los productos, " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -"Procesar órdenes de entrega desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." msgstr "" -"Cargar todas las ordenes de entrega marcadas como \"Por Hacer\", y abrir la " -"primera." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "Recoger y escanear cada producto listado." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -"Cuando hayas escaneado todos los productos, da clic en el botón de " -"**Validar** o escanea el \"Código de validación\", acción para finalizar la " -"operación" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -"Mover a la siguiente orden de entrega para procesar por medio de clic en " -"superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escanear la **página-siguiente** " -"acción de código de barras." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "¿Cómo realizar una transferencia interna?" +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "En Odoo, hay dos tipos de transferencias internas:" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." msgstr "" -"Los iniciados automáticamente por el sistema (por ejemplo, un control de " -"calidad)" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -"Los creados por un trabajador (por ejemplo, a través del área de " -"transferencias internas del tablero)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "Realizar una transferencia interna:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" -"Desde el inicio de la aplicación del escritorio, escanea la **fuente de " -"locación**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "Tomar y **escanear los productos** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "Escanear la **Ubicación de destinación**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "\"Validar\" la transferencia para finalizar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo manejar los lotes y números de serie con los códigos de barras?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." msgstr "" -"Los números pueden ser codificados desde los albaranes entrantes, " -"movimientos internos y albaranes salientes? " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -"En el interfaz del código de barras, **escanear** los productos que quieras " -"crear desde el lote." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Recepciones" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -"Si este producto debe manejarse por lotes, una ventana se abrirá para " -"ayudarte a escanear los lotes/números de serie" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." msgstr "" -"**Escanear** el código de barras del lote, **Escribir** uno manualmente o " -"**dejar vació** para generar uno automáticamente." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "Clic en escanear **Validar** una vez que este listo" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "¿Cual es la diferencia entre \"Lotes\" y \"Números de serie\" " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -"**Lote** números que son atribuidos a varios productos idénticos, así que " -"cada vez que se escanea un numero de lote, Odoo adherirá uno a la cuenta del" -" producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -"Por el contrario, un \"número de serie\" es único, y es representado por un " -"único código de barras, adherido únicamente a cada producto. Esto significa " -"que Odoo no acepta escanear mas de un número de serie por operación. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "Aquí. configuramos **Lu -Petit Beukelaer** seguimiento por lotes." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -"Escanea un producto desde este albarán entrante, después escanea el número " -"de lote de cada producto (también puedes usar el teclado)." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "Clic guardar/escanear **Validar** y estará listo." +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Transferencias internas" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar los recibos entrantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -"Hay dos procesos para aproximarse a los recibos de entrada: puede cualquiera" -" de los dos trabajar en la impresión de documentos (y escanear las lineas en" -" los documentos), o en una pantalla (y escanear los productos directamente)." -" " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "Procesar recibos de entrada impresos:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -"Imprimir recibos de entrada del día seleccionando todos los documentos desde" -" la lista **Para recibir** e imprima **Manejo de operaciones** desde el menú" -" superior. " -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" msgstr "" -"Una vez que empieza a procesar sus recibos de entrada, escanee el código de " -"entrada en la esquina superior derecha del documento para cargar el registro" -" en la pantalla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -"A continuación, escanee el código de barras de cada producto o el código de " -"barras laa líneas de albarán si el código de barras del producto no es " -"fácilmente accesible, visible o falta." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" -"Procesos de recibos de entrada desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." msgstr "" -"Carga todos las facturas entrantes desde la computadora o el dispositivo " -"móvil." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -"Cuando hayas tomado todos los artículos, clic en el botón de **Validación** " -"o escanea el código de barras para finalizar la operación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." msgstr "" -"Mover al siguiente recibo de entrega para procesar por medio de un clic en " -"el superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escaneando **Pagina- siguiente** " -"acción de código de barras." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "Interfaz de operación abierta." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "Escanear." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" -"La recogida aparece. Escánear ítems y/o llenar información usando el ratón y" -" el teclado." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -455,33 +471,20 @@ msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -"El **Escáner por bluetooth** puede ser pareado con un smarphone o una tablet" -" y es una buena elección si desea que sea móvil pero no necesita una gran " -"inversión. El aproximarse es para registrar Odoo en su smartphone, parear el" -" escáner por bluetooth con el smartphone y trabajar en el almacén siempre " -"con la posibilidad de revisar su smartphone de vez en cuanto y usar el " -"software 'manualmente'." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -"Para uso pesado, el **escáner ordenador portátil** es la solución más " -"práctica. Consiste en un pequeño computador con un escáner de código de " -"barras incorporado. Este puede resultar en una solución muy productiva, sin " -"embargo, debe asegurarse de que es capaz de manejar Odoo fluidamente. Los " -"modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google Chrome o Windows + Internet " -"Explorer deben hacer el trabajo. Sin embargo, debido a la variedad de " -"modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo primero." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -526,408 +529,44 @@ msgstr "" "'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo activar los códigos de barras en Odoo?" +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"Las funciones de escaneo de código de barras pueden ahorrar una gran " -"cantidad de tiempo usualmente perdido por la maniobra entre el teclado, el " -"ratón y el escaner. Atribuir apropiadamente los códigos de barra a " -"productos, ubicaciones de recogida, etc. le permite trabajar más " -"eficientemente controlando el software casi que exclusivamente con el " -"escaner de código de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" -"Imprima este documento para poder usar su lector de códigos de barras para " -"realizar más acciones." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "Documento: |download_barcode|" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "Configurar código de barras de productos" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" -"Para completar un picking o realizar un inventario, debe asegurarse de que " -"sus productos estén codificados en Odoo junto con sus códigos de barras. Si " -"esto aún no está hecho, puede completar los códigos de barras de los " -"productos a través de una interfaz práctica. Vaya a: menuselection: " -"`Inventario-> Configuración-> Ajustes` y haga clic en: menuselection:` " -"Operaciones-> Lector de códigos de barras`. Haga clic en Guardar y regrese a" -" la pantalla anterior para hacer clic en Configurar códigos de barras del " -"producto. A esta interfaz también se puede acceder a través del " -"planificador." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" -"Productos variantes: se cuidadoso al adherir directamente en el variante, y " -"no a la plantilla de producto (de lo contrario no sería capaz de " -"diferenciarlos) " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "Configurar localizaciones de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" -"Si administra varias ubicaciones, encontrará útil atribuir un código de " -"barra a cada ubicación y adherirlo a la ubicación. Puede configurar los " -"códigos de barra de las ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Administración de Bodega --> Ubicaciones`. Hay un botón en" -" el menú de **Imprimir** que puede usar para imprimir los nombres y códigos " -"de barra de las ubicaciones. Hay 4 códigos de barra por página, organizados " -"de forma que es conveniente imprimir en papel adhesivo." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de denominación de ubicación: **nombre corto de bodega** - **nombre " -"corto de ubicación** - (**Corredor X** - **Estantería Y** - **Altura Z**) " -"Ejemplo: A032-025-133" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "Formato de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de productos al por menor usan códigos de barra EAN-13. Éstos no " -"pueden fabricarse sin autorización previa: debe pagar a la International " -"Article Numbering Association una tarifa en cambio de una secuencia de " -"código EAN (es por esto que dos productos en una tienda nunca tendrán el " -"mismo código EAN)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" -"Aún así, Odoo soporte cualquier secuencia como código de barras, de esta " -"manera siempre puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso " -"interno." - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un inventario inicial?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" -"Una de las mas importante característica de la dirección de un almacén es " -"almacenar bien el inventario. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que sus productos hayan sido definidos, es momento de hacer su " -"inventario inicial. Usted reflejara realmente por inventariar las cantidades" -" justas en las locaciones correctas. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de Inventario, abra el: :menuselection:`Control de Inventario " -"--> Productos`, luego de clic en **Crear** para crear un nuevo producto. " -"Configure el tipo de producto para que sea **Almacenable** y no consumible." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "Empezar el inventario inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "Actualizar la cantidad de producto por un producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" -"En el producto que acaba de crear, puede ver en el cuadro superior que " -"tenemos 0 productos en mano. Clic en el botón **Actualizar cantidad en " -"mano**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Una nueva ventana abierta. En el campo **Nueva cantidad en mano**, tipo de " -"cantidad de producto que se contiene actualmente en existencia, después clic" -" en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" -"Si utiliza múltilpes ubicaciones para su almacén, podrá establecer la " -"ubicación de su producto desde esta pantalla." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede ver ahora desde la etiqueta en mano que la cantidad ha sido " -"actualizada. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, si revisas el menú**Ajustes de Inventarios** en el **Control de " -"Inventario**, verás que una nueva linea \"INV: (Nombre de tu producto)\" ha " -"sido creada automaticamente y validada por el sistema." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "Múltiples productos a la vez." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" -"Crea todos los productos por cual quieres seguir el stock (como productos " -"almacenables). Los productos requeridos en Stock han sido definidos, usa una" -" operacion de inventario iniciar para poner al corriente las cantidades en " -"el sistema por ubicación, Para ir ;Selección del menú, Control de Inventario" -" --> Ajustes de Inventarios para empezar el inventario Inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" -"Darle un nombre (por ejemplo inventario inicial) y seleccionar el lugar de " -"existencia de su inventario. Note que cuando seleccione una locación cedis " -"(como en existencia, la cual puede ser separada en sub locaciones), puede " -"también seleccionar las sub (o descendientes) locaciones. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" -"Puedes escoger entre hacer un inventario de todos los productos, para " -"algunos o para uno. En este caso, escogeremos la opción **Todos los " -"productos**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita que la valuación de su inventario sea realizada en un período " -"diferente del que será seleccionado por defecto de acuerdo a la fecha de " -"finalización de inventario, ingrese el período contable correspondiente en " -"el campo Impulsar Valuación del Período. El módulo de contabilidad requiere " -"ser instalado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" -"Click en el botón **Iniciar Inventario**. Dependiendo en el tipo de " -"inventario tu tienes que escoger(Todos los Porductos o Seleccionarlos) " -"Puedes tener para agregar los productos manualmente haciendo click en " -"**Agregar un elemento**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" -"Añada la **cantidad real** que tiene en existencias para cada producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" -"Información adicional estará disponible decuerdo a la opcion que activaste, " -"(Varias Ubicaciones, Numero Serial, Stock consignado)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Click en el boton **Validar Inventario** para confirmar el inventario y " -"postearlo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Informes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" -"Para revisar el stock actual, ve: Selección de Menú --> Products, y click en" -" la **lista boton**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "¿Cómo elegir entre regla de stock mínimo y bajo pedido?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"**Reglas Mininas de Existencias** y **Fabricado por Pedido** tienen " -"consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Éstos deben ser usados " -"dependiendo de sus estrategias de producción y entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminología" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de **Existencias Mínimas** son usadas para asegurar que siempre " -"tenga el monto mínimo de un producto en existencias para producir sus " -"productos y/o resolver las necesidades de sus clientes. Cuando el nivel de " -"existencia de un producto alcanza el mínimo el sistema automáticamente " -"generará una adquisición con la cantidad requerida para alcanzar el nivel " -"máximo de existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"La función **Orden bajo pedido** desencadenará a **Orden de Compra** de la " -"cantidad de las **Ordenes de Venta** relacionadas con el producto. El " -"sistema **No** verificará la valoración de existencias actual . Esto " -"significa que el borrador de una orden de compra sera generado a pesar de la" -" cantidad en mano del producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -936,202 +575,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -"La configuración de las Reglas de Stock Mínimo está disponible a través del " -"menú: Selección de Menú: `Inventario -> Control de Inventario --> " -"Reordenamiento de Reglas` en el menú desplegable. Allí, haz click en ** " -"Crear ** para establecer los valores de las existencias mínimas y máximas " -"para un producto determinado." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -"Si el campo activo se establece a Falso, permite ocultar la regla de stock " -"mínimo sin eliminarla." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unidad de medida del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" -"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Grupo de abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos creados a través de este punto de pedido se incluirán en " -"este grupo de compras. Si no se da ninguna, los movimientos generados por " -"las reglas de stock se agruparán en una gran selección." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad mínima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad mínima especificada " -"en este campo, Odoo generará un abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad " -"prevista a la cantidad máxima." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad máxima" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad, Odoo generará un " -"abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad prevista a la cantidad especificada " -"como aquí como máxima." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Múltiplo de la cantidad" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." msgstr "" -"La cantidad a abastecer se redondeará a este múltiplo. Si es 0, se utilizará" -" la cantidad exacta." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Plazo de entrega" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -"Número de días antes de que el punto de pedido sea generado para recibir los" -" productos o para pedirlos al proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -"Luego, de clic en su producto para acceder al formulario del producto " -"relacionado y, en el **submenú de Inventario**, no olvide seleccionar un " -"proveedor." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"No olvide seleccionar el tipo de producto correcto en la forma de producto. " -"Un consumible no puede ser almacenado así que no sera contado en la " -"valoración de almacén." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de Fabricar por Pedido esta disponible en su formulario de " -"producto a través de su :menuselection:`Módulo de Inventario --> Control de " -"Inventario --> Productos` (o cualquier otro módulo donde los productos estén" -" disponibles)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" -"En la forma de producto, bajo **Inventario**, clic en **Orden bajo Pedido**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de" -" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad" -" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar " -"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " -"bajo pedido." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelo una órden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " @@ -1248,191 +764,152 @@ msgstr "" "de Ventas, sabe que método de entega puede usar desde que Ud. los creó." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo enviar productos a los clientes directamente de los proveedores (envió" -" directo)?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" -"¿Qué es el envió directo? \n" -" " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -"El Envío Directo es un sistema que permite que los pedidos tomados desde su " -"tienda sean despachados directamente desde su proveedor al cliente. En un " -"sistema normal de entrega, los productos son enviados desde su proveedor " -"hasta su bodega para ser puestos en existencias, y luego despachados a sus " -"clientes después del pedido. Con el envío-directo, ningún ítem es " -"almacenado. Cuando un cliente registra un pedido en su tienda, el ítem es " -"entregado directamente desde el proveedor hasta el cliente. Además, el " -"producto no necesita pasar por su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -"Puntos a ser considerados mientras se esta implementando el envío-directo" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." +"stock." msgstr "" -"Use el envío-directo solo para productos que no puede o no quiere mantener " -"en existencias. Una razón es que siempre obtendrá pequeños margenes en los " -"productos que son enviados-directamente, entonces solo debe mantenerlo para " -"ítems que ocupan mucho espacio en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -"El envío-directo es lo mejor para productos nicho. Las posibilidades son que" -" los productos que estan en alta demanda son ofrecidos por grandes compañías" -" a una fracción del precio del que Ud. puede cargar, entonces usando un " -"método de entrega más costoso no será retribuido financieramente. Pero si su" -" producto es único, entonces tiene sentido!" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "" -"Para proteger tus clientes de malas experiencias, prueba las compañías de " -"envió directo por ti mismo con anticipación y en lista los mejores. " -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el tiempo no esta en su contra. El envío-directo debe tomar un" -" monto de tiempo razonable y seguramente no más del que le hubiera tomado " -"manejarlo por Ud. mismo. También es bueno proveer a sus clientes con un " -"número de rastreo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "" -"Los ítems tiene que estar disponibles desde su proveedor. Es bueno saber si " -"el producto que Ud. esta vendiendo esta disponible inicialmente. Si no tiene" -" esa información, informele a sus clientes que no dispone del ítem en " -"existencias y que esta sujeto a disponibilidad por parte de un tercero." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -"Para más información y profundización del Envío-Directo, lea nuestro blog en" -" `Qué es el envío-directo y cómo utilizarlo `__." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "Configuración de envió directo" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Vaya" -" a **Ubicación y Bodega**, localice la opción **Envío Directo** y marque la " -"casilla **Permitir a proveedores entregar directamente a sus clientes**. " -"Luego, de clic en **Aplicar**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -"Luego vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. " -"Localice **Ruta de Pedido** y marque la casilla **Elegir rutas específicas " -"en líneas de órdenes de venta (avanzado)**. De clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" -"Ahora, abra el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. " -"Agregue un proveedor a los productos que quiere enviar-directamente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "Como mandar productos de los clientes directamente a los proveedores" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -"Crear **Ordenes de Venta** y especifica en las lineas de ordenes de venta " -"por tus productos que la ruta es **Envió directo**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> Solicitudes de " -"Cotización`. La órden de compra borrador es creada automáticamente desde la " -"adquisición con la ruta envío-directo. Una vez el pedido es confirmado, verá" -" que ese envío ha sido creado." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" -"Para confirmar el envió del vendedor al cliente, regrese al modulo " -"\"Inventario\". En el escritorio, clic en **#PARA RECIBIR** en la tarjeta de" -" envió." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -"Esto abrirá la lista de transferencias de envío-directo. Valide la " -"transferencia una vez este realizada. Los ítems serán entregados " -"directamente desde el proveedor al cliente sin transitar a su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1605,203 +1082,138 @@ msgstr "" "etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en un paso (envío)?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "" -"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " -"programado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " -"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " -"enviados en una sola órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." msgstr "" -"No hay necesidad de configuración. Los envíos de salida por defecto están " -"configurados para ser directamente entregados desde las existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, si **rutas avanzadas** esta activado y configura otra " -"configuración de envío en su bodega, puede configurar de nuevo a la " -"configuración de entrega de un-paso. Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " -"--> Bodegas` y edite la bodega correspondiente." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." msgstr "" -"Configure la opción de envíos de salida a **Enviar directamente desde " -"existencias (Enviar solamente)**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "" -"Crear una órden de ventas (Desde cotización a órden de ventas) con algunos " -"productos a entregar." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``1`` entrega asociada con esta órden de ventas en el " -"**botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "" -"Si da clic en el botón de estado **1 Entrega**, ahora deberá ver su envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "" -"Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" -" kanban **Órdenes de Entrega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "De clic en el envío que quiere procesar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " -"**Cliente**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el **Paso Envío** y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página, lo " -"que significa que el producto ha sido enviado al cliente." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "¿Cómo puede cambiar el tipo de empaque para su órden de venta?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" msgstr "" -"Odoo le da la posibilidad de cambiar el tipo de empaque por defecto y " -"adaptar la forma de empaque que quiera, dependiendo del peso de la órden." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y luego de clic en " -"**Ajustes**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Trazabilidad --> Paquetes`, Bandera **Registrar paquetes " -"usados en empaque : pallets, boxes,...**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "*Proceso de Venta*" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Más** y clic en **Órdenes de " -"Venta**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "Cree su nueva Órden de Venta, y **Confirme la Venta**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." msgstr "" -"Una vez ha confirmado la Venta, debe dar clic en **Entregar**, para ser " -"redireccionado a la Órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "De clic en **Editar**, y ahora puede cambiar el empaque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña **Operaciones**, en la última columna, cambie el **0** y ponga" -" el número de productos que quiere empacar juntos. Luego de clic en **Poner " -"en Paquete**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." msgstr "" -"Elija el tipo de empaque que quiere. También puede ver que el peso ha sido " -"adaptado a su empaque, y puede cambiarlo manualmente si quiere ser más " -"preciso. Luego de clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -"Repita la operación hasta que todos los productos son puestos en paquete." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Conciliar** para confirmar la entrega." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" @@ -1825,6 +1237,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurados en Odoo." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 msgid "Configuring lead times" msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" @@ -1846,6 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" "sigue:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 msgid "At a product level" msgstr "A nivel de un producto" @@ -1924,6 +1338,7 @@ msgstr "" "de producción." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 msgid "At the company level" msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía" @@ -1964,12 +1379,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -"Para configurar sus días de seguridad, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " -"Ajustes Generales`, y haga clic en **Configurar la base de datos de su " -"compañía**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2011,6 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "" "aquí." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 msgid "At route level" msgstr "En nivel de ruta" @@ -2057,6 +1470,11 @@ msgstr "" "esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará " "automáticamente una advertencia." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 msgid "" "As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " @@ -2099,473 +1517,290 @@ msgstr "" " la órden." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en tres pasos (selección + empaque + " -"envío)?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" -"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " -"programado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " -"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " -"enviados en bloque en una sola órden de entrega. Sin embargo, ese proceso " -"puede no reflejar la realidad y su compañía puede requerir más pasos antes " -"del envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow having 3 steps." msgstr "" -"Con el sistema de **tres pasos** (**Selección + Empaque + Envío**), los " -"ítems son transferidos a un área de empaque, donde serán agrupados por área " -"de destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a " -"clientes." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " +"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " +"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " +"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" -"Unos pocos pasos de configuración son necesarios para ejecutar **Selección +" -" Empaque + Envío** en Odoo. Estos pasos crear algunas ubicaciones " -"adicionales, las cuales por defecto son llamadas **Salida** y **Zona de " -"Empaque**. Entonces, si el código de su bodega es ``WH``, esta configuración" -" creará una ubicación llamada ``WH/Salida`` y otra llamada ``WH/Zona de " -"Empaque``." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "Rutas multietapa" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " +"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " +"will chain the picking to the shipping." msgstr "" -"Los bienes se moverán desde **WH/Existencias** a **WH/Zona de Empaque** en " -"el primer paso. Luego se moverán desde **WH/Zona de Empaque** a " -"**WH/Salida**. Luego, finalmente, será entregado desde **WH/Salida** a su " -"**destino final**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." +"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" -"Revise :doc:`inventory_flow` para determinar si este flujo de inventario es " -"el método correcto para sus necesidades." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "Instalar el modulo de inventario " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de " -"**Inventario**." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" -"Además tu necesitas instalar el modulo **Ventas** para ser capaz de emitir " -"ordenes de venta." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "Permitir la gestión de rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." msgstr "" -"Odoo configura los movimientos de las ordenes de entrega por **rutas**. Las " -"rutas proveen un mecanismo para vincular diferentes acciones juntas. En este" -" caso, vincularemos el paso de selección al paso de envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" -"Para permitir el manejo de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" -"Bajo :menuselection:`Ubicación & Bodega --> Rutas`, active el botón de radio" -" **Ruteo Avanzado de productos usando reglas**. Asegúrese que la opción " -"**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** esta activada también." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "Configurar el almacén para Selección + Empaque + Envío " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." +"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " +"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será" -" utilizada." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." msgstr "" -"Para los envíos de salida, configure la opción **Realizar empaques dentro de" -" una ubicación específica, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío " -"(Selección + Empaque + Envío)** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." +"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," +" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " +"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -"Desde el modulo de **Venta** crear las ordenes de ventas con algunos " -"productos para entregar." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory app." msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``3`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" -" en el **botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" -"La primera con una referencia **SELECCIÓN** para designar el proceso de " -"selección," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " +"reserved and you can validate the picking document." msgstr "" -"La segunda con la referencia **EMPAQUE** que es el proceso de empaque," -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" -"La última con la referencia **SALIDA** para designar el proceso de envío" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar los Pasos de Envío?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " +"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " +"validate it." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene suficiente producto en existencias y vaya a " -"**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " -"**Selección**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" -"Clic en **Reservar** para reservar los productos si están disponibles." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." +"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " +"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " +"the products to the customer location." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " -"**WH/Zona de Empaque**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de selección y el **WH/SELECCIÓN** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Existencias** a la " -"ubicación **WH/Zona de Empaque**, lo que hace que el producto esté " -"disponible para el siguiente paso (Empaque)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar los pasos de envió?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" -" kanban **Empacar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Zona de " -"Empaque** a **WH/Salidas**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de empaque y el **WH/EMPAQUE** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Zona de Empaque** a la " -"**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" -" el siguiente paso (Envío)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar el Paso de Envío?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de **WH/Salida** al " -"**Cliente**. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " -"cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso envío y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " -"producto ha sido enviado al cliente." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en dos pasos (selección + envío)?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" -"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " -"configurado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " -"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " -"enviados en bloque en una sola órden de entrega. Sin embargo, el proceso de " -"negocio de su compañía puede puede tener uno o más pasos que suceden antes " -"del envío. En el proceso de **dos pasos**, los ítems en una órden de entrega" -" son **seleccionados** en la bodega y traídos a la **ubicación de salida** " -"para **envío**. Los bienes son luego enviados." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" -"Unos pocos pasos de configuración son necesarios para ejecutar **Selección +" -" Envío** en Odoo. Estos pasos crean algunas ubicaciones adicionales, las " -"cuales por defecto son llamadas **Salida**. Entonces, si el código de su " -"bodega es ``WH``, esta configuración creará una ubicación llamada " -"``WH/Salida``. Los bienes se moverán desde ``WH/Existencias`` a " -"``WH/Salida`` en el primer paso (Selección). Luego, se moverán desde " -"``WH/Salida`` a ``WH/Clientes`` (en el caso de ordenes de venta) en el " -"segundo paso (Envío)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "Permitir la dirección de rutas" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "" -"Odoo configura los movimientos de las ordenes de envió por las **rutas**. " -"Rutas provee un mecanismo para diferentes acciones juntas en cadena. En este" -" caso, podemos encadenar los pasos de recolección para la etapa de envió." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -"Para permitir la dirección de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el botón de radio **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando " -"reglas** esta marcado." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Aplicar** en la parte superior de la página para guardar los " -"cambios (si debió marcar el botón de radio anterior)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -"Si marcó la opción **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando reglas** debe " -"activar **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** si no fue activada de " -"antemano." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "Configurar el almacén por elección + enviar " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" msgstr "" -"Para configurar un movimiento de **Selección + Envío**, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será " -"utilizada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" -"Para los envíos de salida, asignar la opción para **obtener bienes para el " -"lugar de producción antes del envío (elección + enviar)** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" -"Instalar la **Venta** si no es el caso, y crear las ordenes de venta con " -"algunos productos para entregar. " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``2`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" -" en el botón estado **Entrega** bajo la órden de ventas." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -"Si da clic en el botón de estado **2 Transferencias**, ahora verá los dos " -"diferentes envíos, uno con una referencia **SELECCIONAR** para designar el " -"proceso de selección y otro con una referencia **SALIDA** para designar el " -"proceso de envío." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene suficiente producto en existencias y vaya a " -"**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " -"**Selección**" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -"Clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Existencias** a " -"**WH/Salidas**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de selección y el **WH/SELECCIÓN** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Existencias** a la " -"**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" -" el siguiente paso (Envío)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de **WH/Salida** al " -"Cliente. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " -"cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de envío y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " -"producto ha sido enviado al cliente." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -2673,388 +1908,16 @@ msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías? (3" -" pasos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" -"En muchas compañías, es necesario evaluar la mercancía recibida. El objetivo" -" es revisar que los productos corresponden a los requerimientos de calidad " -"acordados con los proveedores. Por lo tanto, agregar un paso de control de " -"calidad al proceso de recepción de mercancías puede ser esencial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo utiliza rutas para definir exactamente como podrá manejar los " -"diferentes pasos de recibo. La configuración esta hecha a nivel de bodega. " -"Por defecto, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la " -"configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de 3 pasos consiste en: Ud. recibe la mercancía en un área de " -"entrada, luego los transfiere a un área de calidad para el control de " -"calidad. Cuando la revisión de calidad ha terminado puede mover la mercancía" -" desde Control de Calidad a existencias. Por supuesto, puede cambiar la " -"cantidad y solamente transferir a Existencias la cantidad que es válida y " -"decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en buen estado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "Este es el caso que será explicado en este documento." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "Utilizar rutas avanzadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario " -"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el botón de radio **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando " -"reglas** esta marcado. luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los " -"cambios." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " -"está marcado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " -"elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " -"(**Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar un control de calidad antes de transferir la mercancía a una " -"ubicación de existencias, marque **Descargar en ubicación de entrada, pasar " -"a través de control de calidad antes de ser admitido en existencias (3 " -"pasos)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "Cómo controlar un recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el paso de recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Compras**, cree un **Requerimiento de Cotización**. De" -" clic en el botón **Confirmar órden**. Puede ver que hay un **Envío** " -"relacionado con la órden de compra en el botón de estado arriba del formato " -"de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" -"Ve al ** Inventario ** y haz click en el enlace **# PARA RECIBIR ** en la " -"tarjeta ** Recibos **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en el recibo que deseas procesar. Has click en ** Validar ** para " -"completar el movimiento de ubicación del **Vendedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de recepción y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora debería mostrarse como " -"**Hecho** . El producto se ha movido desde el **Vendedor** a la ubicación de" -" la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para el " -"siguiente paso (Mover a la zona de control de calidad)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" -"Cómo mover el producto desde la zona de recepción a la zona de control de " -"calidad?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. Verá que hay una sola transferencia lista" -" (el movimiento a la zona de control de calidad) y una esperando (el " -"movimiento a existencias después del control). De clic en el link **# " -"TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para procesar el control" -" de calidad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Entrada** " -"al **WH/Control de Calidad**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado la transferencia interna y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora debería mostrarse como " -"**Realizado** . El recibo ahora esta listo para ser controlado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el control de calidad?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. La transferencia ahora esta lista. De " -"clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en la tarjeta de **Transferencias " -"Internas** para procesar el control de calidad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en la última selección para procesar. De clic en **Validar** para " -"completar el movimiento **WH/Control de Calidad** a **WH/Existencias**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el control de calidad y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora deberá verse como " -"**Realizado** . El recibo ha sido controlado y trasladado a sus existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "Cómo descargar su envío a una posición de entrada? (2 pasos)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de 2 pasos consiste en: Ud. recibe la mercancía en el área de " -"entrada luego los transfiere desde el área de entrada a sus existencias. " -"Mientras la mercancía no sea transferida a sus existencias, esta no estará " -"disponible para otros procesos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" -msgstr "" -"Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " -"está marcado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "Cómo configurar su almacén?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " -"elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " -"(opción **Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar el paso de control, marque **Descargar en ubicación de entrada " -"luego llevar a existencias (2 pasos)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "Cómo recibir un envío en 2 pasos?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "Cómo procesar el paso de Recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"El módulo de compras, cree un **Requerimiento de Cotización**, luego de clic" -" en el botón **Confirmar órden**. Ahora puede ver que hay un **Envío** " -"relacionado con la órden de compra en el **botón de estado** arriba en el " -"formato de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" -"Ve al **Inventario** y haz click en el link **# PARA RECIBIR** sobre la " -"tarjeta **Recibos**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el recibo que desea procesar. Haga clic en ** Validar ** para " -"completar el movimiento desde el **Proveedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 -msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el Paso de Recepción y el movimiento referido como " -"**WH/ENTRADA**. El producto se ha movido desde el **Proveedor** a la " -"ubicación de la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible " -"para el siguiente paso." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo transferir el recibo a su stock?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. La transferencia ahora esta lista. De " -"clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para" -" procesar el control de calidad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en la selección que deseas procesar. Haz click en **Validar** para" -" completar el movimiento de **WH/Entrada** a **WH/Stock**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de transferencia interna y el movimiento referido" -" como **WH/Entrada*. El recibo ha sido trasladado a existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -3065,9 +1928,6 @@ msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre lotes y números de serie?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" @@ -3156,42 +2016,129 @@ msgstr "" "al pan, por ejemplo, no tiene ningún sentido." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar lotes de productos idénticos?" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -"Los lotes son útiles para productos recibidos en grandes cantidades y para " -"los cuales un número de lote puede servir en los reportes, controles de " -"calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes ayudarán a identificar un " -"número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo una falla de producción. Puede ser " -"útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene la capacidad de administrar lotes garantizando cumplimiento de " -"los requerimientos de trazabilidad impuestos por la mayoría de industrias." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -3199,1230 +2146,1725 @@ msgstr "" "La administración de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad " "muy avanzada." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" -"Necesita activar el seguimiento de lotes en los ajustes. En la aplicación de" -" **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " -"seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números seriales**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de producto" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." msgstr "" -"Para tener una administración avanzada de lotes, debe también seleccionar " -"**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de tipos de operaciones" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" -"También necesita configurar como administrará los lotes por operaciones. En " -"la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Tipos de Operaciones`." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" -"Para cada tipo (recibos, transferencias internas, entregas,...) puede " -"configurar si puede crear nuevos números de lote o solo usar los números de " -"lote existentes." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "Finalmente, debe configurar que productos desea rastrear en lotes." +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, y abra el " -"producto de su elección. De clic en **Editar**, y en la pestaña de " -"**Inventario**, seleccione **Seguimiento por Lotes**, luego de clic en " -"**Guardar**." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "Administrar lotes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" -"Para procesar una transferencia de un producto rastreado por lote, debe " -"ingresar el/los número(s) de lote." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "De clic en el ícono del lote :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" -"Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene el número de " -"lote y la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su configuración de tipo de operación, podrá llenar nuevos " -"números de lote, o solo usar los existentes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "En la interface de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de lote." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de inventario" +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Tipos de operación" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" -"El inventario de un producto rastreado por lote puede hacer de dos maneras:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "Inventario clásico de productos" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "Inventario de un lote" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -"Cuando realice un inventario clásico, hay una columna **Número de Serie**. " -"Si el producto ya le ha sido asignado un número, ya esta pre-llenado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Agregar un ítem** si el producto no ha sido inventariado aún. " -"Puede fácilmente crear lotes, solo escriba el nuevo número de lote en la " -"columna." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" -"También puede hacer el inventario de solo un lote. En este caso, deberá " -"llenar el **Número de Lote**. También puede crear un lote desde aquí. Solo " -"escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " -"producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." msgstr "" -"Puede revisar la trazabilidad de lotes desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/Lotes`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "Puede tener más detalles dando clic en el botón **Trazabilidad** :" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences`" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo trabajar con números de serie?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." +msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" -"El Seguimiento de Números de Serie es usado para rastrear productos con " -"números de serie en cada transacción. Puede rastrear la ubicación actual del" -" producto con números de serie. Cuando los productos son movidos de una " -"ubicación a otra, el sistema automáticamente identificará la ubicación " -"actual del producto basado en el último movimiento del producto. De esta " -"manera puede obtener la última ubicación desde donde los productos son " -"trasladados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." msgstr "" -"Necesita activar el seguimiento de lotes en los ajustes. En la aplicación de" -" **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " -"seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números de serie**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, y abra el " -"producto de su elección. De clic en **Editar**, y en la pestaña de " -"**Inventario**, seleccione **Por Número Único de Serie**, luego de clic en " -"**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Administrar Números de Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -"Para procesar una transferencia de un producto rastreado por número de " -"serie, debe ingresar el/los número(s). Para poder asignar números de serie a" -" los productos con funciones de seguimiento habilitadas, primero debe marcar" -" su transferencia como realizada. De clic en el botón **Marcar como " -"REALIZADO** para mostrar el ícono División de Lote." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "De clic en el ícono número de serie :" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -"Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene con los " -"números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" -"Si traslada productos que ya tienen un número de serie asignado, estos " -"aparecerán en la lista. Solo de clic en el ícono **+** para confirmar que " -"esta trasladando estos números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "En la interfaz de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de serie." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." msgstr "" -"El inventario de un producto rastreado por número de serie puede hacerse de " -"dos maneras:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "Inventario de un número de serie" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Agregar un ítem** si el producto no ha sido inventariado aún. " -"Puede fácilmente número de serie, solo escriba el nuevo número en la " -"columna." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "La cantidad debe ser 1 por cada línea." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"También puede hacer el inventario de solo un número de serie. En este caso, " -"deberá llenar el número de serie. También puede crear uno nuevo desde aquí. " -"Solo escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " -"producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." msgstr "" -"El número de serie dado a estos ítems le permitirá mantener el seguimiento " -"de donde fueron recibidos, puestos en existencias, a quien fueron vendidos y" -" a donde fueron despachados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -"Para rastrear un ítem, abra el módulo de **Inventario**, y en " -":menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/lotes`, de clic " -"en el número de serie correspondiente a su búsqueda." #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operaciones varias" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias inmediatas y planificadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, puede crear dos tipos de transferencias: transferencias inmediatas " -"o planificadas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias Inmediatas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" -"Cuando crea una transferencia manualmente, es una transferencia inmediata " -"por defecto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de una transferencia inmediata, usted codifica directamente los " -"productos y las cantidades que está procesando, no se aplica ninguna " -"reserva. Por esta razón, la columna \"Demanda inicial\" no se puede editar. " -"Solo rellena la columna \"Hecho\" para las cantidades." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" -"Esto se usa, por ejemplo, cuando transfiere mercancías desde una ubicación A" -" a una ubicación B y esto no está planificado (está procesando la " -"transferencia en este momento)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias planificadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar existencias que no le pertenecen?" +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" -"Algunos proveedores algunas veces pueden ofrecerle almacenar y vender " -"productos sin tener que comprar estos ítems: esta técnica es conocida como " -"**Inventario en consignación**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -"El inventario en consignación es una buena forma para fabricantes y " -"proveedores de lanzar nuevos productos. Como los distribuidores pueden ser " -"reacíos a comprar un producto del cual no estan seguros se pueda vender, el " -"inventario en consignación les permitirá exponer un producto para revisar su" -" mercado sin tener que pagar por el en primer lugar." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene la habilidad de adminsitrar inventario en consignación a través " -"de los ajustes avanzados." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, y en" -" la sección **Dueños de Producto**, seleccione **Administrar inventarios en " -"consignación (avanzado)**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Recepción de Inventario en Consignación" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -"En el Tablero de Inventario, abra los **Recibos** y cree una nueva " -"recepción. Puede ver que en el lado derecho de la página, una nueva línea " -"**Propietario** ha aparecido. Puede específicar la empresa a la cual le " -"pertenece el inventario o dejarlo en blanco si Ud. es el propietario." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar y ejecutar programadores?" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "Que es un programador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -"El programador es el motor de cálculo el cual planea y prioriza la " -"producción y adquisiciones automáticamente de acuerdo a las reglas definidas" -" en los productos. Por defecto, el organizador esta configurado para " -"ejecutarse una vez al día (Odoo automáticamente crea una **Acción " -"Programada** para esto)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" -"La programación solo valida adquisiciones que han sido confirmadas pero aún " -"no iniciadas. Estas reservaciones de adquisición iniciarán por ellas mismas " -"la producción, tareas o compras dependiendo de la configuración del producto" -" requerido." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta la prioridad de operacones cuando inicie reservaciones y " -"adquisiciones. Requerimientos urgentes, aquellos con una fecha pasada, o " -"requerimientos con una fecha anterior a los otros empezarán primero. En caso" -" de que no haya productos suficientes en existencias para satisfacer todos " -"los requerimientos, puede estar seguro que los requerimientos más urgentes " -"serán producidos primero." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"Esta función no esta visible por defecto. Debe habilitar el **modo depurar**" -" para verla. Para habilitar el modo de depuración, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " -"programador**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" -"También puede iniciar el programador manualmente desde el " -"menú:menuselection:`Inventario --> Programadores --> Ejecutar " -"Programadores`. El programador usa todos los parámetros relevantes definidos" -" por producto, proveedores y la compañía para determinar las prioridades " -"entre las diferentes órdenes de producción, entregas y compras de proveedor." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador (solo para usuarios avanzados)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"Esta función no esta visible por defecto. Debe habilitar el **modo depurar**" -" para verla. Para habilitar el modo de depuración, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " -"programador**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar el tiempo de inicio del programador modificando la acción " -"correspondiente en el menú :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnicos --> " -"Automatización --> Acciones Programadas`. Modificar la configuración del " -"Programador Ejecutar MRP. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "¿Cómo desechar productos?" +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" -"Desechar significa desperdicio que ya sea que no tiene valor económico o " -"solo el valor de su material básico" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "volumen recuperable a través del reciclaje." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" -"En su depósito usted a veces encuentra productos que están dañados o que no " -"son utilizables debido a la fecha de vencimiento u otras razones. " -"Habitualmente nota esto durante las actividades de picking o de inventario " -"físico." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Desde que Ud. no puede normalmente vender o almacenar estos productos, tiene" -" que desechar el producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la mercancía es desechada, esta no es reflejada en el sistema como " -"parte del inventario. El material desechado será físicamente trasladado al " -"área de desecho." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando instala la administración de inventario, odoo automáticamente crea " -"una ubicación de desecho por defecto, llamada **ubicación " -"virtual/Desechado**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -"Después de aplicar **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, puede " -"crear una nueva ubicación de desecho en :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones.`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "" -"Para definir una ubicación de desecho, debe marcar **¿Es una ubicación de " -"Desecho?** en la vista del formulario de ubicaciones." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "Difrentes maneras de desechar un producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "Odoo ofrece varias formas para desechar productos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "1) Desechar desde el Recibo (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Desechar el producto desde el embarque entrante, Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Recibos`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" -"Abra el embarque ingresando, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic en" -" el botón desecho de productos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "2) Desechar desde órden de entrega (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Para desechar el producto desde el embarque en salida, Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Órdenes de Entrega`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" -"Abra el embarque saliendo, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic en " -"el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la pestaña " -"de demanda inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "3) Desechar desde transferencias internas (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "" -"Abra la transferencia interna, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic " -"en el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la " -"pestaña de demanda inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "" -"Cuando de clic en el botón de desecho, se abrirá una ventana emergente. " -"Puede ingresar la cantidad de productos, y específicar la ubicación de " -"desecho, luego de clic en **Desechar**." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planificación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " +"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " +"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " +"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " +"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " +"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " +"manufacturing lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 +msgid "Supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " +"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " +"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " +"Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " +"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " +"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " +"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " +"time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +msgid "" +"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " +"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " +"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " +"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 +msgid "Security lead time for sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " +"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " +"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " +"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +msgid "" +"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " +"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " +"times, not for sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " +"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 +msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " +"manufacturing days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" +" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" +" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 +msgid "At the sale order level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 +msgid "Expected date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " +"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +msgid "" +"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " +"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " +"based on the different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" +" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " +"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " +"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" +" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +msgid "" +"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " +"Days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +msgid "" +"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +msgid "" +"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " +"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " +"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminología" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de" +" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad" +" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar " +"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " +"bajo pedido." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" +" un producto." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposición" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Unidades de medida" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Paquetes" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Empaquetado" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Reglas de abastecimiento" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Valoración" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Anglosajona)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -"Cada año su valoración de inventario tiene que ser registrada en su hoja de " -"balance. Esto implica dos elecciones principales:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -"la forma como Ud. calcula el costo de sus ítems almacenados (Estándar vs. " -"Promedio vs. Precio Real);" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -"la forma como registre el valor del inventario dentro de sus libros " -"(periódico vs. Perpetuo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Método de coste" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Precio estándar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Coste unitario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Recibidos 8 productos a $10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Recividos 4 productos a $16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -"El **Precio Estándar** significa que Ud. estima el precio de costo basado en" -" materiales directos, trabajo directo y gastos generales de fabricación al " -"final de un período específico (usualmente una vez al año). Ingresa este " -"precio de costo en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Precio medio" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -"El método de **Promedio de Precio** recalcula el precio de costo ya que una " -"órden de recibo ha sido procesada, basado en los precios definidos en " -"órdenes de compra amarradas: FORMULA (vea el adjunto aquí)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "El costo promedio no cambia cuando los productos salen de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" -"Desde el punto de vista contable, este método is justificado principalmente " -"en caso de grandes variaciones de precio en compras y es poco inusual debido" -" a su complejidad operacional. Realmente necesita un software como Odoo para" -" fácilmente mantener este costo actualizado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" -"Este método esta dedicado para usuarios avanzados. Requiere procesos de " -"negocio bien establecidos porque el orden en el cual procese las órdenes de " -"recibo tienen importancia en el cálculo del costo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -"Para **Precios Reales** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), el costeo es esta más " -"profundamente redefinido por la estrategia de salida configurada en la " -"ubicación de la bodega o por la categoría interna de los productos. La " -"estrategia por defecto es la FIFO. Con tal método, la valoración de su " -"inventario es calculada desde el costo real de los productos almacenados " -"(cfr. Valoración Cuantitativa) y no desde el precio de costo reflejado en el" -" formulario del producto. En el momento que despache estos ítems, el precio " -"de costo es reajustado al costo de los últimos ítems despachados. Este " -"precio de costo es usado para valorizar cualquier producto no recibido desde" -" una órden de compra (ej. ajustes de inventario). " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -"El método FIFO es recomendado si administra todo su flujo de trabajo en Odoo" -" (Ventas, Compras, Inventario). Se acopla a todo tipo de usuarios." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (no aceptado en IFRS)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "El método LIFO no esta autorizado fuera de los Estados Unidos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -"Odoo admite cualquier método. El por defecto es **Precio Estándar**. Para " -"cambiarlo, revise **Usar un método de costeo de precio 'Fijo', 'Real' o " -"'Promedio'** en los ajustes de Compras. Luego, configure el método de costeo" -" desde las categorías internas de los productos. Las categorías se mostrarán" -" en la pestaña de Inventario en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -"Cualquiera que sea el método, Odoo proveé una completa valoración de " -"inventario en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de " -"Inventario` (ej. cantidades actuales en existencias * precio de costo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración Periódica del Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -"En una valoración periódica del inventario, la recepción de mercancía y la " -"salida de embarques no tienen impacto directo en la contabilidad. Al final " -"del mes o del año, el contador registrar una entrada de diario representando" -" el valor del inventario físico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4432,84 +3874,83 @@ msgstr "" "momento. Revise las siguientes operaciones y encuentre como Odoo administra " "los registros contables." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Factura de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Activos: Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Activos: Impuesto Diferido de Activos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4517,71 +3958,71 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Adquiridas: definido en el producto o en la categoría interna " "relacionada al producto (Campo de Cuenta de Gastos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Pagar: definido en el proveedor relacionado con la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Recibos de Mercancías" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "No Entrada de diario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Factura de cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Ingresos: Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos: Impuestos Diferidos de Pasivos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4589,21 +4030,21 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definido en el producto en la categoría interna del producto " "relacionado (campo de Cuenta de Ingresos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar: definido en el cliente (Cuenta de Cuentas por Cobrar)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4612,18 +4053,18 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de producción" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4631,7 +4072,41 @@ msgstr "" "Al final del mes/año, su compañía realiza un inventario físico o solo confía" " en el inventario en Odoo para valorizar el inventario dentro de los libros." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" +"Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " +"inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" +" y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad anglo-sajona" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4639,7 +4114,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego debe desglosar el balance de compra entre ambos, el inventario y el " "costo de mercancías vendidas usando la siguiente fórmula:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4647,82 +4122,92 @@ msgstr "" "Costo de mercancías vendidas (COGS) = Valor del inventario inicial - Valor " "del Inventario final" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Para actualizar la valoración del inventario en sus libros, registre tal " "entrada:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de cierre)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Gastos: Costo de Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Gastos: Mercancías Compradas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de inicio)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración Perpetua del Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -"En una valoración perpetua del inventario, los recibos de mercancía y " -"despachos en salida son registrados en sus libros en tiempo real. Los libros" -" son además siempre actualizados. Este modo esta reservado a los contadores " -"expertos y usuarios avanzados solamente. Contrario a la valoración " -"periódica, este requiere configuración adicional y prueba." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "Tomemos el caso del distribuidor." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuración:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar/Pagar: definido en el proveedor (pestaña de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos/Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la " "línea de la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" +"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los " +"productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " +"(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " +"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " +"categoría interna del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4730,7 +4215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4740,7 +4225,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4748,7 +4233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4756,15 +4241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " -"categoría interna del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4772,1363 +4249,483 @@ msgstr "" "Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en" " el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/estrategias/traslado`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../contabilidad/otros/inventario/valoración_precio_promedio`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/costeo/costos_en_destino`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Continental)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " -"inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -"Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" -" y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los " -"productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " -"(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." msgstr "" -"Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " -"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Conceptos Principales" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." msgstr "" -"Una doble-entrada de inventario no tiene entrada de existencias, salida " -"(desaparación de productos) o transformación. En lugar de ello, todas las " -"operaciones son movimientos de inventario entre ubicaciones (posiblemente " -"virtual)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operaciones" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos de inventario representan el tránsito de la mercancía y " -"materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Orden de producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "Consumir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2 Llantas: Inventario → Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1 Marco de Bicicleta: Inventario → Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "Producir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Producción → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "Inventario: la ubicación desde donde inicia la Órden de Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" -"Producción: en el formulario del producto, campo \"Ubicación de Producción\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Envío-directo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "Configuración:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "Proveedor: en el formulario del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "Cliente: la misma órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "Entrega a Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Recogida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Inventario → Zona de Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Paquete" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Zona de Empaque → Salida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Envío" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Salida → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "en la ruta selección+empaque+envío para la bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "Transferencia Entre-Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "Transferir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega 1 → Transito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Transito → Bodega 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "Bodega 2: la ubicación desde donde se inicia la transferencia" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "Bodega 1: en la ruta de tránsito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "Producto roto (desechado)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Desecho" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "Desecho: Ubicación de desecho donde se crea el desecho" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "Productos perdidos en el inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Pérdida de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "Productos adicionales en el inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Pérdida de Inventario → Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" -"Pérdida de Inventario: campo de \"Ubicación del Inventario\" en el producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "Recepción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Entrada → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "Proveedor: órden de compra del proveedor" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "Entrada: campo de \"destino\" de la órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Análisis" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -"El análisis de inventario puede utilizar el conteo de productos o el valor " -"de productos (= número de productos * costo del producto)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -"Para cada ubicación de inventario, varios puntos de información pueden ser " -"analizados:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "Adquisiciones y Reglas de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -"Una adquisición es un requerimiento para una cantidad específica de producto" -" para una ubicación específica. Pueden ser creados manualmente o " -"automáticamente impulsados por:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "Nuevas órdenes de venta" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "Efecto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" -"Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación del cliente para cada producto " -"ordenado por el cliente (Ud. debe entregar al cliente)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" -"Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en el cliente, campo \"Ubicación de Cliente\" " -"(propiedad)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación de reglas." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en regla, campo \"Ubicación\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "Reglas de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" -"Una nueva adquisición es creada en la fuente de ubicación de las reglas." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" -"Las *Reglas de Adquisición* describen como las adquisiciones en ubicaciones " -"específicas deben ser completadas ej.:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "desde donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de origen)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" -"si la adquisición es: :abbr:`MTO (Fabricada por Pedido)` or :abbr:`MTS " -"(Fabricada para Inventario)`" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición están agrupadas en rutas. Las rutas definen los " -"caminos que el producto debe seguir. Las rutas puede ser o no aplicadas, " -"dependiendo de los productos, líneas de órden de ventas, bodega,..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" -"Para llenar una adquisición, el sistema buscará las reglas pertenecientes a " -"reglas que son definidas en (por orden de prioridad):" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Bodega: Selección → Empaque → Envío" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "Lista de Empaque:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "Zona de Selección → Zona de Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "Lista de Embalaje:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "Zona de Empaque → Puerta A" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "Órden de Entrega:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "Puerta A → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." msgstr "" -"Las rutas describen como organizar su bodega debe ser definido en la bodega." +"En Odoo, una **Bodega** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual sus ítems son " +"almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " +"bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "Un Producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Producto: Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "Recepción:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "Proveedor → Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "Confirmación:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Entrada → Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "Almacenamiento:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Control de Calidad → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Categoría de producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Categoría de Ruta de Producto: cruce de andén" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "Cruce de Andén:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "Entrada → Salida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Entrega:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "Salida → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Línea pedido de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Línea de Órden de Venta: Envío-directo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "Órden:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "Proveedor → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Reglas push" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de impulso presionan cuando los productos ingresan a ubicación " -"específica. Estas automáticamente trasladan el producto a la nueva " -"ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o no depende de las " -"reglas aplicables." +"Una **Ubicación**, es un espacio específico dentro de su bodega. Puede ser " +"considerado como una sububicación de su bodega, una estantería, el piso, el " +"pasillo, etc. Además, una ubicación solamente es parte de una bodega y no es" +" posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" +" ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Control calidad" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "Producto descargado en Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Impulso 1: Entrada → Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Impulso 2: Control de Calidad → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "Tránsito en Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "Producto descargado en Tránsito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "Impulso: Transito → Bodega 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "Grupos de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" -"Las rutas y reglas definen los movimientos de inventario. Para cada regla, " -"un tipo de documento es entregado:" +"Las **Ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de" +" las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " +"descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Albarán" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Órden de Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Pedido de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos estan agrupados con el mismo tipo de documento si su grupo " -"de adquisición y ubicaciones son el mismo." +"Las **Ubicaciones de Empresa** son espacios dentro de la bodega de un " +"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " +"Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -"Una órden de ventas crear un grupo de adquisición, por lo tanto, los envíos " -"y órdenes de entrega de la misma órden son agrupados. Pero, puede definir " -"grupos específicos reordenando las reglas también. (ej. para agrupar compras" -" de productos específicos juntas)" +"Las **Ubicaciones Virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" +" los productos pueden ser colocados cuando no están físicos aún (o nunca) en" +" un inventario. Se vuelven útiles cuando quiere colocar productos pérdidos " +"fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " +"tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "Terminologías" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" -"**Bodega**: Una bodega en Odoo es una ubicación donde almacena sus " -"productos. Puede ser física o una bodega virtual. Puede ser una tienda o un " -"depósito." +"En Odoo, las ubicaciones son jerárquicamente estructuradas. Puede " +"estructurar sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente " +"padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " +"de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Ubicación**: las ubicaciones son usadas para estructurar zonas de " -"almacenamiento dentro de una bodega. Adicionalmente a las ubicaciones " -"internas (su bodega), Odoo tiene ubicaciones para proveedores, clientes, " -"contrapartes de pérdida de inventario, etc." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" -"**Lotes**: los lotes son un lote de productos identificado con un único " -"código de barras o número de serie. Todos los ítems de un lote son del mismo" -" producto (ej. un set de 24 botellas). Usualmente, los lotes vienen de los " -"lotes de órdenes de producción o adquisiciones." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "" -"**Número de Serie**: Un número de serie es un identificador único de un " -"producto específico. Técnicamente, los números de serie son similares a " -"tener un lote de 1 único ítem." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"**Unidad de Medida**: Define como la cantidad de productos es expresada. " -"Metros, Libras, Paquete de 24, Kilogramos,... La unidad de medida de la " -"misma categoría (ej: tamaño) puede convertirse a otras (m, cm, mm) usando un" -" radio fijo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" -"**Consumible**: Un producto para el cual no desea administrar el nivel de " -"inventario (no cantidad a la mano o estimada) pero que puede recibir y " -"entregar. Cuando se requiere de este producto, Odoo supone que Ud. siempre " -"tiene suficiente inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." msgstr "" -"**Almacenable**: Un producto del cual desea administrar nivel de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." msgstr "" -"**Empaque:** Un empaque contiene varios productos (identificado o no por " -"número de serie/lotes). Ejemplo: una caja contiene cuchillos y tenedores." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." msgstr "" -"**Adquisición**: Una adquisición es un requerimiento para una cantidad " -"específica de productos en una ubicación específica. La adquisiciones son " -"automáticamente impulsadas por otros documentos: Órdenes de Venta, Reglas " -"Mínimas de Inventario, y Reglas de Adquisición. Puede impulsar la " -"adquisición manualmente. Cuando las adquisiciones son impulsadas " -"automáticamente, debe poner atención a las excepciones (ej. un producto debe" -" ser comprado desde un proveedor, pero no hay proveedor definido)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." msgstr "" -"**Rutas**: las rutas definen caminos que el producto debe seguir. Las rutas " -"pueden ser aplicables o no, dependiendo de los producto, líneas de órden de " -"venta, bodega,... Para llenar una adquisición, el sistema buscará las reglas" -" que pertenecen a las rutas que están definidas en el producto/órden de " -"venta relacionado." +"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son " +"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" +" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "" -"**Reglas de Impulso**: Las reglas de impulso presionan cuando los productos " -"ingresan a una ubicación específica. Estas automáticamente trasladan el " -"producto a la nueva ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o" -" no depende de las reglas aplicables." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "" -"**Reglas de Adquisición** o **Reglas de Arranque**: Las reglas de " -"adquisición describen como las adquisiciones en ubicaciones específicas " -"deben ser llenadas ej.: de donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de " -"origen), si la adquisición es MTO o MTS,..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"**Grupo de Adquisición**: Las rutas y reglas definen los movimientos de " -"inventario. Para cada regla, un tipo de documento es proveído: Envío, " -"Empaque, Órden de Entrega, Órden de Compra,... Los movimientos son agrupados" -" dentro del mismo tipo de documento si su grupo de adquisición y ubicaciones" -" son las mismas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" -"**Movimientos de Inventario**: Los movimientos de inventario representan el " -"tránsito de la mercancía y materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." msgstr "" -"**Cantidad A La Mano**: La cantidad de un producto específico que " -"actualmente se encuentra en una bodega o ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." msgstr "" -"**Cantidad Estimada**: La cantidad de productos que puede vender para una " -"bodega específica o ubicación. Es definido como la Cantidad a la Mano - " -"Órdenes de Entrega Futuras + Futuros despachos entrando + Futuras unidades " -"producidas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" -"**Reordenando las Reglas**: Estas definen las condiciones en las que Odoo " -"automáticamente impulsará un requerimiento de adquisición (comprar a un " -"proveedor o lanzar una órden de producción). Son impulsadas cuando la " -"cantidad estimada encuentra la regla de inventario mínimo." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" -"**Cruce-de-Andén**: El cruce-de-andén es una práctica en logística que " -"define el descargue entrante de materiales desde un semi-trailer o camión o " -"un vagón de tren y cargar estos materiales directamente a camiones, " -"trailers, o vagones de tren saliendo, sin bodegaje entre ellos. (no va al " -"inventario, directamente desde la entrada a la zona de empaque)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" -"**Envío-Directo**: el movimiento de productos desde el proveedor/fabricante " -"directamente al cliente (puede ser minorista o consumidor) sin pasar por los" -" usuales canales de distribución. Los productos son enviados directamente " -"desde el proveedor al cliente, sin pasar a través de su propia bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" -"**Estrategias de Traslado**: la estrategia a usar para seleccionar que " -"producto seleccionar para una operación específica. Ejemplo: FIFO, LIFO, " -"FEFO." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" -"**Estrategias de Entrada de Inventario**: la estrategia a usar para decidir " -"cual ubicación de un producto específico debe ser configurada cuando se " -"llegue a alguna parte. (ejemplo: los cables van en la estantería 3, bodega " -"A)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" -"**Desperdicio**: Un producto que esta roto u obsoleto. Desperdiciar un " -"producto lo elimina del inventario." #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "Información general del Proceso" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "Desde adquisición a inventario" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" -"El inventario es el corazón de su negocio. Puede ser muy complicado, pero " -"con Odoo, hacer un recibo o una entrega nunca ha sido tan fácil. Le " -"mostraremos en este documento que fácil es realizar el proceso completo, " -"desde el recibo hasta la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -"El inventario de Odoo es totalmente integrado con otras aplicaciones, como " -"**Compras**, **Ventas** o **Inventario**. Pero no esta limitado a estos " -"procesos, también esta totalmente integrado con nuestras aplicaciones de " -"**Comercio electrónico**, **Producción** y **Reparaciones**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar un recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Compras" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Compras**. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalelo. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "Hacer una órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." msgstr "" -"Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Compras**. La primera pantalla es la lista de " -"**Requerimiento para Cotización**. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -"Llene la información del **Proveedor** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para" -" agregar algunos productos a su requerimiento de cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Confirmar órden** cuando este seguro de los productos, precios " -"y cantidades." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "Recuperar el Recibo" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de recibo en 2 formas:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "Desde la órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior derecha de su órden de compra, verá el botón con el " -"**Recibo** relacionado:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "De clic en el para ver la **Órden de Transferencia**." +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "Desde el Tablero de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Al abrir la aplicación ** ** Inventario, haga clic en ** ** # recibir para " -"ver la lista de sus entregas para procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de compra:" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "Procesar el Recibo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" -"Para procesar la transferencia de inventario. Simplemente de clic en " -"**Validar** para completar la transferencia. Un mensaje aparecerá " -"preguntándole si quiere procesar la órden completa, aceptela dando clic en " -"**Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" -"Las adquisiciones pueden ser automatizadas. Por favor lea nuestro documento " -":doc:`../../administración/ajustes/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` para más " -"información." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar una órden de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Ventas" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Ventas**. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalela. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "Colocar una órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Ventas**. De clic en el botón de " -"**Cotizaciones** de su equipo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" -"Obtendrá la lista de todas sus cotizaciones. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "" -"Llene la **Información del Cliente** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para " -"agregar algunos productos a su cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "De clic en **Confirmar venta** para colocar la órden." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "Recuperar la Órden de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de entrega en 2 formas:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "Desde la órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior derecha de su órden de venta, verá el botón relacionado" -" a la **Entrega**:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "" -"Cuando abra la aplicación de **Inventario**, de clic en **# hacer** para ver" -" la lista de sus recibos a procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." msgstr "" -"Si el producto no esta en existencias, la órden de venta será listada en su " -"tablero como **Esperando**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Procesar la Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "Las órdenes de Comercio Electrónico son procesadas de la misma forma." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" -"Puede fácilmente integrar sus órdenes de entrega con diferentes métodos de " -"entrega. Por favor lea el documento " -":doc:`../../envío/entrada/método_entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "Flujos avanzados" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -"En este documento, los flujos explicados son los más simples. Odoo también " -"se acopla a compañías que tienen administración avanzada de bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, solo los **recibos** y **entregas** están configurados pero " -"puede activar el uso de multi-ubicaciones y multi-bodegas para hacer " -"**transferencias internas**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "**Rutas**: puede automatizar flujos con reglas de impulso y arranque." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -"Recibos y entregas **Multi-paso** pueden ser configurados fácilmente para " -"cada bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" -"Mucho más: **Escaneo de Código de Barras**, **números de serie**, **lotes**," -" **cross-docking**, **envío-directo**, integración con **tercero** " -"transportista, **primera entrada de inventario** y estrategias de " -"**traslado**... Todo esto es posible con Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el Inventario de Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Inventario en Odoo tiene una guía de implementación que " -"debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un manual paso a paso, con enlaces a las " -"diferentes pantallas que necesita." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya instalado la aplicación de Inventario, de clic en la barra " -"de progreso en la parte superior derecha para tener acceso a la guía de " -"implementación." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "Configura tu almacén" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "Importar sus proveedores" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "Importar sus productos" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "Configura el inventario inicial" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "Configurar sus flujos de ventas y compras" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "Configura mecanismos de reabastecimento." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" -"Configurar funciones avanzadas como empaque, trazabilidad, rutas y " -"valoración de inventario." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere establecer operaciones con escaner de código de barras en su " -"bodega, debe instalar la aplicación **Código de Barras** la cual agrega " -"funciones en la parte superior de la aplicación de inventario. La aplicación" -" de código de barras le guiará para configurar y usar su escaner de manera " -"óptima." #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -6139,146 +4736,88 @@ msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "¿Cómo organizar un cruce-de-andén en su almacén?" +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." msgstr "" -"El área de cruce de andén es temporalmente el área donde no estamos " -"almacenando ningún producto, en cambio solo administramos el lugar de " -"acuerdo al reparto para posteriores clientes. Esto ahorrará una gran " -"cantidad de tiempo de transferencias inter bodega y procesos de " -"almacenamiento. Administramos nuestros productos con área de acoplamiento " -"donde el producto se posiciona directamente desde la ubicación del proveedor" -" y transfiere esto a la puerta de embarque para entrega al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? `_" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -"Para más información en como organizar su bodega, lea `¿Qué es cross docking" -" y aplica para mí? `_" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "Bodega y rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes --> Ubicación y Bodegas` luego en **Rutas**, seleccione **Ruteado " -"avanzado de productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -"Abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " -"Bodegas`, luego abra la bodega que desea someter a cross-dock y de clic en " -"**Editar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "En la pestaña **Configuración de Bodega**, seleccione:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." msgstr "" -"**Despachos Entrando**: Descargar en un ubicación de entrada luego llevar a " -"existencias (2 pasos)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" -"**Despachos Saliendo**: Envíos directamente desde existencias (Envío " -"solamente)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "luego de clic en **Guardar**." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -"Estos pasos han generado una ruta paso-de-andén que puede ver en " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas --> Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "Ruta Cross Docking" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -"Usaremos la ruta **Comprar** para la primera parte del flujo y creamos una " -"ruta para la parte pendiente:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." msgstr "" -"Ahora serán configuradas cada una de las reglas de adquisición. La ubicación" -" Cross Dock es crada como una ubicación física interna." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Entrada --> Cross Dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Salida`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Salida --> Cliente`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "Producto con cross dock" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -"Hemos creado el producto Verdura de Hinojo y le hemos asignado las rutas " -"creadas abajo así como la ruta **Comprar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" -"También hemos específicado un proveedor y una regla de órden mínima la cual " -"es requerida para reabastecimiento de producto almacenable." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`usar_rutas`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/entrando/dos_pasos`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -6306,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego marque la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**. Por " "favor no olvide **aplicar** sus cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -6314,12 +4853,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción también debe marcarse si desea administrar diferentes " "ubicaciones y rutas en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Crear una nueva bodega" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -6330,7 +4868,7 @@ msgstr "" "de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " "Bodegas`. Ahora puede crear su bodega dando clic en **Crear**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -6338,17 +4876,14 @@ msgstr "" "Llene un **Nombre de Bodega** y un **Nombre Corto**. El nombre corto es de 5" " caracteres máximo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"por favor note que el **Nombre Corto** es muy importante ya que aparecerá en" -" sus órdenes de transferencia y otros documentos de la bodega. Sería " -"estupendo usar uno entendible (ej.: WH/[primeras letras de ubicación])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -6356,11 +4891,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si regresa al tablero, nuevas operaciones se han generado automáticamente " "para su nueva bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -6370,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr "" "físico en ella. En ese caso debe crear un inventario en Odoo, si no puede " "saltarse este paso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -6382,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" "dando clic en **Crear**. Llene la **Referencia de Inventario**, **Fecha** y " "asegúrese de seleccionar la bodega y ubicación correctas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -6396,7 +4931,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambiar ya que representa una cantidad calculada desde compras y órdenes de " "venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -6404,11 +4939,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide validar su inventario una vez haya registrado el estado de todos " "sus productos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Crear una transferencia interna" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -6418,7 +4953,7 @@ msgstr "" "unidades de un producto desde su primera bodega a otra en Bruselas, proceda " "como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -6426,7 +4961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de una de las dos " "bodegas. Para hacerlo, de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Transferir`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -6436,7 +4971,7 @@ msgstr "" "origen (en este caso nuestra \"bodega anterior\") y la zona de ubicación de " "destino (en este caso nuestra \"nueva\" bodega ubicada en Bruselas)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -6445,13 +4980,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ítem** y no olvide **Validar** o **Marcar como POR HACER** una vez haya " "terminado." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Si selecciona **Validar**, Odoo procesará todas las cantidades a transferir." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -6461,21 +4996,21 @@ msgstr "" "estado de **Esperando Disponilidad**. De clic en **Reservar** para reservar " "el monto de productos en su bodega de origen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "También es posible manualmente transferir cada producto:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "A través de su tablero, seleccione la órden de transferencia en su ubicación" " de orígen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Seleccione la órden de transferencia correcta" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -6485,7 +5020,7 @@ msgstr "" "abrir la ventana de detalle de operaciones. En esta nueva ventana puede " "manualmente indicar cuantos productos procesa" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -6557,10 +5092,8 @@ msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de adquisición" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. En la aplicación de " -"Inventario, vaya a Configuración > Rutas." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." @@ -6569,10 +5102,8 @@ msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 msgid "" "Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"possible :" msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. Hay 3 tipos de acción " -"posibles :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 msgid "Move from another location rules" @@ -6580,13 +5111,12 @@ msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" msgstr "" -"Reglas de producción que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de producción." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "Comprar reglas que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de compra." +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -6604,11 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "La aplicación de Compras debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " "**compra**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de adquisición en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." @@ -6616,20 +5142,20 @@ msgstr "" "Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de adquisición ya " "definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`regla_de_arranque`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`entre_bodega`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" @@ -6648,26 +5174,11 @@ msgid "" "inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " "can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " "with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " "advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " "have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " "inability to meet customer demand for the product." msgstr "" -"El sistema de control de inventario de arranque involucra necesidades " -"estimadas de inventario para cumplir con la demanda del cliente. Las " -"compañías deben predecir que productos los clientes comprarán junto con " -"determinar que cantidad de mercancía será adquirida. La compañía tendrá, a " -"su vez, que producir suficiente producto para cumplir con la demanda " -"estimada y vender, o impulsar, la mercancía al consumidor. Las desventajas " -"del sistema de control de inventario de arranque son que los estimados son a" -" menudo imprecisos ya que las ventas pueden ser impredecibles y variar de un" -" año al otro. Otro problema con el sistema de control de inventario de " -"arranque es que si mucho producto es dejado en el inventario. Esto aumenta " -"los costos de almacenaje de la compañía para esta mercancía. Una ventaja del" -" sistema de arranque es que la compañía esta bastante asegurada de que " -"tendrá suficiente producto a la mano para completar las órdenes del cliente," -" preveniendo la incapacidad para cumplir la demanda del cliente para el " -"producto." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6723,22 +5234,18 @@ msgstr "" "que la mercancía que esta en la ubicación de control de calidad se traslade " "a existencias." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de impulso en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" "Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de impulso ya " "definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "Transferencias de Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " @@ -6748,7 +5255,7 @@ msgstr "" "la configuración de la regla en su ruta, verá que algunas transferencias " "podrían estar listas y otras en espera." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." @@ -6756,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "" "La regla de impulso que fue configurada antes creará movimientos desde la " "ubicación **WH/Entrada** a la ubicación **WH/Control de Calidad**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" @@ -6766,11 +5273,71 @@ msgstr "" "regla de impulso, la cual define cuando esta listo el control de calidad, la" " mercancía será movida al inventario principal." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`adquisición_regla`" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "How to use routes?" msgstr "¿Cómo usar las reglas?" @@ -6994,251 +5561,75 @@ msgstr "" "**Fabricar** y automáticamente accionará la órden de compra o la Órden de " "Producción cuando sus productos estén agotados." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Costeo de Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "¿Cómo integrar los costos en destino en el costo del producto?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino incluyen todos los cargos asociados a una buena " -"transferencia." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino incluyen = Costo del producto + Envío + Aduanas + " -"Riesgo" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." -msgstr "" -"Todos estos componentes podrían ser no aplicables en cada despacho, pero los" -" componentes relevantes deben ser considerados como parte del costo en " -"destino. Debemos identificar el costo en destino para determinar el precio " -"de venta de un producto porque estos impactarán los ingresos de la compañía." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de aplicaciones" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Primero, debe activar el uso de los costos en destino. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Aplicación de inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. " -"Compruebe la opción de contabilidad **Incluir costos en destino en el " -"cálculo de costeo del producto** y **Valoración Perpertua del Inventario**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Luego vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicación de compras --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. Elija el método de costeo **Usar un método de costeo de precio " -"'Fijo' o 'Variable'**, luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los " -"cambios." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Tipos de gastos de envío" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." -msgstr "" -"Empiece por crear productos específicos para indicar sus varios **Costos en " -"Destino**, como flete, seguro o impuestos de aduana. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de costos en " -"destino`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." -msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino solo son aplican para productos configurados en la " -"valoración en tiempo real con método de costeo de precio real. Este método " -"de costeo es configurado en la categoría del producto." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "Vincular los costos en destino a una transferencia" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" -"Para calcular los costos en destino, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Control de Inventario --> Costos en Destino`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el botón **Crear** y seleccione el/los envío(s) al/los que desee " -"atribuir costos en destino." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón **Calcular** para ver como los costos en destino serán" -" repartidos a través de las líneas de envíos." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." -msgstr "" -"Para confirmar la atribución de costos en destino, de clic en el botón " -"**Validar**." - #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Estrategias de Remoción y Traslado" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "¿En qué consiste una estrategia de traslado?" +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -"Si por ejemplo una bodega contiene sustancias volátiles, es importante " -"asegúrarse de que ciertos productos no seran almacenados cerca el uno del " -"otro debido a una potencial reacción química." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y verifique" -" la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega y Ruteado avanzado de" -" productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "Configurar una estrategia" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -"Tomemos un ejemplo de una tienda minorista donde almacenamos vegetales y " -"frutas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" -"Debemos almacenar este tipo de productos en diferentes ubicaciones para " -"mantener la calidad del producto." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" -"Suponga que hay una ubicación de bodega **WH/Existencias** y hay sub " -"ubicaciones **WH/Existencias/Vegetales** & **WH/Existencias/Frutas**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" -"Puede crear una estrategia de traslado desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Ubicaciones`. Abra cualquier ubicación en donde desee " -"configurar una estrategia de traslado, de clic en **Editar** y sitúe la " -"opción **Estrategia de Traslado**. " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" -"Abra el menú desplegable y de clic en **Crear y Editar**. Esto abrirá una " -"vista de formulario de la estrategia de traslado en la cual debe configurar " -"un nombre para la estrategia, y configurar el método y ubicación fija para " -"cada categoría." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido toda la información necesaria, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" -"Para revisar el inventario actual, Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Inventario Control de Inventario --> Inventario Actual`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "Allí puede ver el inventario actual por ubicación." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" @@ -7443,7 +5834,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -7586,1062 +5977,12 @@ msgstr "" " las fechas de remoción." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_anglosajón`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar diferentes unidades de medida?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" -"En algunos casos, es necesario administrar productos en diferentes unidades " -"de medida. Por ejemplo, si compra productos en un país donde es aplicado el " -"sistema métrico y luego los vende en una país donde es usado el sistema " -"imperial, deberá entonces convertir las unidades." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" -" un producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" -" Ajustes`. En la sección de **Productos**, seleccione **Algunos productos " -"pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medida (avanzado)**," -" luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "Configurar unidades en sus productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, abra el producto al" -" cual le gustaría cambiar la unidad de compra/venta y de clic en **Editar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" -"En la sección de **Unidad de Medida**, seleccione la unidad en la cual el " -"producto será vendido y en la cual se llevarán a cabo las transferencias " -"internas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"En la sección de **Unidad de Medida**, seleccione la unidad en la cual " -"compra el producto. Cuando finalice, de clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el botón editar |editar| para crear nuevas unidades de medida." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "Transferir desde una unidad a otra" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Cuando realice transferencias entre-unidades, el redondeo es realizado " -"automáticamente por Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida puede ser cambiada a lo largo de todo el proceso. La " -"única condición es que la unidad de medida sea parte de la misma categoría." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "En este ejemplo, estamos en el negocio de los huevos :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "Compramos huevo en bandejas (30 huevos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Revisamos todos los huevos individualmente cuando son recibidos (control de " -"calidad)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "Vendemos los huevos por docena a los clientes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"El **Precio de Venta** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida del producto**." -" El **Precio de costo** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida de compra**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"Todas las transferencias internas son expresadas en la **Unidad de Medida " -"del Producto**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" -"Cuando realice su requerimiento de adquisición, aún puede cambiar la unidad " -"de medida." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "La unidad de medida también puede cambiarse en la órden de compra :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "El control de calidad se realiza por unidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" -"La unidad básica de medida de nuestro producto es **Unidad**. Además el " -"chequeo de calidad es realizado por unidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida solo puede cambiarse cuando el estado de transferencia " -"esta en **Borrador**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "Proceso de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" -"Los huevos son vendidos por docena. Puede elegir la unidad de medida en el " -"documento órden de venta. Cuando lo haga, el precio es calculado " -"automáticamente desde la unidad o la docena." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" -"En la órden de entrega, la demanda inicial queda realizada en la unidad de " -"medida de la órden de venta :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" -"Pero la transferencia es realizada en la unidad de medida del producto. Todo" -" es convertido automáticamente :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar paquetes, unidades de medida o kits?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "Unidades de medida" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" -"Las unidades de medida son una indicación acerca de la unidad usada para " -"manejar un producto. Los productos pueden ser expresados en múltiples " -"unidades de medida a la vez." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "Active esta opción si esta trabajando con varias en su bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida de compra podría ser diferente que la que Ud. usa en su " -"bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida de venta es configurada en la órden de venta y puede ser" -" diferente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" -"La conversión entre las diferentes unidades de medida es llevada a cabo " -"automáticamente. La única condición es que todas las unidades deben estar en" -" la misma categoría (Unidad, Peso, Volumen, Longitud,...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Paquetes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" -"El paquete es el contenedor físico en el cual Ud. coloca uno o varios " -"productos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Empaquetado" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "El empaque es el contenedor físico que proteje su producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" -"Si esta vendiendo computadores, el empaque contiene el computador con el " -"aviso y el conector de electricidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "En Odoo, los empaques solo son usados con propósitos indicativos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" -"Puede definir su uso en los **Paquetes** con **Empaque**. Pero es solo con " -"propósitos indicativos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo usar paquetes, empaques o unidades de medida?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, Ud. vende huevos. En su bodega, administra los huevos " -"individualmente. Lotes de huevos son desechados y lo hace huevo por huevo. " -"La **unidad de medida** es `Unidad(es)``." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" -"Si esta vendiendo huevos por docena, la **unidad de medida** de venta es la " -"``Docena``. Lo configurará en su órden de venta." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" -"Las ``bandejas de cartón`` que contienen las docenas de huevos es el " -"**empaque**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vende varias bandejas, podría envolver todas las bandejas en una " -"``caja`` o en un ``plástico`` envoltorio. Esto es el **paquete**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../resumen/inicio/configurar`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Usar variantes de productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" -"Las variantes de productos son usadas para administrar productos que tienen " -"diferentes variaciones, como talla, color, etc. Permite administrar el " -"producto a nivel de modelo (para todas las variaciones) y a nivel de " -"variante (atributos específicos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, una compañía que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " -"producto:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "Camiseta B&C " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Tallas: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Colores: Azul, Rojo, Blanco, Negro" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, **Camiseta B&C** es la denominación del modelo y **Camiseta" -" B&C, S, Azul** es una variante. Las tallas y colores son **atributos**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" -"El ejemplo anterior tiene un total de 20 diferentes productos (5 tallas x 4 " -"colores). Cada uno de estos productos tiene su propio inventario, ventas, " -"etc." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Impacto de variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" -"**Código de Barras**: el código y el código de barras son asociados a una " -"variante, no al modelo. Cada variante puede tener su propio código de barras" -" / SKU." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" -"**Precio**: cada variante de producto tiene su propio precio al público que " -"es calculado basado en el precio del modelo ($20) con una opción adicional " -"para cada variante (+$3 para color rojo). No obstante, puede definir reglas " -"de lista de precio que apliquen en el modelo o en la variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" -"**Inventario**: el inventario es administrado por variante de producto. Ud. " -"no es propietario de camisetas, solo propietario de \"Camisetas, S, Rojas\" " -"o \"Camisetas, M, Azules\". Con propósitos informativos, en el formulario de" -" modelo del producto, obtiene el inventario que es la suma de cada variante." -" (pero el inventario actual es calculado por variante)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" -"**Imágen**: la imágen esta relacionada a la variante, cada variación de un " -"producto puede tener su propia imágen principal." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -"**Otros campos**: la mayoría de los otros campos pertenecen al modelo del " -"producto. Si los actualiza, actualiza automáticamente todas las variantes. " -"(ejemplo: Cuenta de Ingresos, Impuestos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "¿Debo usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debe usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "Usar variantes tiene los siguientes impactos:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" -"**Comercio Electrónico**: en su tienda en línea, el cliente solo verá " -"modelos de producto en la página de catálogo. Una vez el visitante da clic " -"en tal producto, el tendrá opciones a elegir entre las variantes (colores, " -"tallas, ...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" -"**Producción**: usar variantes permite definir solamente una factura de " -"material para un modelo de producto y ligeras variaciones para algunas de " -"las variantes. Ejemplo: en lugar de crear una factura de Material para " -"\"Camiseta, Roja, S\", puede crear una factura de material para \"Camiseta\"" -" y agregar algunas líneas que específican la dimensión S, y otras líneas que" -" específican el color Rojo." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" -"**Precio**: el precio por defecto de un producto es calculado usando el " -"precio del modelo del producto y agregando la opción de precio adicional en " -"cada dimensión de la variante. De esta manera, las variantes de precio son " -"más fáciles de mantener desde que Ud. no tiene que configurar el precio para" -" cada variante. Sin embargo, también es posible crear reglas de precio para " -"fijar precios por variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debe evitar usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" -"Usar variantes puede agregar un nivel de complejidad a la forma como use " -"Odoo. Debe considerar usar variantes solo si necesita reducir la complejidad" -" de administrar lotes de productos que son similares." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" -"Como un ejemplo, importar su catálogo de productos inicial es más complejo " -"si usa variantes. No puede solo importar una lista de productos, debe " -"importar los modelos del producto y todas sus variaciones relacionadas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" -"En adición a eso, debe también cuidadosamente seleccionar las dimensiones " -"que administra como modelos de producto separados y estas como variantes. " -"Como ejemplo, una compañía que tiene estos productos:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Calidad: Camisetas, Polos, Camisas" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Talla: S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" -"En tal caso de uso, podría crear un modelo 1 con tres dimensiones de " -"variantes (Diseño, Camisetas, Polos). Pero, es recomendado crear dos modelos" -" de producto diferentes ya que Camisetas puede altamente diferir de polos o " -"camisas y el cliente espera ver estos como dos productos diferentes en el " -"Comercio Electrónico:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Activar la función variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Antes que pueda usar las variantes de producto, debe primero activar las " -"variantes de producto en los ajustes. Para hacerlo, debe ir la aplicación de" -" Ventas. En el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, localice la " -"línea **Variantes de Productos**, y marque la opción **Los productos pueden " -"tener varios atributos**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**. " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" -" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Productos`. También accesible desde los módulos de Compras e inventario." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "Ahora, de clic en el producto al que desea agregar variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"En la página del producto, ha aparecido una nueva pestaña llamada Variantes." -" El número en morado escrito en la parte superior es el número de variantes " -"que este producto tiene actualmente. Para agregar nuevas variantes, de clic " -"en la ficha. En la nueva ventana, de clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" -"En **Atributos**, de clic en menú desplegable y seleccione el tipo de " -"variación que desea agregar. Si la variante no existe todavía, puede crearla" -" sobre la marcha dando clic en Crear y editar..." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" -"En la ventana de Atributos, el campo **Valor** es la descripción del " -"atributo como Verde, Plástico o 32GB. El campo **Atributo** es el tipo de " -"variante como Color, Material o Memoria." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar un costo para la variante sobre la marcha agregandolo en el " -"campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, o elegir modificarlo posteriormente. De" -" clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" -"También puede agregar a la variante un código de barras y referencia interna" -" diferente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todas las especificaciones de la variante, haga clic" -" en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" -"Los ejemplos a continuación estan todos basados en este modelo de producto " -"que tiene dos variantes atributo :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "Remera B&C" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" msgstr "" -"Por defecto, con la plantilla de producto anterior, se obtiene 15 productos " -"diferentes (3 colores, 5 tamaños). Si el tamaño XXL sólo existe para las " -"camisetas rojas y azules, puede desactivar la variante de producto blanco." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, haga clic en el botón **Variantes**, seleccione la camiseta " -"XXL, Blanca. Desde el formulario del producto, desmarque la casilla " -"**Activar** de la Camiseta Blanca, XXL." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" -"Esa desactivación de un producto es diferente que tener un inventario de 0." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar un costo sobre el precio principal de las variantes de un " -"producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" -" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Productos` y haga clic sobre el producto que quiere modificar. De clic " -"en el botón **Variantes de Precios** para acceder a la lista de valores " -"variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el nombre de la variante a la que desea agregarle un valor, par" -" hacer los 3 campos editables. En el campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, " -"agregue el costo de la variante que será agregada al precio original." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, una **Bodega** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual sus ítems son " -"almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " -"bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Una **Ubicación**, es un espacio específico dentro de su bodega. Puede ser " -"considerado como una sububicación de su bodega, una estantería, el piso, el " -"pasillo, etc. Además, una ubicación solamente es parte de una bodega y no es" -" posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" -" ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de" -" las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " -"descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones de Empresa** son espacios dentro de la bodega de un " -"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " -"Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones Virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" -" los productos pueden ser colocados cuando no están físicos aún (o nunca) en" -" un inventario. Se vuelven útiles cuando quiere colocar productos pérdidos " -"fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " -"tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, las ubicaciones son jerárquicamente estructuradas. Puede " -"estructurar sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente " -"padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " -"de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva ubicación?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Para poder crear nuevas ubicaciones, debe permitir al sistema administrar " -"múltiples ubicaciones. En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección **Ubicación y " -"Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones` En la ventada de Ubicaciones de " -"clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" -"Escriba el nombre de la ubicación en el campo de **Nombre de Ubicación**, y " -"seleccione la **Ubicación Matriz** en la lista. La ubicación matriz puede " -"ser física, de un tercero o una ubicación virtual, y puede agregar tantas " -"sub-ubicaciones como sean necesarias a una ubicación." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" -"También puede llenar en los campos **Información Adicional** y agregar una " -"nota para describir su ubicación." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Cuando esté terminado, haga clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son " -"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" -" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`diferencia_bodega_ubicación`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva bodega?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"Para poder crear nuevas bodegas, debe permitir al sistema administrar " -"múltiples ubicaciones. En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección **Ubicación y " -"Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas -->" -" Bodegas`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de bodegas, de clic en **Crear**. Aparece una nueva ventana, " -"con 3 campos :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "En **Nombre de Bodega**, ingrese el nombre completo de la bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" -"En el campo **Nombre Corto**, ingrese un código de 5-carácteres para su " -"bodega. Tenga en mente que este código es el que aparecerá en las listas, " -"por lo tanto, asegúrese de elegir un nombre fácil de entender y fácil de " -"ingresar." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" -"En el campo **Dirección**, puede seleccionar una compañía existente o crear " -"una sobre la marcha. Además, la dirección de su bodega será la misma de la " -"compañía que seleccionó. También puede dejar este campo en blanco y editarlo" -" posteriormente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Guardar** para finalizar la configuración de su nueva bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" -"Cuando cree una bodega, el sistema creará en segundo plano los tipos de " -"selección necesarios y las ubicaciones menores principales para este " -"ubicación principal." +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Envío" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -8833,10 +6174,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -"Los costos reales de envío son calculados cuando la órden de entrega es " -"validada." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8900,6 +6240,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte " "que desea integrar :" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." + #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 @@ -8989,11 +6334,6 @@ msgstr "" " **Ajustes Generales**. Haga clic en el primer vinculo **Configurar la " "información de su compañía**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del producto" - #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9265,6 +6605,10 @@ msgstr "" " y empaques, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de despacho. Vea " ":doc:`tercera_parte_transportador`" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Proceso de entrega" + #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " @@ -9625,21 +6969,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1. Ingrese al sitio UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com `__) " -"usando su ID de Usuario y Contraseña UPS.com." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "De clic en la pestaña **My UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "De clic en el vinculo **Resumen de Cuenta**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -9647,7 +6989,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. De clic en el vinculo **Agregar una Cuenta UPS Existente** en la sección " "**Detalles de Cuenta UPS** de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -9657,15 +6999,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Número de Cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de Cuenta**, **Código Postal**. El país " "por defecto es Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Obtener una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -9673,33 +7015,29 @@ msgstr "" "Después que ha agregado su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, " "puede solicitar una Llave de Acceso desde UPS usanso los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -"1. Vaya al **Kit Desarrollador UPS** en la página web " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario ID y contraseña" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una llave de acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Solicitar Llave de Acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01db0382b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 057e33cb2..3e8c32d0e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -196,36 +196,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 045b2d0e3..b1a2f6aa2 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: AleEscandon , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -921,11 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" " marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, " "seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -947,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno " "nuevo)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -955,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el " "estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -966,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" " impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a " "continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -974,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el" " pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c29f6c1f7..a7fb2df36 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Nacho Hermoso , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -443,25 +443,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -469,18 +471,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -491,14 +493,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -510,24 +512,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -538,11 +540,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -550,13 +552,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -646,16 +648,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -664,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -870,8 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -1003,7 +1005,6 @@ msgstr "" " menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1265,10 +1266,8 @@ msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y" -" selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente." #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1377,6 +1376,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2762,8 +2768,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 81fa86883..47cfc5007 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2020 -# Alejandro Kutulas , 2020 # Cristopher Cravioto , 2020 # Jon Perez , 2020 # @@ -14,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jon Perez , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -28,495 +26,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "Marketing por SMS" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll " -"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I " -"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the " -"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Lista negra" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone " -"Blacklist --> Import`." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " "activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to " +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " ":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and " -"create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits` " -"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` " -"(under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> " -"SMS`." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 142a7c6da..5d56b4cd5 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Pablo Rojas , 2020 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,147 +18,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Temas avanzados" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have " -"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enter your own API keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 2a8ef0936..36b6a028c 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -263,240 +263,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care " -"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Código" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Mostrar en pantalla" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Comentarios" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Lista" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index bf5c7af39..6b574068a 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cris Martin , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -1043,10 +1043,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1316,10 +1317,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1748,18 +1750,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1768,11 +1771,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1780,93 +1783,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Foros" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Eventos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-empresas" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1874,46 +1877,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1922,41 +1925,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Tarifas" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1964,11 +1967,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1977,42 +1980,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Cómo traducir mi sitio web" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 8976b7a26..43c69f2bc 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -9,8 +9,7 @@ # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Frédéric LIETART , 2019 -# Malo Maisonneuve , 2019 -# Tony Barbou , 2019 +# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 # Guillaume Rancourt , 2019 # Florence Lambrechts , 2019 # ShevAbam, 2019 @@ -19,30 +18,28 @@ # Olivier Lenoir , 2019 # Aurélien Pillevesse , 2019 # Vincent M , 2019 -# Fabien Pinckaers , 2019 # Maxime Vanderhaeghe , 2019 # Frédéric Clementi , 2019 # Lucas Deliege , 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 # Xavier Symons , 2019 # Shark McGnark , 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fred Gilson , 2019 # Florent de Labarre , 2019 -# Cécile Collart , 2019 # Laura Piraux , 2019 # Eloïse Stilmant , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -50,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité" @@ -62,6 +59,125 @@ msgstr "Banque et liquidités" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Provenance des relevés bancaires" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Relevés bancaires" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -108,29 +224,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -138,8 +249,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -221,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -323,434 +433,21 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importer des fichiers CODA (uniquement en Belgique)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -"CODA est un format pour les relevés bancaires en Belgique. La plupart des " -"banques belges, ainsi que le logiciel Isabel, permet de télécharger un " -"fichier CODA contenant tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier CODA depuis votre banque ou " -"logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci va créer vos " -"relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" -msgstr "" -"Testez maintenant la fonctionnalité :download:`avec cet exemple de fichier " -"CODA " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé le plan de compte belge fournit avec Odoo, la " -"fonctionalité d'importation des fichiers CODA est déjà installée par défaut." -" Dans ce cas, vous pouvez passer directement à la section suivante " -":ref:`Import your first coda file `" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Si CODA n'est pas encore activé , vous devez le faire au préalable. Dans " -"l'application de Comptabilité , allez dans le menu :menuselection:` " -"Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la page des paramètres de la " -"comptabilité , cochez l'option **Importer au format .coda** et cliquez sur " -"Appliquer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importez votre premier fichier CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le **Tableau de Bord** de la " -"comptabilité et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, " -"cliquez sur **Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier " -"CODA." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier CODA depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur " -"**Importer** pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Si ce fichier s'est chargé avec succès, vous allez être redirigé vers " -"l'écran de rapprochement bancaire avec toutes les transactions à vérifier." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Importation des fichiers CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir importé votre premier fichier, le tableau de bord de la " -"comptabilité d'Odoo vous proposera automatiquement d'importer d'autres " -"fichiers pour votre banque. Pour la prochaine importation, il ne sera plus " -"nécessaire de cliquer sur le bouton **Plus**, vous pourrez directement " -"cliquer sur le lien **Importer un relevé**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que vous obtenez un relevé relatif à un nouveau client / " -"fournisseur, Odoo vous demandera de choisir le bon contact pour rapprocher " -"la transaction. Odoo apprend de cette opération et complètera " -"automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" -" contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut détecter automatiquement si des fichiers ou transactions ont déjà " -"été importées. Donc, ne vous souciez pas d'éviter d'importer deux fois le " -"même fichier : Odoo vérifiera tout cela pour vous avant de créer de nouveaux" -" relevés de compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez importer vos extraits de compte, synchroniser avec " -"votre banque, mais aussi enregistrer vos extraits de compte manuellement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Aucune configuration spécifique n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer des " -"factures. Tout ce dont vous avez besoin est d'installer l'application de " -"comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Créez vos relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" -"Dans le Tableau de Bord, cliquez sur le bouton **Nouveau relevé** du journal" -" bancaire. Si des rapprochements doivent être faits, le lien **Nouveau " -"Relevé** sera situé au-dessous." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Il suffit de remplir les champs selon les informations écrites sur votre " -"relevé bancaire. Le champ référence peut être rempli manuellement ou vous " -"pouvez le laisser vide. Nous vous recommandons de remplir le champ " -"partenaire afin de faciliter le processus de rapprochement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" -"La différence entre le solde de départ et le solde de clôture doit être " -"égale au solde calculé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Quand vous avez fini, cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Réconciliez vos relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir de rapprocher directement le relevé en cliquant sur le " -"bouton |manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi démarrer le processus de rapprochement à partir du tableau" -" de bord en cliquant sur **Rapprocher # Elements**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur **Valider** pour rapprocher votre relevé bancaire. Si un " -"partenaire est manquant, Odoo vous demandera de **sélectionner un " -"partenaire**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" -"Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées sur les " -"feuilles." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaire depuis le rapprochement" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" -"Si la balance de vérification est exacte, vous pouvez directement fermer le " -"relevé depuis le rapprochement en appuyant sur |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" -"Sinon, appuyez sur |manual08| pour ouvrir le relevé et corriger le problème." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" -"Sur le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, cliquez sur le bouton Plus de " -"votre journal de banque, puis cliquez sur Relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Pour fermer le relevé bancaire, cliquez simplement sur **Valider**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importer des fichiers de relevé OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) est un format standard pour l'échange " -"électronique de données financières entre les institutions financières, les " -"entreprises et les consommateurs via Internet." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier OFX depuis votre banque ou " -"depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " -"créera tous vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" -"Testez maintenant la fonctionnalité :download:`avec cet exemple de fichier " -"OFX <../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Pour importer des relevés OFX, vous devez activer la fonctionnalité dans " -"Odoo. Dans l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section Banque et " -"liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer au format .ofx**" -" et cliquez sur Appliquer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le Tableau de Bord de la comptabilité" -" et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " -"**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier OFX." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier OFX depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" -" pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Importation de fichiers OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir importé votre premier fichier, le tableau de bord de la " -"comptabilité d'Odoo vous proposera automatiquement d'importer d'autres " -"fichiers pour votre banque. Pour la prochaine importation, il ne sera plus " -"nécessaire d'accéder au menu **Plus**, vous pourrez directement cliquer sur " -"le lien **Importer un relevé**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que vous obtenez un relevé relatif à un nouveau client / " -"fournisseur, Odoo vous demandera de choisir le bon contact pour rapprocher " -"la transaction. Odoo apprend de cette opération et complètera " -"automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" -" contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" @@ -885,79 +582,6 @@ msgstr "" "fois. Une fois cela fait, Odoo se synchronisera automatiquement avec PayPal " "toutes les 4 heures." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importer les fichiers de relevés QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) est un format ouvert pour la lecture et " -"l'écriture de données financières dans des médias (par ex. des fichiers). " -"Bien qu'il soit encore largement utilisé, c'est un format plus ancien que " -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) et vous devriez plutôt utiliser le format OFX " -"si vous avez la possibilité d'exporter vers les deux formats de fichiers." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier QIF depuis votre banque ou " -"depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " -"créera tous les relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" -"Testez maintenant la fonctionnalité :download:`avec cet exemple de fichier " -"QIF <../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Pour importer des relevés QIF, vous devez activer la fonctionnalité dans " -"Odoo. Dans l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section Banque et " -"liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer des fichiers " -".qif** et cliquez sur Appliquer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le Tableau de Bord de la comptabilité" -" et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " -"**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier QIF." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier QIF depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" -" pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importation de fichiers QIF" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1453,6 +1077,18 @@ msgstr "Lettrage bancaire" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configurer des modèles de pièces" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1555,16 +1191,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Enfin, cliquez sur **Lettrer** pour terminer le processus." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1815,11 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'entreprise dans vos préférences utilisateur afin d'ajouter, modifier ou " "supprimer des comptes bancaires pour une autre société." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir les *Comptes bancaires* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1827,11 +1454,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le solde initial d'un relevé bancaire sera réglé automatiquement sur le " "solde de clôture du relevé précédent dans le même journal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Supprimer un compte bancaire ou de carte de crédit" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -2092,15 +1719,15 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet Pièces Comptables, les comptes de débit et de crédit par " "défaut peuvent être configurés, de même que la devise du journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Usage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer des paiements en espèces ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2108,7 +1735,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer un paiement en espèces spécifique à un autre client, vous " "devez suivre ces étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2116,11 +1743,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Tableau de bord --> Cash --> " "Nouvelles Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Remplissez la balance initiale et le solde final" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2128,11 +1755,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrer les transactions, en précisant les clients liés à chaque " "transaction" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Mettre de l'argent dedans" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2142,11 +1769,11 @@ msgstr "" "avant de commencer vos transactions. Dans la fenêtre Caisses, aller à " ":menuselection:`Action -> Mettre de l'argent dedans`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Retirer de l'argent" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2156,13 +1783,1369 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement après la fin de toutes vos transactions. Depuis la fenêtre " "Caisses, aller à :menuselection:`Action -> Retirer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Les transactions seront ajoutées à l'enregistrement des paiements en espèces" " en cours." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" +"Comment faire une fin d'année dans Odoo ? (clôturer d'un exercice financier)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " +"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " +"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" +" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " +"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " +"fournisseurs**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" +" précision." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " +"sont correctes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " +"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " +"bancaire** pour cela." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " +"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " +"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " +"les immobilisations." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " +"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " +"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " +"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " +"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" +" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " +"dans le système." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " +"écritures pour :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " +"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " +"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Travail en cours**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Prêts**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " +"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " +"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " +"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " +"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " +"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " +"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" +" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " +"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " +"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " +"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " +"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " +"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " +"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " +"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" +" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " +"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " +"activez les exercices fiscaux." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " +":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" +" moins 12 mois." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "Comment gérer les prix pour le B2B (HT) et pour le B2C (TTC) ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " +"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " +"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " +"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " +"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " +"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " +"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" +" inclus) : c'est facile." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " +"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " +"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " +"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" +" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " +"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " +"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" +" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " +"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " +"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " +"fiche article au sein de la même société." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " +"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " +"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " +"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " +"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " +"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " +"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" +" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " +"vos vendeurs." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduction" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " +"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " +"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" +" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " +"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " +"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " +"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " +"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " +"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " +"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " +"ci-dessus :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" +" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " +"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " +"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " +"confusion." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " +"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " +"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " +"l'application de Ventes :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" +" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " +"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " +"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Test en créant un devis" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " +"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " +"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " +"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " +"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" +" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " +"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " +"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " +"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " +"avec une seule référence de prix." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Pour les commandes de eCommerce, la TVA du panier du visiteur sera " +"automatiquement mise à jour et la nouvelle TVA sera appliquée lorsque le " +"visiteur se sera connecté ou aura saisi son adresse de livraison." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation particuliers" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" +"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez supprimer une taxe, au" +" lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à " +"appliquer* vide." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" +"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez remplacer une taxe par" +" deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le " +"produit*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débit**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédit**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Créances 115 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Journal de banque" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banque 115 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" +"Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez définir de nouvelles taxes pour des" +" cas d'utilisation particuliers." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "**Fixé**: écotaxes, etc." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" +"**Pourcentage de prix** : plus courant (par ex. 15 % de taxes sur les " +"ventes)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "**Groupe de taxes** : permet d'avoir une taxe composée" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez besoin d'un mécanisme d'imposition plus avancé, vous pouvez " +"installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de " +"nouvelles taxes avec du code Python." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuration avancée" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" +"**Groupe de taxe**: définit où cette taxe est ajoutée dans le pied de page " +"de la facture. Toutes les TVA appartenant au même groupe de taxe seront " +"regroupées sur le pied de page de la facture. Des exemples de groupe de taxe" +" : TVA, rétention." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" +"**Inclure dans le coût analytique** : la taxe est comptabilisée comme un " +"coût et, par conséquent, génére une entrée analytique si votre facture " +"utilise des comptes analytiques." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "Comment définir les taxes par défaut" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" +"Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la" +" plupart des localisations." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "Comment gérer les taxes prélevées à la source ?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " +"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " +"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" +" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " +"de personnel." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " +"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " +"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " +"client." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" +"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " +"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " +"**gouvernement**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " +"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " +"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " +"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " +"l'onglet **Options avancées**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " +"commande ou factures." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " +"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " +"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " +"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " +"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " +"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " +"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " +"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " +"taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Si la taxe n'est pas comprise dans le prix" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 100 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Taxes : 10 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Total à payer : 110 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Si la taxe est comprise dans le prix" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 90.91 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Taxes : 9,09 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Total à payer : 100 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également vous fier à la documentation suivante si vous avez " +"besoin des prix taxes comprises (B2C) et des prix hors taxes (B2B): " +":doc:`B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud `__ " +"site Web." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "Dans Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Bons & Promotions" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localisation" @@ -2171,13 +3154,6 @@ msgstr "Localisation" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentine" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -2200,11 +3176,18 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "Installez les modules de localisation argentins" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." @@ -2212,11 +3195,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans *Applications* et recherchez l'Argentine. Cliquez " "ensuite sur *Installer* pour les deux premiers modules." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configurez votre société" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2224,11 +3207,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2236,32 +3219,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "Monotributista (149 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 comptes)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "Configurez les données de base" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "Type d'identification et TVA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2269,70 +3325,63 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "Type de responsabilité AFIP" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "Types de taxes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" "L'Argentine possède plusieurs types de taxes, les plus courantes sont :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "TVA : c'est la TVA normale et elle peut avoir plusieurs pourcentages." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" "Perception : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " "factures." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" "Retenue : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " "paiements." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "Autres" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "Taxes spéciales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2344,11 +3393,11 @@ msgstr "" "avant de créer une nouvelle taxe vous devez impérativement confirmer si " "elles se trouvent déjà dans les taxes désactivées ou pas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "Types de documents" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2360,14 +3409,14 @@ msgstr "" " classées par types de documents définis par les autorités fiscales " "publiques (l'AFIP dans le cas de l'Argentine)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2375,13 +3424,13 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." @@ -2389,11 +3438,11 @@ msgstr "" "Plusieurs types de documents sont désactivés par défaut mais ils peuvent " "être activés si nécessaire." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Lettres" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" @@ -2401,7 +3450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le cas de l'Argentine, les types de document contiennent une lettre qui" " vous indique la transaction/opération, par exemple :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." @@ -2409,7 +3458,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2B, un document de type \"A\"" " doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." @@ -2417,7 +3466,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2C, un document de type \"B\"" " doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." @@ -2425,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction d'exportation, un document de " "type \"E\" doit être utilisé. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." @@ -2433,23 +3482,23 @@ msgstr "" "Les documents ajoutés à la localisation ont leur propre lettre associée, " "l'utilisateur ne doit rien configurer de plus." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "Utilisation dans les factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" "Le type de document à utiliser dans chaque transaction sera déterminé par :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" "Le journal lié à la facture, qui indique si celui-ci utilise des documents." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" @@ -2458,19 +3507,19 @@ msgstr "" " ex. le type de régime fiscal de l'acheteur et le type de régime fiscal du " "vendeur)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Journaux" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2478,40 +3527,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -"Information AFIP (mieux connue sous l'appellation Point de Vente AFIP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "La structure et les données du fichier de factures électroniques." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2520,37 +3594,57 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "Facture : FA-A 0001-00000002." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "Note de crédit : NC-A 0001-00000003." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Utilisation et test" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Facture" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" @@ -2558,11 +3652,11 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois les partenaires et journaux créés et configurés, lorsque les " "factures seront générées elles auront le profil suivant :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "Attribution du type de document" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" @@ -2570,19 +3664,19 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque le partenaire est sélectionné, le type de document sera " "automatiquement rempli, en fonction du type de document AFIP :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "**Facture pour un client TVA Responsable Inscripto, préfixe A**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "**Facture pour un client final, préfixe B**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "**Facture d'exportation, préfixe E**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." @@ -2590,111 +3684,478 @@ msgstr "" "Comme indiqué sur les factures, ils utilisent tous le même journal mais le " "préfixe et la séquence sont donnés par le type de document." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "Taxes de facturation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "Consumidor Final." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "IVA liberado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "Rapports TVA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "Résumé de la TVA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "Rapports IIBB" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" @@ -2862,8 +4323,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -3664,15 +5126,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"Si votre système Odoo a été créé avant le 18 décembre 2017, vous devez " -"mettre à jour la liste des modules pour pouvoir installer le module anti-" -"fraude. Pour ce faire, activez le mode développeur depuis le menu " -"*Configuration*. Ensuite, allez dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur " -"*Mettre à jour la liste des Applications* depuis le menu supérieur." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3859,19 +5316,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -"Pour les tests et audits, les clôtures peuvent être déclenchées de façon " -"manuelle dans le mode développeur. Pour cela, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions " -"planififées`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilités" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3880,7 +5334,7 @@ msgstr "" " toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " "comme étant inaltérées." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3891,7 +5345,7 @@ msgstr "" "autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " "données." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3899,11 +5353,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " "fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Plus d'informations" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3911,7 +5365,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " "officiels:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" @@ -3919,7 +5373,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Foire aux questions " "`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3979,11 +5433,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilan" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Pertes et Profits" @@ -4374,10 +5831,11 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.odoo.com/help." #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Activer le mode débogage:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4389,7 +5847,7 @@ msgstr "" "système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si " "l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4397,36 +5855,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4434,14 +5892,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4450,52 +5908,52 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificat`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4503,7 +5961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture " "normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4511,7 +5969,7 @@ msgstr "" "Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que " "vous avez validé votre première facture :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4522,7 +5980,7 @@ msgstr "" " la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier " "électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4530,11 +5988,11 @@ msgstr "" "Voici à quoi doit ressembler la facture électronique une fois que vous " "l'avez envoyée par email." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Annulation de factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -4542,55 +6000,55 @@ msgstr "" "Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières " "d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "Cochez le champ \"Autoriser l'annulation d'écritures\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Considérations Légales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4600,17 +6058,17 @@ msgstr "" "processus de paiement normal dans Odoo. Ces considérations sont importantes " "pour comprendre le comportement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4618,17 +6076,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. Comment puis-je avoir cela avec Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4636,7 +6094,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si une facture est générée sans ``Termes de paiement``, l'attribut ``Metodo " "Pago`` sera ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4644,31 +6102,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4677,49 +6135,49 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Rapport DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Comptabilité électronique (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Plan comptable électronique COA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4729,17 +6187,17 @@ msgstr "" "sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquer" " sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "Comment ajouter des nouveaux comptes?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4749,17 +6207,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4767,11 +6225,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4780,28 +6238,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4809,25 +6267,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4835,24 +6293,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4861,18 +6319,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4882,7 +6340,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4890,15 +6348,15 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "Comment générer ce rapport dans Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." @@ -4906,28 +6364,28 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " "Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4936,7 +6394,7 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4946,27 +6404,27 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe " "n’est appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4976,26 +6434,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -5012,40 +6470,40 @@ msgstr "" "devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le " "système." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " "serveur`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -5053,18 +6511,18 @@ msgstr "" "Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " "Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " "CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -5074,15 +6532,15 @@ msgstr "" "exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " "explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5092,22 +6550,22 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se " "résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -5119,7 +6577,7 @@ msgstr "" "[facet 'minLength'] La valeur '' a une longueur de '0'; ce qui est inférieur" " à la longueur minimale autorisée de '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -5130,7 +6588,7 @@ msgstr "" "[facet 'pattern'] La valeur '' n'est pas acceptée par le modèle " "'[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " @@ -5140,13 +6598,13 @@ msgstr "" " dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " "correctement votre référence interne." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " @@ -5156,7 +6614,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': L'attribut 'Regimen' est " "requis mais manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " @@ -5166,7 +6624,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'RegimenFiscal' est requis" " mais manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -5176,25 +6634,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -5208,11 +6666,11 @@ msgstr "" "'03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " "'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "**Solution**: Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " @@ -5222,8 +6680,8 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'00" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -5235,7 +6693,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'est pas une valeur de type atomique valide " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " @@ -5245,7 +6703,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'Rfc' est requis mais " "manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5254,7 +6712,7 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." @@ -5262,7 +6720,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Solution :** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " "valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -5272,7 +6730,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " "mais manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " @@ -5282,7 +6740,7 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " "mais manquant.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -6020,208 +7478,6 @@ msgstr "" "est le 31 janvier, le montant théorique sera 100, car cela est le montant " "réel qui aurait du être réalisé." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" -"Comment faire une fin d'année dans Odoo ? (clôturer d'un exercice financier)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " -"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " -"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" -" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " -"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " -"fournisseurs**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" -" précision." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " -"sont correctes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " -"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " -"bancaire** pour cela." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " -"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " -"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " -"les immobilisations." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " -"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " -"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " -"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " -"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" -" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " -"dans le système." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " -"écritures pour :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " -"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " -"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Travail en cours**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Prêts**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " -"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " -"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " -"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " -"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " -"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " -"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" -" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " -"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " -"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " -"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " -"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " -"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " -"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " -"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" -" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " -"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -6928,26 +8184,6 @@ msgstr "**Titre**" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Compte**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valeur**" @@ -7423,216 +8659,6 @@ msgstr "" "les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de présence, production, " "facturation, ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte et comment dois-je le configurer ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Un type de compte est un nom ou un code donné à un compte qui indique " -"l'usage du compte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les Types de comptes sont utilisés à des fins d'information, pour" -" générer les documents légaux propres à chaque pays, pour définir les règles" -" pour fermer un exercice financier et pour générer des entrées d'ouverture." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"Fondamentalement, les types de compte classent les comptes généraux avec " -"certaines catégories spécifiques en fonction de leur comportement ou de leur" -" rôle." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Quels sont les types de compte dans Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo couvre tous les types de comptabilité. Par conséquent, vous ne pouvez " -"pas créer de nouveaux types de compte. Il suffit de choisir celui lié à " -"votre compte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Liste des types de compte**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Recevable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Payable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banque et liquidités" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Actif circulant" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Actif immobilisé" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Prépaiements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Immobilisations" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passif circulant" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passif immobilisé" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Capitaux propres" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Autres revenus" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Revenus" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortissement" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Dépenses" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Coûts directs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je configurer mes comptes?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Les types de comptes sont créés automatiquement lors de l'installation d'un " -"plan comptable. Par défaut, Odoo fournit de nombreux plans comptables, il " -"suffit d'installer celui correspondant à votre pays." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Il va installer des comptes génériques. Mais s'il ne couvre pas tous vos " -"cas, vous pouvez aussi créer vos propres comptes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes un utilisateur Saas, le plan comptable de votre pays est " -"automatiquement installé." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau compte, allez dans l'application de comptabilité. " -"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Plan comptable`, et cliquez " -"sur le bouton **Créer**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Créer un compte* dans notre démonstration en ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " -"activez les exercices fiscaux." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " -":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Vous ne devez créer des exercices fiscaux que s'ils ont une durée de plus ou" -" moins 12 mois." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventaire" @@ -8494,10 +9520,6 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'application comptabilité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Paiements`. Enregistre' le paiement et définir la devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Relevés bancaires" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8676,23 +9698,15 @@ msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -"Afin d'avoir accès à l'interface de création de rapport financier, le mode " -"**développeur** doit être activé. Pour ce faire, cliquez d'abord sur le " -"profil de l'utilisateur dans le menu en haut à droite, puis sur **A propos " -"de**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Cliquez sur : **Activer le mode développeur**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8701,7 +9715,7 @@ msgstr "" " à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " "et cliquez sur **Créer**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" @@ -8709,23 +9723,23 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " "être configurés :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -8733,15 +9747,15 @@ msgstr "" "Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " "derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8752,7 +9766,7 @@ msgstr "" "référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " "(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8762,11 +9776,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" " crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8774,7 +9788,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" " une plage de dates)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8783,7 +9797,7 @@ msgstr "" " son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8800,15 +9814,15 @@ msgstr "" "domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " "regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8817,7 +9831,7 @@ msgstr "" "calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " "(affiché en vert) ou non." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8825,7 +9839,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " "doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8835,7 +9849,7 @@ msgstr "" "les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " "``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -9139,1076 +10153,344 @@ msgstr "" "Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " "toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les prix pour le B2B (HT) et pour le B2C (TTC) ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " -"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " -"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " -"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " -"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " -"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " -"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" -" inclus) : c'est facile." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " -"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " -"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " -"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" -" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " -"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " -"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" -" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " -"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " -"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " -"fiche article au sein de la même société." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " -"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " -"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " -"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " -"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " -"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " -"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" -" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " -"vos vendeurs." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " -"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " -"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" -" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " -"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " -"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " -"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " -"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " -"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " -"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " -"ci-dessus :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" -" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " -"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " -"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " -"confusion." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " -"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " -"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " -"l'application de Ventes :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" -" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " -"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " -"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Test en créant un devis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " -"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " -"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " -"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " -"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" -" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " -"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " -"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " -"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " -"avec une seule référence de prix." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Cochez la case *Détection automatique*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Pour les commandes de eCommerce, la TVA du panier du visiteur sera " -"automatiquement mise à jour et la nouvelle TVA sera appliquée lorsque le " -"visiteur se sera connecté ou aura saisi son adresse de livraison." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation particuliers" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez supprimer une taxe, au" -" lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à " -"appliquer* vide." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez remplacer une taxe par" -" deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le " -"produit*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Créances 115 $" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Journal de banque" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banque 115 $" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez définir de nouvelles taxes pour des" -" cas d'utilisation particuliers." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Fixé**: écotaxes, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Pourcentage de prix** : plus courant (par ex. 15 % de taxes sur les " -"ventes)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groupe de taxes** : permet d'avoir une taxe composée" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'un mécanisme d'imposition plus avancé, vous pouvez " -"installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de " -"nouvelles taxes avec du code Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuration avancée" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Groupe de taxe**: définit où cette taxe est ajoutée dans le pied de page " -"de la facture. Toutes les TVA appartenant au même groupe de taxe seront " -"regroupées sur le pied de page de la facture. Des exemples de groupe de taxe" -" : TVA, rétention." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Inclure dans le coût analytique** : la taxe est comptabilisée comme un " -"coût et, par conséquent, génére une entrée analytique si votre facture " -"utilise des comptes analytiques." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Comment définir les taxes par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la" -" plupart des localisations." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les taxes prélevées à la source ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " -"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " -"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" -" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " -"de personnel." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " -"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " -"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " -"client." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " -"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " -"**gouvernement**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " -"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " -"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " -"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " -"l'onglet **Options avancées**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " -"commande ou factures." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " -"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " -"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " -"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " -"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " -"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " -"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " -"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " -"taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si la taxe n'est pas comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Taxes : 10 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total à payer : 110 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si la taxe est comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 90.91 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Taxes : 9,09 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total à payer : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également vous fier à la documentation suivante si vous avez " -"besoin des prix taxes comprises (B2C) et des prix hors taxes (B2B): " -":doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud `__ " -"site Web." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "Dans Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Comment cela fonctionne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Bons & Promotions" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Capitaux propres" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Recevable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banque et liquidités" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Actif circulant" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Actif immobilisé" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Prépaiements" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Immobilisations" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Payable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passif circulant" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passif immobilisé" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Autres revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Amortissement" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Comment configurer la Comptabilité d'Odoo ?" @@ -10684,10 +10966,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Actifs = Passifs + Capitaux Propres" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10706,6 +10984,7 @@ msgstr "Solde = Débit - Crédit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Pièces comptables" @@ -10857,10 +11136,7 @@ msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -10874,10 +11150,7 @@ msgstr "Débit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -10899,12 +11172,6 @@ msgstr "Facture 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -11035,10 +11302,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11050,12 +11314,8 @@ msgstr "Compte" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -11299,7 +11559,7 @@ msgid "" "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" "Après validation de la facture du client, vous pouvez l'envoyer directement " -"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par courriel\"." +"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par email\"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -12044,10 +12304,10 @@ msgid "" "manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " "menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." msgstr "" -"Les gestionnaires reçoivent un courriel pour chaque note de frais à " -"approuver (le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur sa fiche). Ils " -"peuvent utiliser le menu **À approuver** pour vérifier toutes les notes de " -"frais qui sont en attente de validation." +"Les gestionnaires reçoivent un email pour chaque note de frais à approuver " +"(le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur sa fiche). Ils peuvent utiliser" +" le menu **À approuver** pour vérifier toutes les notes de frais qui sont en" +" attente de validation." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 msgid "The manager can:" @@ -12455,19 +12715,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explication des champs de l'écran de paiement :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Essayez de payer une facture fournisseur avec un chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimer des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12480,7 +12732,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depuis cet écran, vous pouvez imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup ou les " "examiner un par un." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12493,7 +12745,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose automatiquement le numéro suivant, mais vous pouvez le changer " "s'il ne correspond pas à votre prochain numéro de chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -12502,11 +12754,11 @@ msgstr "" " la liste et sélectionnez ensuite **Imprimer --> Chèques** dans le menu " "\"Imprimer\" en haut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12516,18 +12768,18 @@ msgstr "" "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Tout payer par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12538,7 +12790,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12546,7 +12798,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **Mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12557,11 +12809,11 @@ msgstr "" "directement ou suivre la méthode précédente pour imprimer les chèques par " "lot :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "`Imprimez des chèques`_" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -13369,7 +13621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13415,12 +13667,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -13443,10 +13689,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" @@ -13745,7 +13991,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13767,22 +14013,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -13790,14 +14036,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -14750,22 +14996,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -14773,21 +15019,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -14887,170 +15133,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" -"Comment définir un calendrier de versement sur les factures des clients ?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les calendriers de versements liés à une facture, vous devez " -"utiliser les conditions de règlement dans Odoo. Ceci s'applique aussi bien " -"aux factures clients qu'aux factures fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Par exemple, pour une facture spécifique :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Payer 50% sous 10 jours" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Payer le solde restant sous 30 jours" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" -"Une condition de paiement peut avoir une seule ligne (ex: 21 jours) ou " -"plusieurs lignes (10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 21 jours). Si vous créez" -" un délai de paiement avec plusieurs lignes, assurez-vous que la dernière " -"soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " -"avec les arrondis, le calcul pourrait ne pas être exactement 100%)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Les conditions de règlement apparaîtront sur la facture ou le bon de " -"commande." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Les conditions de paiement pour les clients" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer des conditions de règlement pour :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" -"**un client** : les conditions de paiment s'appliqueront automatiquement à " -"toutes les nouvelles commandes ou factures pour ce client. Configurez les " -"conditions de paiement sur les clients si vous voulez accorder ces " -"conditions de paiement pour toutes les futures commandes pour ces clients." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" -"**un devis** : les conditions de paiement s'appliqueront à toutes les " -"factures créées à partir de ce devis ou bon de commande, mais pas à d'autres" -" devis" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**une facture** : les conditions de paiement s'appliqueront uniquement à " -"cette facture" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" -"Si une facture contient des conditions de règlement, la pièce comptable liée" -" à la facture est différente. Sans condition de règlement, une facture de " -"100 € va produire la pièce comptable suivante (pour simplifier l'exemple, " -"les taxes ne sont pas indiquées) :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Date d'échéance" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous créez une facture le 1er janvier avec des conditions de règlement de" -" 10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 30 jours, vous aurez la pièce comptable " -"suivante :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Jan 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "30 Janvier" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble du processus de facturation" @@ -15069,7 +15151,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo. Habituellement, les factures brouillon sont créées par le système " "(avec des informations provenant d'autres documents tels que les commandes " "client ou les contrats), et le comptable doit juste valider les factures " -"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par courriel)." +"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par email)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -15340,138 +15422,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**Gestion de la maintenance** : facture vos services après-vente" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Comment configurer et utiliser des modalités de règlement." +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Les conditions de règlement définissent les conditions pour payer une " -"facture. Elles s'appliquent à la fois aux factures clients et aux factures " -"fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Les conditions de paiement sont différentes de la facturation dans plusieurs" -" domaines. Si, pour une commande spécifique, vous facturez le client en deux" -" parties, il ne s’agit pas d’un terme de paiement mais de conditions de " -"facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Configurez vos conditions de règlement habituelles dans le menu " -"Configuration de l'application de Comptabilité. La description de la " -"condition de règlement est celle qui apparaît sur la facture ou la commande " -"client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Une condition de paiement peut avoir une seule ligne (ex: 21 jours) ou " -"plusieurs lignes (10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 21 jours). Si vous créez" -" un délai de paiement avec plusieurs lignes, assurez-vous que la dernière " -"soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " -"avec les arrondis, ça pourrait ne pas donner exactement 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Utilisation des Conditions de Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Les conditions de paiement peuvent être définies sur :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"**un client** : pour appliquer automatiquement ces conditions de règlement " -"sur les nouvelles commandes ou factures pour ce client. Définissez les " -"conditions de règlement sur les clients si vous accordez ces conditions de " -"règlement pour toutes les futures commandes de ce client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -"**un devis**: pour appliquer ces conditions de règlement sur toutes les " -"factures créées à partir de ce devis ou de cette commande, mais pas sur " -"d'autres devis" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -"**une facture**: pour appliquer les conditions de paiement seulement à cette" -" facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -"Si une facture a des conditions de règlement, la pièce comptable liée à la " -"facture est différente. Sans conditions de règlement ou taxes, une facture " -"de 100 $ produira cette pièce comptable :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" -"Dans le relevé client, vous verrez deux lignes avec des dates d'échéance " -"différentes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Les conditions de règlement pour les factures fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"La meilleure façon de gérer les conditions de règlement pour les factures " -"fournisseurs est d'enregistrer la date d'échéance de la facture. Vous ne " -"devez pas attribuer de conditions de règlement, la date d'échéance est " -"suffisante." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Mais si vous avez besoin de gérer des conditions de règlement fournisseurs " -"avec plusieurs versements, vous pouvez toujours utiliser les conditions de " -"règlement, exactement comme dans les factures clients. Si vous définissez " -"les conditions de règlement d'une facture fournisseur, vous ne devez pas " -"définir la date d'échéance. Les dates d'échéance exactes pour chaque " -"versement seront automatiquement créées." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Date d'échéance" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Paiements client" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index a7da82d87..b4f15db8c 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -403,6 +404,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "Les pistes générées auront le même nom que l'entreprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Tarif" @@ -857,6 +859,75 @@ msgstr "" "smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car " "l'application agit comme un programme indépentant." +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index e34389713..1ab5684de 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # Rémi FRANÇOIS , 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -385,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés;" +msgstr "Les emails sont envoyés;" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index a1d06949b..cd8596636 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # kaj nithi , 2019 # Renaud de Colombel , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -409,38 +410,32 @@ msgstr "" "email vers le nom de domaine d'Odoo (par ex. *catchall@mydomain.ext* vers " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Tous les alias sont personnalisables dans Odoo. Les objets alias peuvent " -"être édités depuis leur écran de configuration respectifs. Pour éditer le " -"catch-all et rejeter des alias, vous devez tout d'abord activer le mode " -"développeur depuis les paramètres du tableau de bord." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Actualisez ensuite votre écran et allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Technique --> Réglages --> Réglages du système` pour personnaliser les alias" -" (*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les messages entrants sont récupérés tous les 5 minutes par Odoo" -" sur site. Vous pouvez modifier cette valeur depuis le mode développeur. " -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Automatisation --> " -"Actions planifiées` et recherchez *Email: Service fetchmail*." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" @@ -821,11 +816,11 @@ msgid "" " a public channel." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits " -"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans " -":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits " -"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque " -"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les" -" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " +"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi d'emails dans :menuselection" +":`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits d'accès du canal " +"vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque canal. Vous " +"pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les " +"utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " "Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va " "permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si " "c'était un canal public." @@ -846,9 +841,9 @@ msgstr "" "Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion." " Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que " "vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le " -"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail" -" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " -"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel." +"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse email " +"définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " +"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par email." #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "Locating a channel" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 94278d77d..64007c11a 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -6,22 +6,21 @@ # Translators: # Clo , 2019 # Hamid Darabi, 2019 -# Xavier Brochard , 2019 # Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Adriana Ierfino , 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Rihab LOUKIL , 2019 -# Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1170,8 +1169,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "Comment :" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." @@ -1793,9 +1793,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " "formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" -" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après " -"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de " -"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" +" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, email, mot de passe) après leur " +"paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de création " +"d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..251e7e638 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 75ec9dfa8..7e17b8b43 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -83,16 +83,10 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de fixer des taxes pour chaque type de dépense (ainsi qu'un " -"compte si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité). Il est généralement recommandé " -"d'utiliser des taxes configurées avec les *Frais compris* (voir : " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). Les employés peuvent ainsi " -"déclarer leurs dépenses avec des prix toutes taxes comprises, ce qui est " -"généralement la pratique attendue." #: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index a863f175c..f0004a4aa 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -26,120 +26,52 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Services sur Site" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" -msgstr "Créez des devis depuis les tâches" - -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir " -"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions " -"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés." -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "Activez cette fonctionnalité" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->" -" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*." +"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance " +"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> " +"Enregistrez`." -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option" -" *Devis supplémentaires*." -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos " -"tâches." -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" -msgstr "Personnalisez des rapports de feuille de travail" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de " -"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour " -"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en " -"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur " -"place." -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez " -":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`." - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" -"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, " -"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de " -"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*." - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" -"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs " -"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur " -"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat." - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" -"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de " -"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. " -"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et " -"génère un graphique." - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" -"`L'essentiel de Studio `_" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "Facturez le temps et le matériel dédié à vos clients" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -152,11 +84,11 @@ msgstr "" "clients la certitude qu'ils seront facturés pour le nombre d'heures exactes " "et pour le matériel utilisé." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "Obtenez le temps exact passé sur une tâche" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." @@ -164,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur *Démarrer* pour lancer le minuteur. Vous pouvez mettre *Pause* à" " n'importe quel moment et *Reprendre* lorsque vous voulez continuer." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." @@ -172,18 +104,18 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur *Arrêter* une fois que le travail est réalisé pour confirmer le " "temps total passé et ajouter une description." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "Signez et envoyez des rapports & validez le stock-picking" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" "Remplissez ensuite votre *Feuille de travail* et ajoutez les produits " "utilisés en cliquant sur *Produits*." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " @@ -194,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" "travail qui a déjà été créée et signée. Générez ensuite une nouvelle facture" " pour le temps ajouté." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." @@ -203,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr "" "intervention. Cela valide également le stock-picking et permet de maintenir " "votre stock à jour." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." @@ -212,11 +144,11 @@ msgstr "" "signer par le client. Envoyer le rapport par email en cliquant sur *Envoyer " "rapport*." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "Facturez votre temps et votre matériel" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " @@ -227,7 +159,7 @@ msgstr "" "pratique permet aux comptables d'accéder facilement à toutes les tâches " "finalisées en une fois." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." @@ -235,15 +167,15 @@ msgstr "" "Facturez toutes les tâches en une fois en les sélectionnant toutes et en " "allant sur :menuselection:`Action --> Émettre une facture`." -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" -msgstr ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" -msgstr "Suivi du stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." @@ -251,11 +183,11 @@ msgstr "" "L'intégration de l'application Inventaire permet de suivre le matériel " "utilisé et garder votre stock à jour de manière automatique." -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "Configurez votre projet de Service sur site" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." @@ -263,7 +195,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Service sur site --> Configuration --> Projets` et " "assurez-vous que l'option *Produits sur les tâches* est activée." -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " @@ -274,11 +206,11 @@ msgstr "" "tâche sera *Marquée comme réalisée*, la validation de l'inventaire sera " "automatiquement mise à jour." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" -msgstr "Gérez les horaires et les congés de vos employés" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " @@ -288,11 +220,11 @@ msgstr "" "la disponibilité de vos employés. Elle permet d'éviter les conflits et " "erreurs entre les horaires et les interventions des employés." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "Gardez facilement un œil sur les congés des employées" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" @@ -302,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "employés ont été validés dans l'application *Congés*, les cellules seront " "grisées pour les jours concernés dans votre vue Gantt." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" @@ -312,11 +244,11 @@ msgstr "" "salarié travaille à temps partiel (du lundi au mercredi). Ainsi, le jeudi et" " le vendredi seront également grisés, en plus des week-ends." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "Gérez facilement les horaires des employés" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " @@ -326,11 +258,11 @@ msgstr "" "travail*), cliquez sur le signe plus pour ajouter une nouvelle tâche ou sur " "la loupe pour planifier une tâche existante." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "Tâches non-assignées" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" @@ -341,21 +273,105 @@ msgstr "" "visible dans la vue Gantt. Pour l'assigner à quelqu'un, glissez-déposez la " "personne responsable." -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" +"Le fait d'autoriser la création de devis depuis les tâches permet d'offrir " +"un service plus efficace puisque cela laisse de la place pour des actions " +"préventives, tout en facilitant le flux pour les employés." + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" +"D'abord, allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration -->" +" Paramètres` et activez l'option *Devis supplémentaires*." + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" +"Puis, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projets` et activez l'option" +" *Devis supplémentaires*." + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais créer des *Nouveaux devis* directement depuis vos " +"tâches." + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 msgid "" "By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" " seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " @@ -363,7 +379,7 @@ msgid "" "price to be approved before the work even starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " "one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " @@ -378,86 +394,86 @@ msgstr "" "service : Créer une tâche dans un projet existant --> Projet --> Modèle de " "feuille de travail --> Enregistrer`." -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " "respective project you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 msgid "" "One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" " Templates* under the same project and product, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" msgstr "" -"Planifiez des interventions sur site depuis les tickets d'assistance " -"technique" -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." msgstr "" +"La personnalisation de vos rapports clients, aussi appelés *feuilles de " +"travail*, vous permet d'avoir des descriptions différents du travail pour " +"chaque type d'intervention. Cela accélère le flux pour vos employés tout en " +"donnant aux clients un résumé détaillé, qui peut être examiné et signé sur " +"place." -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Equipe d'assistance " -"technique --> Éditer` et activez :menuselection:`Interventions sur site --> " -"Enregistrez`." +"Allez à :menuselection:`Intervention sur site --> Configuration` et activez " +":menuselection:`Modèle de feuille de travail --> enregistrer`." -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "Élaborer des feuilles de travail" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." msgstr "" +"Sous :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modèles de feuille de travail`, " +"cliquez sur *Créer* et commencez à *Concevoir un modèle de feuille de " +"travail*. Vous serez redirigé vers l'application *Studio*." -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "Planifier un itinéraire" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 msgid "" -"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " -"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " -"the workload more efficient." +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." msgstr "" +"Avec la liberté proposée par *Studio*, faites glisser et déposer des champs " +"pour créer un rapport adapté à vos besoins. Une fois terminé, cliquez sur " +"*Fermer* et obtenez un aperçu du résultat." -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 -msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 -msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 msgid "" -"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" -" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " -"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " -"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " -"token*." +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." msgstr "" +"Les *Feuilles de travail* sont des outils qui permettent de voir combien de " +"fois la feuille de travail a été utilisée/complétée pour une tâche donnée. " +"L'outil *Analyse* examine toutes les feuilles de travail sous ce modèle et " +"génère un graphique." -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 -msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " -"route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " -"without a Mapbox account." +"`Studio Basics `_" msgstr "" +"`L'essentiel de Studio `_" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index d0c4f2910..c57e00f53 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Bertrand LATOUR , 2019 # 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1039,6 +1040,79 @@ msgstr "" "première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite" " les personnes." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Achats in-App" @@ -1088,16 +1162,10 @@ msgstr "Comptes IAP" msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to " -":menuselection:`Settings app --> Activate the Developer Mode --> Technical " -"Settings --> IAP Account`." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Les crédits pour utiliser les services IAP sont stockés sur des comptes IAP," -" qui sont spécifiques à chaque service et à chaque base de données. Par " -"défaut, les comptes IAP sont communs à toutes les entreprises, mais peuvent " -"être limités à certaines d'entre elles en allant dans " -":menuselection:`Paramètres de l'application --> Activer le mode développeur " -"--> Paramètres techniques --> Compte IAP`." #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" @@ -1230,7 +1298,7 @@ msgid "" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez terminé de modifier la page et que vous avez cliqué sur " -"**ENREGISTRER**, un courriel d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à " +"**ENREGISTRER**, un email d'invitation sera automatiquement envoyé à " "l'utilisateur. Celui-ci doit cliquer dessus pour accepter l'invitation et se" " connecter à votre instance. " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 07aa6fb72..1f614330d 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -288,15 +288,11 @@ msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord activer le mode développeur. Pour le faire, allez sur le " -"module paramètres et sélectionnez le lien pour \"Activer le mode " -"développeur\" dans le coin inférieur droit de la page. " -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -309,15 +305,15 @@ msgstr "" "nouvelles étapes et les attribuer à une ou plusieurs équipes, et cela de " "façon personnalisée." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "Commencer à recevoir des tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "Comment mes clients peuvent-ils soumettre des tickets?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" @@ -326,7 +322,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Paramètres\", puis choisissez votre équipe d'assistance technique. Sous " "\"Canaux vous trouverez 4 options :" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." @@ -335,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous avez choisi pour créer un ticket. Le sujet de l'email devient le sujet " "du ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " @@ -345,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit et soumettre un ticket via le " "formulaire du site Web. Tout comme sur odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " @@ -356,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" "peut créer le ticket via la commande /Sujet de l'assistance technique ou " "Ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" "The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " "documentation `here " @@ -366,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr "" "Consultez la documentation `ici " "`_." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "Des tickets ont été créés, et maintenant?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -383,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "se trouve dans le coin supérieur gauche du ticket, ou en introduisant leur " "nom dans le champ \"Attribué à\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." @@ -392,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"contrôlée\", vos tickets seront attribués à l'un des membres de l'une de " "ces équipes d'assistance technique." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." @@ -400,11 +396,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ils pourront alors commencer à résoudre les tickets et à les transférer vers" " l'étape résolu lorsque ceux-ci seront finalisés." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "Comment puis-je définir l'urgence du ticket?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " @@ -414,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" "ticket en sélectionnant une ou plusieurs étoiles sur celui-ci. Vous pouvez " "le faire sur la vue kanban ou sur le ticket lui-même." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" @@ -422,11 +418,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour mettre en place une politique d'Accord de services pour vos employés, " "activez d'abord ce paramètre dans les \"Paramètres\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Configurer les politiques SLA\" et cliquez sur \"Créer\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." @@ -434,11 +430,11 @@ msgstr "" "Complétez les informations: équipe Assistance technique, priorité minimale " "du ticket (les étoiles), ainsi que les objectifs du ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "Que faire si un ticket est bloqué ou prêt à être utilisé?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" @@ -446,19 +442,19 @@ msgstr "" "Si un ticket ne peut pas être résolu ou s'il est bloqué, vous pouvez " "modifier le \"Statut kanban\" sur le ticket. Vous avez trois options :" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "Gris - statut normal" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "Rouge - bloqué" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "Vert - prêt pour l'étape suivante" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." @@ -466,13 +462,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tout comme pour les étoiles, vous pouvez définir le statut dans le kanban ou" " sur le ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" "Comment mes employés peuvent-ils enregistrer leur temps de travail sur un " "ticket?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " @@ -482,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr "" "présence du ticket\". Un champ apparaîtra vous permettant de sélectionner le" " projet sur lequel les feuilles de présence seront enregistrées." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" @@ -491,7 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous retournez vers vos tickets, vous verrez qu'un nouvel onglet appelé " "\"Feuilles de présence\" a été ajouté." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." @@ -499,17 +495,17 @@ msgstr "" "Vos employés peuvent y ajouter une ligne pour indiquer le travail qu'ils ont" " effectué pour ce ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "Comment permettre à vos clients d'évaluer le service fourni" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" "Vous devez tout d'abord activer le paramètre évaluation depuis " "\"Paramètres\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 0b10f8fa2..9cee1f105 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -135,7 +135,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" @@ -2948,11 +2949,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " @@ -3804,14 +3805,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -3819,174 +3821,174 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Facture fournisseur" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4,68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54,68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuration :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Réception des marchandises" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Facture client" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -3994,43 +3996,43 @@ msgstr "" "La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " "remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Ordres de production" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4038,48 +4040,48 @@ msgstr "" "Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" " **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4088,74 +4090,74 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuration** :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " "la catégorie interne du produit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4979,30 +4981,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" @@ -5065,40 +5063,36 @@ msgid "" "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99790b8a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 32e505097..bfa2c2a14 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -251,23 +251,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer le module Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. " -"Pour ce faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Paramètres` et sélectionnez " -"*Activer le mode développeur*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -"Dès que vous êtes en mode développeur, allez à :menuselection:`Point de " -"Vente --> Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." @@ -275,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos " "identifiants Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." @@ -283,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Modes " "de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." @@ -292,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner les identifiants Mercury que vous venez de " "créer." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index bcde967ef..eb6ef99be 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ # Eric BAELDE , 2019 # N D , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -23,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -100,8 +101,7 @@ msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?" msgid "" "A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." msgstr "" -"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en " -"cours." +"Un email peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en cours." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modèle de courriel" +msgstr "Modèle d'email" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de courriel qu'un client peut recevoir:" +msgstr "Voici un exemple d'email qu'un client peut recevoir:" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 4ad696b7a..94b9f33ae 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ # Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -913,11 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la " "commande." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -935,10 +932,10 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez " "pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ " "Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de " -"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Courriel** (assurez-vous qu'une " +"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Email** (assurez-vous qu'une " "adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -946,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la " "Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -957,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, " "etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -966,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à " "**Commande Fournisseur**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 229221c07..ef8e1b6c6 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ # Jérôme Tanché , 2019 # Xavier Belmere , 2019 # Jonathan , 2019 -# Cécile Collart , 2020 # 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020 # Priscilla Sanchez , 2020 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Cécile Collart , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgid "" "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -"Entrez le login **Courriel**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et " +"Entrez le login **Email**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et " "ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez " "sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé." @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -"Un courriel sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le " -"contact est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." +"Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le contact " +"est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." #: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector" @@ -445,25 +445,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -471,18 +473,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -493,14 +495,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -512,24 +514,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -540,11 +542,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -552,13 +554,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -648,16 +650,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -666,7 +669,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -872,11 +875,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Activez le mode développeur en allant à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Activer le mode développeur`" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" @@ -989,7 +989,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1223,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -1311,6 +1310,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2653,8 +2659,8 @@ msgstr "Définissez vos termes et conditions par défaut." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index fd08791c2..d748791a3 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Richard Mathot , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 -# William Henrotin , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy @@ -14,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -28,246 +27,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "Marketing par SMS" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" -msgstr "Créez, envoyez et obtenez des rapports à partir d'un mailing SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -"Pourquoi utiliser un SMS? L'utilisation du marketing par SMS comme stratégie" -" de communication vous permet d'élargir vos marchés, car dans certains pays " -"les emails ne sont pas beaucoup utilisés ou pas utilisés de tout. Cela vous " -"permet également de booster votre taux de conversion puisque cette stratégie" -" possède un pourcentage élevé de taux d'ouverture parmi les utilisateurs de " -"smartphones qui normalement lisent tous leurs SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" -"Avec l'application de marketing par SMS d'Odoo vous pouvez planifier, " -"organiser, programmer et garder une trace de vos mailings via son interface " -"conviviale." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "Installez l'application" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" -"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." -msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous pourrez définir un *sujet* qui vous aidera à vous " -"souvenir du contenu du mailing. Vous devez choisir le destinataire de votre " -"SMS sous *récipients*. Si vous choisissez *Contact*, tous vos contacts Odoo " -"(vendeurs, clients, etc.) recevront votre SMS. À partir de là, vous pouvez " -"affiner votre liste de destinataires viac l'option *ajouter un filtre*. Dans" -" l'exemple ci-dessous, vous décidez d'envoyer le SMS à vos contacts de " -"Belgique." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" -"D'un autre côté, l'option *Mailing list* vous permet de choisir des mailing " -"listes que vous avez créées avec des contacts spécifique ou des personnes " -"qui se sont abonnées à vos newsletters, ou les deux! Vous pouvez " -"sélectionner plus d'une *Mailing list*." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet *Contenu SMS*, il est possible d'inclure des liens et Odoo " -"générera automatiquement des *traceurs des liens*. Grâce à ces balises, vous" -" pourrez obtenir des informations sur ces liens." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Paramètres* l'option *lien de désabonnement* est disponible. Si celle-" -"ci est activée, le contact pourra se désabonner de la mailing list qu'il ne " -"souhaite plus recevoir." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" -"Dans le menu *traceur de liens* sous *Configuration*, vous pouvez voir " -"l'historique des liens envoyés, les consulter et voir les statistiques." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que vous avez bien enregistré le numéro de téléphone de vos " -"contacts !" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre mailing a été créé, vous devez choisir à quel moment il " -"doit être envoyé :" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" -"**Mettre en attente** : le mailing se déclenchera lors du prochain envoi " -"automatique. Cette option est intéressante si le moment où l'envoi se " -"déclenchera m'est égal." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Envoyer maintenant** : envoie immédiatement le message. Nous vous " -"conseillons d'utiliser cette option s'il n'y a pas beaucoup de " -"destinataires." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" -"**Programmer** : vous permet de choisir le jour et l'heure de l'envoi. C'est" -" la meilleure option pour envoyer des mailings lors d'un événement " -"spécifique pour promouvoir une offre qui est toujours en cour ou tout " -"simplement pour planifier votre stratégie de contenu à l'avance." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" -"**Test** : vous permet d'envoyer un SMS à l'un ou plusieurs numéros en mode " -"test. Vérifiez, par exemple, si le lien fourni envoie vers la bonne page " -"tout en vous assurant qu'ils sont réactifs. N'oubliez pas d'ajouter une " -"virgule entre les numéros si vous envoyez un message à plusieurs numéros." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" -"Dans le menu *Rapport*, en quelques clics, vous pouvez appliquer des " -"filtres, des mesures et choisir différentes mises en page pour analyser la " -"performance de vos mailings SMS." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également vérifier le prix de l'envoi d'un SMS dans votre pays " -"en cliquant sur l'icône *information* lors de la création d'un nouveau SMS." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" -"**Achetez des crédits!** Assurez-vous d'avoir acheté des crédits pour " -"pouvoir profiter de l'application et de ses fonctionnalités. Pour plus " -"d'information : :doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "Listes de contact et liste de blocage" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "Listes de contact" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -"La création ou l'importation de votre propre liste de contacts est utile " -"lorsque vous souhaitez créer des groupes spécifiques de personnes, comme les" -" abonnés d'une newsletter. C'est aussi la meilleure façon de démarrer " -"lorsque vous venez d'un autre système et que vous avez déjà votre propre " -"clientèle. Cela facilite beaucoup l'envoi des SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`. I’ll " -"choose a name for my *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I " -"would like to make the mailing list accessible to my recipients in the " -"unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Listes de contact --> Listes de contact --> Créer`. " -"Vous devez choisir un nom pour votre *Mailing list* et activer l'option " -"*Public* si vous souhaitez rendre la mailing list accessible à vos " -"destinataires sur la page de désabonnement pour leur permettre de mettre à " -"jour leurs préférences d'abonnement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -"Une fois dans la liste, vous pouvez encore *Créer* et *Importer* des " -"contacts vers cette liste en particulier." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord " -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." @@ -275,60 +77,52 @@ msgstr "" "Le mailing envoyé est enregistré dans le chatter du destinataire (aussi bien" " pour un contact que pour une opportunité)." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -"C'est important car votre équipe et vous-même pouvez facilement suivre et " -"voir l'historique de vos interactions avec vos contacts ou vos prospects, ce" -" qui vous permet de mieux les comprendre. Par exemple : votre représentant " -"commercial peut facilement savoir quelles promotions un client a reçues par " -"SMS ou non." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Liste de blocage" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone " -"Blacklist --> Import`." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez utilisé un autre logiciel auparavant et que vous avez déjà une " -"liste de clients qui veulent être ajoutés à la liste de blocage des " -"actualités, vous pouvez importer ces entrées dans votre base de données. " -"Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> Liste de blocage " -"du téléphone --> Importer`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "Intégrations et modèles" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de SMS pour atteindre les gens peut être une stratégie " -"utilisée non seulement à des fins publicitaires mais également pour rappeler" -" des événements ou émettre des factures à vos clients, par exemple. Comme " -"vous le savez, l'un des plus grands avantages de l'utilisation d'Odoo est la" -" possibilité d'intégrer des applications. Avec l'application de marketing " -"par SMS, ce n'est pas différent !" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" -msgstr "Organisez des campagnes d'email marketing et de SMS" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" "First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " @@ -338,69 +132,56 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection:`Application d'email Marketing --> Configuration --> " "Paramètres --> activer l'option campagnes de mailing`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:16 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -"Le menu *Campagnes* sera désormais ajouté dans vos pages *Marketing SMS*, " -"cela vous donnera un aperçu des vos mailings SMS et de vos emails marketing." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:21 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -"Cette fonction est particulièrement utile si vous avez des campagnes " -"agrégées, car vous avez une vue globale des rapports. En outre, vous pouvez " -"créer des étapes dans votre vue kanban pour mieux organiser le travail " -"réalisé." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -"L'envoi de SMS via le formulaire de contact est disponible par défaut dans " -"Odoo. Cela vous permet par exemple, d'envoyer plus facilement un SMS à un " -"contact donné. Pour cela, allez dans l'application *Contacts*, sélectionnez " -"le contact en question et cliquez sur l'icône *SMS* qui est à côté du numéro" -" de téléphone." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to " +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " ":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " "SMS`." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez envoyer un message groupé, allez à :menuselection:`Vue liste " -"--> sélectionner tous les contacts --> Action --> Envoyer SMS`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "Configurez des modèles de SMS" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to " -":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates` and " -"create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer des *Modèles de SMS*, allez sur l'application *Paramètres* " -"et activez le mode *développeur*. Retournez ensuite sur l'application " -"*Paramètres*, et allez à :menuselection:`Technique --> Section téléphone/SMS" -" --> Modèles de SMS` et créez le contenu dont vous avez besoin." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." @@ -408,7 +189,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du " "SMS au contexte." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" @@ -416,31 +197,31 @@ msgstr "" "La messagerie SMS est disponible via Odoo ! Voici quelques unes de nos " "remarquables intégrations." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" "*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" "*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de " "livraison est généré. " -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." @@ -448,66 +229,251 @@ msgstr "" "*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant " "de signer un document en ligne." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" "*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de " "vérification à vos clients." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" "*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions " "automatisées." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:67 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'information sur l'intégration des SMS dans Odoo et pour " -"consulter la liste des questions fréquemment posées, allez à `Tarification " -"et FAQ `__." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "Installez l'application" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Allez à *Apps*, cherchez *Marketing par SMS* et cliquez sur *Installer*." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "Créez un mailing SMS" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "Envoyer votre mailing" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarification" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -"La messagerie SMS est un service d'achat in-App (IAP) qui fonctionne avec " -"des crédits prépayés. Le prix d'un SMS dépend de la destination et de la " -"longueur du message. Avec 1 crédit, vous pouvez envoyer jusqu'à 92 SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -"**Pour plus d'informations, consultez notre page FAQ** : `SMS Odoo - FAQ " -"`_" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:14 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits` " -"(under *Send SMS*); or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services` " -"(under *Odoo IAP*)." +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -"Pour acheter des crédits, allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Acheter des" -" crédits` (sous *Envoyer des SMS*); ou allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres " -"--> Consulter mes services` (sous *Odoo IAP*)." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -516,19 +482,19 @@ msgstr "" "vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " "fonctionnalité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:27 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." -msgstr "Non, vos crédits n'expirent pas." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" @@ -536,29 +502,29 @@ msgstr "" "**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que " "je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:35 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" "Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les " "téléphones SIP)." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:37 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "Oui." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:41 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:43 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:45 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" @@ -566,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai " "pas suffisament de crédits?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:47 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." @@ -575,31 +541,27 @@ msgstr "" "SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour " "les envoyer tous." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode --> Technical --> " -"SMS`." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -"Oui, le SMS est consigné en tant que note dans le chatter de " -"l'enregistrement correspondant, et l'historique complet des SMS envoyés est " -"disponible sous :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Activer le mode développeur " -"--> Technique --> SMS`." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" @@ -607,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la " "liste des destinataires?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " @@ -617,7 +579,7 @@ msgstr "" " chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un " "faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:65 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" @@ -625,7 +587,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un " "concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." @@ -633,57 +595,22 @@ msgstr "" "Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas " "débité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" "**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs " "SMS?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:72 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:74 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:76 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" -"Veuillez trouver notre politique de confidentialité ici: `Odoo IPA politique" -" de confidentialité des achats `__" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:79 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" -"**Combien de types de SMS existent et combien de caractères comporte 1 " -"SMS?**" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:81 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "Il existe 2 types de SMS :" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7) : contient uniquement les caractères du jeu GSM-7, que " -"l'on peut voir dans l'image suivante." - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:89 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." -msgstr "" -"*Unicode* : contient au moins un caractère qui n'est pas dans le tableau " -"précédent. Pour les SMS standard la limite est de 160 caractères, et pour " -"Unicode c'est 70. Au-delà de ces limites, le contenu est divisé en plusieurs" -" messages. Le système vous avertira en temps réel du nombre de SMS que le " -"message représente." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index cbf6a1de1..4ce63f948 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,18 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Nacim ABOURA , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 -# Fernanda Marques , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart , 2019\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,209 +23,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Marketing social" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Rubriques avancées" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -"L'un des plus grands défis d'une entreprise est de s'engager de manière " -"efficace auprès de leur communauté. Odoo social vous aide à rencontrer votre" -" clientèle à l'aide de plusieurs supports : les médias sociaux, les " -"notifications ou les requêtes de chat en direct." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "Ajoutez vos réseaux sociaux et créez votre fil " +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -"Vous devez d'abord ajouter vos comptes de médias sociaux. Pour le faire, " -"ajoutez un flux et choisissez votre compte de média social. Vous devrez " -"accorder des autorisations à l'application Odoo Marketing social." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -"Une fois que cela est fait, vous serez redirigé vers votre flux et une " -"colonne sera automatiquement ajoutée avec les publications de votre compte " -"fraîchement ajouté. Vous pouvez ensuite ajouter de nouveaux flux à votre fil" -" et personnaliser votre vue Kanban comme vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -"L'ajout de comptes de réseaux sociaux à votre fil ajoutera également des " -"indicateurs de performance clés :" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "Audience: Nombre d'abonnés de votre chaîne" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" -"Participation : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ont participé à vos " -"publications." - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel have " -"created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -"Histoires : Le nombre de fois que des personnes ayant participé à votre " -"chaîne ont créé du contenu sur le fil de leurs amis ou followers (Partages, " -"retweet,..)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à plus d'informations en cliquant sur le lien “Insights”" -" : cela vous mènera aux statistiques du média social sélectionné." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "Publiez du contenu" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"Pour publier du contenu sur vos réseaux sociaux ou envoyer une notification " -"push à vos utilisateurs abonnés, accédez à votre flux et cliquez sur " -"Nouvelle publication ou utilisez le menu “Postes” pour la créer à partir de " -"cet emplacement. Sélectionnez tous les comptes sur lesquels vous souhaitez " -"publier votre contenu, rédigez votre message et obtenez un aperçu instantané" -" de son apparence une fois publié." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez les notifications push, des nouveau champs additionnels " -"apparaîtront sur le formulaire. Ils vous permettront de finaliser la " -"configuration des notifications push et de choisir votre segment parmi tous " -"vos abonnés. Vous pouvez aussi envoyer des notifications push via le menu " -"Visiteurs comme expliqué dans le paragraphe précédent." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "Activez les notifications push sur votre site Web" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -"Les notifications push utilisent un compte Firebase configuré par défaut. " -"Cette fonctionnalité vous permet d'envoyer des notifications aux visiteurs " -"de votre site Web après qu'ils s'y sont abonnés. Pour activer les " -"notifications push sur votre site, allez dans les paramètres de " -"l'application site Web et configurez les autorisations de notifications." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -"Une fois cette opération effectuée, une fenêtre popup apparaîtra pour les " -"visiteurs de votre site Web, leur demandant d’autoriser les notifications " -"push. Dès qu'ils y sont abonnés, vous pouvez commencer à leur envoyer des " -"notifications push via le menu Visiteurs. Vous pouvez en envoyer " -"individuellement ou cibler un segment plus important en sélectionnant " -"plusieurs visiteurs dans la vue Liste (par exemple, tous les visiteurs ayant" -" visité votre page d'accueil)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "Interagissez avec vos visiteurs en ligne" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez surveiller vos visites via le menu Visiteurs. Vous verrez tous " -"les visiteurs qui ont atterri sur l’une des pages que vous surveillez (vous " -"pouvez configurer vos pages surveillées dans l’application Site Web), en " -"ligne ou hors ligne. Vos visiteurs en ligne seront authentifiés s’ils sont " -"liés à un prospect ou à un partenaire existant. Vous pourrez les contacter " -"avec un email, un message SMS, une notification push (s’ils y sont abonnés)," -" ou même leur envoyer une demande de chat en direct qu’ils recevront lors de" -" leur prochain déplacement sur l’une de vos pages suivies ( si vous avez " -"installé l'application Live Chat)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "Configurez vos propres comptes développeur Facebook et Twitter" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enter your own API keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, l'application Social est déjà configurée avec les comptes " -"développeurs Facebook et Twitter mais vous pouvez utiliser votre propre " -"compte si nécessaire. Activez le mode développeur, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Paramètres` et entrez vos propres clés " -"API." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "Configurez votre propre compte Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, votre base de données possède déjà un projet Firebase, vous ne " -"devez pas le configurer. Si vous avez plusieurs sites Web, chacun d'entre " -"eux sera lié à un projet Firebase distinct. Si vous désirez configurer votre" -" propre projet Firebase, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration " -"--> Paramètres` Section notifications push du site Web." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index a4b8f68a7..87528d2fc 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Vincent Luba , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -284,297 +284,6 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devriez `migrer `_ votre base de données " "vers une version plus récente." -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "Contribuer à la documentation" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "Pour commencer..." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"**... Merci de nous rejoindre et de nous aider à améliorer la documentation " -"utilisateur d'Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "Modifier une page existante" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" -"Comme notre documentation est maintenue sur GitHub, vous aurez besoin d'un " -"compte `GitHub gratuit `_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our :doc:`user documentation <../index>`. **Please take care " -"of selecting the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"Choisissez une page dans notre :`documentation utilisateur <../index>`. " -"**Veillez à choisir la bonne version d'Odoo.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:21 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Edit on GitHub** dans le menu de gauche." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, otherwise you won't see this step." -msgstr "" -"Si c'est la première fois que vous éditez notre documentation, cliquez sur " -"**Fork repository**, sinon vous ne verrez pas cette étape." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez l'éditeur de GitHub pour ajouter votre texte. Le texte est marqué " -"avec une syntaxe simple appelée `RST " -"`_. Ne vous inquiétez pas, ce " -"n'est pas très compliqué à apprendre 🤓... Allez à la section suivante de ce " -"document pour un rapide aperçu des commandes RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur **Prévisualiser les modifications** afin de réviser votre " -"contribution dans un format de lecture classique." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" -"Dans la section **Propose file change**, ajoutez un court titre à votre " -"contribution. Le titre doit pouvoir résumer vos modifications. Vous pouvez " -"utiliser la seconde case pour ajouter une description supplémentaire si " -"votre contribution nécessite une explication plus longue." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "Soumettez votre contribution en cliquant sur **Propose file change**." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:52 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "Cliquez sur **Create pull request**." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" -"Attendez qu'un contributeur Odoo accepte votre contribution. Merci de votre " -"aide !" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:56 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de port automatique de votre modification à une autre version " -"de la documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" -"Si vos modifications devraient s'apliquer à plusieurs versions d'Odoo, " -"n'hésitez pas à nous prévenir dans votre message de contribution." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "Aide-mémoire RST" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" -"Voici un résumé des éléments de marquage que vous pourriez utiliser en " -"modifiant notre documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Affichage" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:69 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Commentaires" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "Texte en *italique*" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:75 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "Texte en caractères **gras**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "Numéroté" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:80 ../../support/user_doc.rst:86 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "Puce" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:81 ../../support/user_doc.rst:87 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Liste" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:79 ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "Doit être entouré de lignes vides." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "Voici un `lien hypertexte `_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Voici `comment entrer les accents graves sur votre clavier " -"`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "N'oubliez pas le *tiret bas* final." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:99 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" -"Il y a bien plus de commandes disponibles comme vous pouvez le voir dans `la" -" documentation complète " -"`_ du " -"RST." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "Ajoutez des images à vos documents" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" -"Cette procédure est uniquement possible pour les utilisateurs ayant un accès" -" **push** à la documentation du repository (ex. : principalement des " -"contributeurs Odoo). Nous travaillons actuellement sur l'amélioration de " -"cette procédure." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:111 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "Tout d'abord, préparez vos captures d'écran." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:113 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "Ce doit être des images PNG de bonne qualité." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" -"Recadrez votre capture d'écran pour n'afficher que la partie pertinente de " -"l'écran. Les grandes captures d'écran sont difficiles à lire et s'affichent " -"mal dans la documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" -"Prenez toujours vos captures d'écran sur une version demo d'Odoo; n'incluez " -"**jamais** de données personnelles. " - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" -"Chargez les dans le dossier ``media/`` se trouvant à côté de la page en " -"cours de modification. Si le dossier n'existe pas, créez-le." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:119 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" -"Quand vous modifiez votre page, utilisez cette partie de code pour " -"télécharger votre image :" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:127 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:137 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "Détails Techniques pour Nerds" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone the `GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs avancés peuvent, évidemment, faire un fork et un clone `du " -"repository GitHub `_. Soumettez " -"ensuite une pull request avec le flux de travail canonique Git/Github." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:142 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" -"Voir notre document `README `_ sur la construction de la documentation." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:147 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "Documentation développeur" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" -"Les documentations visant les développeurs d'Odoo sont maintenues " -"parallèlement au code source d'Odoo " -"`_." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:152 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La documentation utilisateur peut contenir des détails techniques, mais " -"seulement lorsqu'ils sont lié à la configuration et à l'utilisation " -"quotidienne d'Odoo." - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 955d2088b..d60c1bbc9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -19,15 +19,16 @@ # André Madeira Cortes , 2019 # Cécile Collart , 2019 # Fernanda Marques , 2020 +# Miora RAKOTOVAO , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Miora RAKOTOVAO , 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -1209,16 +1210,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -"Si vous fonctionnez en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni " -"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. " -"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de " -"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées par" -" rapport à leurs versions d'origine." +"Si vous travaillez sur :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni" +" enchaînés, ni minifiés. Il est donc beaucoup plus lent. Toutefois, cela " +"vous permet de déboguer facilement avec le débogueur Chrome car les " +"ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas converties par rapport à leurs " +"versions d'origine. " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" @@ -1535,16 +1538,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir " -"de *Paramètres --> Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure " -"des robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site " -"personnalisé). Rendez le model data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour que le" -" fichier ne soit pas réinitialisé lors des mises à jour du système." +"Vous pourriez personnaliser le fichier *robots* dans :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` à partir de *Paramètres --> " +"Technique --> Interface Utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure les robots, exclure " +"certaines pages, rediriger vers un Sitemap personnalisé). Rendre le Model " +"Data de la vue *Non Updatable* afin de ne pas réinitialiser le fichier après" +" les mises à jour du système. " #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -2054,21 +2059,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -"La géolocalisation IP est installé par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous " -"exécutez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque de " -"*Géolocalisation IP*." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -2083,11 +2086,11 @@ msgstr "" "flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, " "événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -2100,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu " "sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" @@ -2108,35 +2111,35 @@ msgstr "" "Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à " "tous les sites Web* :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Articles" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "Canaux de diapositives" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Forums" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Évènements" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Postes" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." @@ -2144,11 +2147,11 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un " "produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " @@ -2159,7 +2162,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le" " champ *site Web* vide." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." @@ -2167,7 +2170,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page" " et configurez le nouveau site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " @@ -2177,7 +2180,7 @@ msgstr "" "site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page " "d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." @@ -2185,11 +2188,11 @@ msgstr "" "En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous " "retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-sociétés" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." @@ -2197,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une " "société spécifique de votre système." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." @@ -2205,7 +2208,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société " "s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -2217,7 +2220,7 @@ msgstr "" "société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le " "language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" @@ -2227,11 +2230,11 @@ msgstr "" " vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " "utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " @@ -2241,11 +2244,11 @@ msgstr "" " avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour" " s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " @@ -2256,11 +2259,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est " "disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." @@ -2268,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous " "devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -2282,11 +2285,11 @@ msgstr "" "dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera " "converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Listes de prix" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." @@ -2294,7 +2297,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente " "par produit* dans les paramètres du site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " @@ -2304,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "pour créer des listes de prix additionnelles. Consultez " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." @@ -2312,7 +2315,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une " "liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " @@ -2323,11 +2326,11 @@ msgstr "" "Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en " "arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2340,11 +2343,11 @@ msgstr "" "géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en " "remplissant le champ *Site Web*." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Comptes client" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2358,11 +2361,11 @@ msgstr "" "site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les " "visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" @@ -2370,20 +2373,20 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici " "quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" "Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." @@ -2391,18 +2394,124 @@ msgstr "" "*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " "visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" "Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas " "de spécifier" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" "le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site " "Web en cours." +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 9470eb5d6..e30b0a3f3 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # Volluta , 2019 # Julia van Orsouw , 2019 -# Julia van Orsouw , 2019 # Eric Geens , 2019 # Gunther Clauwaert , 2019 # Thomas Pot , 2019 @@ -19,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -29,7 +28,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Boekhouding" @@ -41,6 +40,125 @@ msgstr "Bank & Kas" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bank feeds" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -87,29 +205,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -117,8 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -198,7 +310,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -300,415 +412,22 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importeert CODA afschrift bestanden (alleen België)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"CODA is een bestandsformaat voor bankafschriften in België. De meeste " -"Belgische banken en Isabel software staan u toe om een CODA bestand te " -"downloaden met al uw bankafschriften." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" -" en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Installeer de CODA optie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Indien CODA nog niet geactiveerd is moet u dit eerst doen. Ga naar het menu " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` in de Boekhouding applicatie." -" Vanuit de boekhoud instellingen vinkt u de optie **Importeren van " -"bankafschriften in .CODA formaat** aan en klikt u op toepassen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importeer uw eerste CODA bestand" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten " -"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud " -"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. " -"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste CODA bestand in te " -"laden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Laad uw CODA bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " -"uw bankafschriften aan te maken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Indien het bestand succesvol is geladen wordt u doorverwezen naar het " -"bankafschriften scherm met alle transacties om af te letteren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "CODA bestanden importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard " -"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de" -" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" -" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe " -"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren " -"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal de volgende " -"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " -"afletterproces danig versnellen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo is in staat om automatisch te constateren dat sommige bestanden of " -"regels reeds zijn geïmporteerd. Dus je kunt gerust meerdere bestanden " -"tegelijk importeren: Odoo controleert alles voor je voordat je een nieuw " -"bankafschrift aanmaakt. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Registreer manueel bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u bankafschriften importeren, synchroniseren met uw bank maar " -"ook uw bankafschriften manueel registreren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Er is geen speciale configuratie vereist om facturen te registreren. U hoeft" -" enkel de boekhouding app te installeren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Maak uw bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop **Nieuw afschrift** in het dashboard van het gerelateerde " -"dagboek. Indien sommige afletteringen gedaan moeten worden vind u hier een " -"link voor nieuwe afschriften. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Vul gewoon de velden in naar gelang de informatie die u vind op uw " -"bankafschrift. De referentie kan manueel ingevuld worden of u kan deze leeg " -"laten. We raden u aan om de partner in te vullen om het afletter proces te " -"vergemakkelijken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" -"Het verschil tussen de startbalans en de eindbalans moet gelijk zijn aan de " -"berekende balans." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Wanneer u klaar bent klikt u op **Opslaan**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Letter uw bankafschriften af" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" -"U kan er voor kiezen om het afschrift af te letteren door te klikken op de " -"knop |manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" -"U kan ook het aflettering proces starten vanuit het dashboard door te " -"klikken op **Letter # items**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" -"Klik op **Valideren** om uw bankafschriften af te letteren. Indien de " -"relatie mist zal Odoo u vragen om **een partner te selecteren**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "Druk op CTRL-Enter om de gebalanceerde lijnen af te letteren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften vanuit het afletteren" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" -"Indien de balans correct is kan u het afschrift direct afsluiten vanuit het " -"afletteren door te klikken op |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" -"Klik naders op |manual08| om het afschrift te openen en het probleem aan te " -"passen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Sluit bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" -"In het boekhouding dagboek klikt u op de Meer knop van uw bank dagboek en " -"vervolgens op bankafschriften." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Om het bankafschrift te sluiten klikt u op **Valideer**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importeer OXF bankafschriften" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is een gestandaardiseerde specificatie voor " -"electronische uitwisseling van financiële gegevens tussen bancaire " -"instellingen, bedrijven en consumenten over het internet." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een OFX bestand downloaden van uw bank of " -"boekhoudingssoftware en deze rechtstreeks in uw Odoo instantie importeren. " -"Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Om OFX afschriften te importeren, moet je deze functionaliteit activeren in " -"Odoo. Ga in de boekhoud module naar het menu " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer je deze module hebt geïnstalleerd, kun je je bankrekening inrichten " -"om bankafschriften te importeren. Om dit te doen, ga naar het boekhoud " -"**dashboard**, en klik op de link **Meer** op de kaart van de bankrekening. " -"Klik daarna op **afschrift importeren** om je eerste OFX bestand in te " -"laden." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Laad uw OXF bestand in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al uw" -" bankafschriften aan te maken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "OFX bestanden importeren" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Na het importeren van je eerste bestand zal het Odoo boekhoud dashboard " -"automatisch voorstellen om meer bestanden van je bank te importeren. Voor de" -" volgende import hoef je niet meer naar **Meer** te gaan, maar kun je direct" -" op de kaart klikken op **Afschrift importeren**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Elke keer als je een afschriftregel hebt die gekoppeld is aan een nieuwe " -"klant of leverancier zal Odoo je vragen om de juiste relatie te selecteren " -"om de transactie af te letteren. Odoo leert daarvan en zal volgende " -"betalingen automatisch koppelen aan deze relaties. Dit zal het " -"afletterproces danig versnellen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" - #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Hoe uw PayPal account synchroniseren met Odoo?" @@ -835,76 +554,6 @@ msgstr "" "U moet enkel de eerste keer uw credentials ingeven. Eenmaal dit gedaan is " "zal Odoo elke 4 uur automatisch met PayPal synchroniseren." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importeer QIF bankafschrift bestanden" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is een open specificatie voor het lezen en " -"schrijven van financiële gegevens naar databronnen (dat wil zeggen " -"bestanden). Hoewel QIF nog steeds veel wordt gebruikt, is het een ouder " -"formaat dan het \"Open Financial Exchange (OFX)\" formaat. Wij adviseren het" -" OFX-formaat als u naar beide bestandsindelingen kunt exporteren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Met Odoo kan u een CODA bestand downloaden van u bank of financiële software" -" en direct in Odoo importeren. Dit maakt alle bankafschriften aan." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Om QIF-bestanden te importeren, moet u deze functie in Odoo activeren. Ga in" -" de toepassing Boekhouding naar het menu: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> " -"Financieel`. Vink de optie aan bij bankafschriften ** Importeren in .QIF-" -"indeling ** en klik op toepassen." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u deze functie hebt geïnstalleerd, kunt u uw bankrekening instellen om" -" bankafschrift bestanden te importeren. Ga hiervoor naar het boekhouding " -"dashboard en klik op de knop ** Meer ** van de betreffende bankrekening. In " -"het tabblad bankrekening vinkt u aan dat u Bank Feeds wilt importeren. Ga " -"vervolgens terug naar het dashboard en klik op ** Bankafschrift importeren " -"** om uw eerste QIF-bestand te importeren." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Laad uw QIF bestanden in het volgende scherm en klik op **Importeer** om al " -"uw bankafschriften aan te maken." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importeer QIF bestanden" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1291,6 +940,18 @@ msgstr "Bank afletteren" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Configureer model of boekingen" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Overzicht" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1369,16 +1030,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Klik uiteindelijk op **Afletteren** om het proces te voltooien." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1579,21 +1235,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Bekijk de *Bankrekening* in onze online demonstratie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Verwijder een bankrekening of kredietkaart rekening" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1792,64 +1444,1324 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Gebruik" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Hoe beheer ik contante betalingen?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Vul de begin en eindbalans in" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Stop geld erin" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Haal geld uit" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "De transactie wordt toegevoegd aan de huidige contante betaling registratie." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "Hoe een jaareinde af te sluiten in Odoo? (fiscaal jaar afsluiten)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Leningen**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "BTW" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" +"Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen " +"inbegrepen)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u werkt met consumenten worden prijzen vaak uitgedrukt inclusief " +"belastingen (bijvoorbeeld op de meeste e-commerce platformen). Maar, wanneer" +" u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo beheert beide usecases gemakkelijk, zolang u uw prijzen registreert op " +"uw producten inclusief belastingen of exclusief belastingen, maar niet beide" +" samen. Indien u alle prijzen inclusief belastingen beheert (of exclusief) " +"kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen " +"(of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Deze documentatie is enkel voor deze specifieke usecase waar u twee " +"referenties moet hebben voor de prijs (inclusief of exclusief belastingen), " +"voor hetzelfde product. De reden van de complexiteit is omdat er geen " +"symetrische relatie is met prijzen inclusief en prijzen exclusief " +"belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van " +"21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Maar voor dezelfde uscase, indien u een prijs registreert zonder belastingen" +" op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen " +"belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Dus, afhankelijk van hoe u uw prijzen registreert op het productformulier " +"krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de " +"prijs exclusief belastingen:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Indien u 100 stuks koopt aan 10€ inclusief belastingen, wordt het nog " +"complexer. U krijgt **1000€ (inclusief belastingen) = 826.45€ (prijs) + " +"173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van " +"8.26€ exclusief belastingen." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Deze documentatie legt u uit hoe u deze specifieke usecase moet afhandelen " +"wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) " +"op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"Wat betreft de financiën heeft u geen inkomsten meer bij het verkopen van uw" +" product aan 10€ in plaats van 9.99€ (voor een 21% belasting), omdat uw " +"inkomsten exact hetzelfde zijn aan 9.99€, enkel de belasting is 0.01€ hoger." +" Dus, als u een e-commerce heeft in België doe uw klant dan een plezier en " +"stel uw prijs in op 9.99€ in plaats van 10€. Merk op dat dit niet van " +"toepassing is op 20€ of 30€, of andere belastingen, of een hoeveelheid >1. U" +" doet ook zichzelf een plezier aangezien u gemakkelijk alles kan beheren " +"exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " +"voor uw verkoper." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introductie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"De beste manier om deze complexiteit te vermijden is om slechts één manier " +"te gebruiken voor het beheren van uw prijzen en deze aan te houden: prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen of inclusief belastingen. Definieer welke de standaard" +" bewaarde optie is op het productformulier (op de standaard belasting " +"gerelateerd aan het product), en laat Odoo de andere automatisch berekenen, " +"gebaseerd op de prijslijst en fiscale positie. Onderhandel uw contracten met" +" klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen " +"specifieke configuratie te doen." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Indien u dit niet kan doen en u echt moet onderhandelen over prijzen " +"exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief " +"belastingen moet doen, moet u:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product " +"formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke " +"klanten" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar " +"inclusief" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen " +"profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Uw producten instellen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit klaar is kan u een **B2C** prijslijst aanmaken. U kan de " +"prijslijst optie activeren per klant vanuit het menu " +":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. " +"Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Eenmaal dit klaar is maakt u een B2C prijslijst vanuit het " +":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de " +"standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Maak vervolgens een product aan voor 8.26€, met een belasting van 21% " +"(gedefinieerd als belasting die niet inbegrepen is in de prijs) en stel een " +"prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het " +":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Maak een B2C fiscale positie aan vanuit de boekhouding applicatie vanuit dit" +" menu: :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Fiscale posities`. Deze fiscale " +"positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een " +"BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Maak een offerte vanuit de verkopen applicatie via het " +":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat " +"hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Maak dan een offerte aan maar **wijzig de prijslijst naar B2C en de fiscale " +"positie naar B2C** op de offerte, voor u het product toevoegt. U zou het " +"verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de " +"klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het " +"klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat dit gevoelig is voor fouten: als u een fiscale positie instelt " +"met belastingen inbegrepen in de prijzen maar u een prijslijst gebruikt " +"waarin dit niet is inbegrepen krijgt u mogelijk foutieve berekende prijzen. " +"Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " +"prijsreferentie te werken." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" +"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " +"opgemaakt is voor deze klant." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" +"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" +" te doen afgaan." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" +"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de " +"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" +" van een order." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Specifieke use cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Debet**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Credet**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankdagboek" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Bank $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" +"Deze sectie geeft details over hoe uw nieuwe belastingen kan definiëren voor" +" specifieke cases." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" +"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " +"belastingen)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" +"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " +"verkoopbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "**Groep van belastingen**: staat een samengestelde belasting toe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" +"Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de " +"meeste lokaliseringen." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, in Colombia heeft u mogelijk de volgende factuur:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " +"belastingscategorie." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Indien de belasting niet in de prijs is inbegrepen krijgt u:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Belastingen: $10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "In Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Hoe het werkt" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Kortingsbonnen & Promoties" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1858,13 +2770,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentinië" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introductie" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -1887,21 +2792,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1909,11 +2821,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Rekeningschema" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1921,32 +2833,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Relatie" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -1954,65 +2939,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "BTW" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2020,11 +2998,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2032,14 +3010,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2047,85 +3025,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Brieven" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Dagboeken" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2133,39 +3111,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2174,175 +3178,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Factuur" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Facturen" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Rapportages" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2490,8 +3881,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -3126,9 +4518,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3265,57 +4657,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Verantwoordelijkheden" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3361,11 +4754,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balans" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Winst & Verlies" @@ -3685,10 +5081,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3696,7 +5093,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3704,36 +5101,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3741,14 +5138,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3757,152 +5154,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturatie" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3910,23 +5307,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3934,31 +5331,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3967,66 +5364,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4036,17 +5433,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4054,11 +5451,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4067,28 +5464,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4096,25 +5493,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4122,24 +5519,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4148,18 +5545,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4169,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4177,42 +5574,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4221,34 +5618,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4258,26 +5655,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Contact Module (gratis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4287,90 +5684,90 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4378,41 +5775,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4422,25 +5819,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4449,19 +5846,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4469,14 +5866,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4485,27 +5882,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -5160,154 +6557,6 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Hoe een jaareinde af te sluiten in Odoo? (fiscaal jaar afsluiten)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Leningen**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Belasting aanpassingen**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Het fiscale jaar afsluiten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -5857,26 +7106,6 @@ msgstr "**Titel**" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Rekening**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Debet**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Credet**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Waarde**" @@ -6268,191 +7497,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Wat is een rekening type en hoe configureren we het?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Wat is een rekening type?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Wat zijn de rekening types in Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Debiteuren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Crediteuren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Bank en kas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Vlottende activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Langlopende activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Vooruitbetalingen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Vaste activa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Eigen vermogen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Omzet" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Afschrijving" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Declaraties" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Directe kosten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Hoe configureer ik mijn rekeningen?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Indien u een SaaS gebruiker bent is het grootboekschema voor uw land " -"automatisch geïnstalleerd." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Voorraad" @@ -7166,10 +8210,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Bankafschriften" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7315,91 +8355,87 @@ msgstr "Activeer de ontwikkelaars mode" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Klik op: **Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Maak uw financieel rapport" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Analyse Periode**:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Voeg lijnen toe in uw gepersonaliseerde rapporten" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "U heeft verschillende beschikbare objecten in de formule:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7409,34 +8445,34 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Andere handige velden:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Type**: Type van het resultaat van de formule." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -7685,1040 +8721,344 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"Hoe prijzen te beheren voor B2B (zonder belastingen) en B2C (belastingen " -"inbegrepen)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u werkt met consumenten worden prijzen vaak uitgedrukt inclusief " -"belastingen (bijvoorbeeld op de meeste e-commerce platformen). Maar, wanneer" -" u werkt in een B2B omgeving onderhandelen bedrijven meestal over prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo beheert beide usecases gemakkelijk, zolang u uw prijzen registreert op " -"uw producten inclusief belastingen of exclusief belastingen, maar niet beide" -" samen. Indien u alle prijzen inclusief belastingen beheert (of exclusief) " -"kan u nog gemakkelijk een verkooporder maken met prijzen zonder belastingen " -"(of inclusief): dat is gemakkelijk." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Deze documentatie is enkel voor deze specifieke usecase waar u twee " -"referenties moet hebben voor de prijs (inclusief of exclusief belastingen), " -"voor hetzelfde product. De reden van de complexiteit is omdat er geen " -"symetrische relatie is met prijzen inclusief en prijzen exclusief " -"belastingen, zoals getoond in deze usecase, in België met een belasting van " -"21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Uw e-commerce heeft een product aan **10€ (belastingen inbegrepen)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Dit is **8.26€ (zonder belastingen)** en een **belasting van 1.74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Maar voor dezelfde uscase, indien u een prijs registreert zonder belastingen" -" op het productformulier (8.26€), krijgt u een prijs met een inbegrepen " -"belasting van 9.99€, omdat:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Dus, afhankelijk van hoe u uw prijzen registreert op het productformulier " -"krijgt u verschillende resultaten voor de prijs inclusief belastingen en de " -"prijs exclusief belastingen:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Exclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Inclusief belastingen: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Indien u 100 stuks koopt aan 10€ inclusief belastingen, wordt het nog " -"complexer. U krijgt **1000€ (inclusief belastingen) = 826.45€ (prijs) + " -"173.55€ (belastingen)**. Wat totaal anders is dan een prijs per stuk van " -"8.26€ exclusief belastingen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Deze documentatie legt u uit hoe u deze specifieke usecase moet afhandelen " -"wanneer u twee prijzen moet afhandelen (inclusief en exclusief belastingen) " -"op het productformulier binnen hetzelfde bedrijf." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"Wat betreft de financiën heeft u geen inkomsten meer bij het verkopen van uw" -" product aan 10€ in plaats van 9.99€ (voor een 21% belasting), omdat uw " -"inkomsten exact hetzelfde zijn aan 9.99€, enkel de belasting is 0.01€ hoger." -" Dus, als u een e-commerce heeft in België doe uw klant dan een plezier en " -"stel uw prijs in op 9.99€ in plaats van 10€. Merk op dat dit niet van " -"toepassing is op 20€ of 30€, of andere belastingen, of een hoeveelheid >1. U" -" doet ook zichzelf een plezier aangezien u gemakkelijk alles kan beheren " -"exclusief belastingen, wat minder fouten kan bevatten en gemakkelijker is " -"voor uw verkoper." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"De beste manier om deze complexiteit te vermijden is om slechts één manier " -"te gebruiken voor het beheren van uw prijzen en deze aan te houden: prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen of inclusief belastingen. Definieer welke de standaard" -" bewaarde optie is op het productformulier (op de standaard belasting " -"gerelateerd aan het product), en laat Odoo de andere automatisch berekenen, " -"gebaseerd op de prijslijst en fiscale positie. Onderhandel uw contracten met" -" klanten hier naar. Dit werkt perfect out-of-the-box en u hoeft geen " -"specifieke configuratie te doen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Indien u dit niet kan doen en u echt moet onderhandelen over prijzen " -"exclusief belastingen en voor andere klanten andere prijzen inclusief " -"belastingen moet doen, moet u:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"bewaar altijd de standaard prijs EXCLUSIEF BELASTINGEN op het product " -"formulier en pas een belasting toe (prijs inclusief op het productformulier)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"maak een prijslijst met prijzen in BELASTING INBEGREPEN, voor specifieke " -"klanten" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"maak een fiscale positie die de belastingen wijzigt van exclusief naar " -"inclusief" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"wijs beide de prijslijst en de fiscale positie toe aan klanten die willen " -"profiteren van deze prijslijst en fiscale positie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Voor het doel van deze documentatie gebruiken we de bovenstaande case:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Uw producten instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit klaar is kan u een **B2C** prijslijst aanmaken. U kan de " -"prijslijst optie activeren per klant vanuit het menu " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Instellingen` van de verkopen applicatie. " -"Kies de optie **verschillende prijzen per klantensegment**. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Eenmaal dit klaar is maakt u een B2C prijslijst vanuit het " -":menuselection:`Configuratie --> Prijslijsten` menu. Het is ook goed om de " -"standaard prijslijst te hernoemen naar B2B om verwarring te vermijden." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Maak vervolgens een product aan voor 8.26€, met een belasting van 21% " -"(gedefinieerd als belasting die niet inbegrepen is in de prijs) en stel een " -"prijs in voor dit product van 10€ voor de B2C klant, vanuit het " -":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Producten` menu vanuit de verkopen applicatie: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "De B2C fiscale positie instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Maak een B2C fiscale positie aan vanuit de boekhouding applicatie vanuit dit" -" menu: :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Fiscale posities`. Deze fiscale " -"positie moet linken naar de BTW 21% (prijs exclusief belastingen) met een " -"BTW 21% (prijs inclusief belastingen)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Test door een offerte aan te maken" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Maak een offerte vanuit de verkopen applicatie via het " -":menuselection:`Verkopen --> Offertes` menu. U moet het volgende resultaat " -"hebben: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Maak dan een offerte aan maar **wijzig de prijslijst naar B2C en de fiscale " -"positie naar B2C** op de offerte, voor u het product toevoegt. U zou het " -"verwachte resultaat moeten krijgen, wat een totaalprijs van 10€ is voor de " -"klant: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Dit is het verwachte gedrag van een klant voor uw winkel." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Vermijd het wijzigen van elk verkooporder" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"De prijslijst is onder het **Verkopen & Inkopen** tabblad van het " -"klantenformulier en de fiscale positie is in het boekhoud tabblad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat dit gevoelig is voor fouten: als u een fiscale positie instelt " -"met belastingen inbegrepen in de prijzen maar u een prijslijst gebruikt " -"waarin dit niet is inbegrepen krijgt u mogelijk foutieve berekende prijzen. " -"Dat is waarom we meestal bedrijven aanbevelen om met slechts één " -"prijsreferentie te werken." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen aanpassen aan de klantstatus of locatie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo zal deze fiscale positie gebruiken voor elke order/factuur die " -"opgemaakt is voor deze klant." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Wijzig belastingen aan de hand van uw klant zijn adres (locatie gebaseerd)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Vink de optie *Automatisch detecteren* aan." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer een landgroep, land, provincie of gemeente om de belasting mapping" -" te doen afgaan." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Op deze manier zal Odoo indien er geen fiscale positie is ingesteld de " -"fiscale positie kiezen die overeenkomt met het verzendadres bij het aanmaken" -" van een order." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Specifieke use cases" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen beheren" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Hoe kasbasis belastingen configureren?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Wat is de impact van kasbasis belastingen op mijn boekhouding?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Klantfacturen dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Ontvangsten $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Omzetrekening $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Een paar dagen later kan u de betaling ontvangen:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankdagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Bank $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "BTW kasstelsel dagboek" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Hoe nieuwe belastingen aanmaken" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Deze sectie geeft details over hoe uw nieuwe belastingen kan definiëren voor" -" specifieke cases." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Kies een gebied: Verkopen, Aankopen of Geen (bijvoorbeeld verouderde " -"belastingen)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecteer een berekeningsmethode:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Percentage van prijs**: meest voorkomend (bijvoorbeeld 15% " -"verkoopbelasting)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groep van belastingen**: staat een samengestelde belasting toe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Geavanceerde configuratie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Hoe standaard belastingen instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Belastingen toegepast in uw land zijn automatisch geïnstalleerd voor de " -"meeste lokaliseringen." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Hoe belastingen weerhouden beheren?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Als een voorbeeld, in Colombia heeft u mogelijk de volgende factuur:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"Het uitgeprinte rapport toont de verschillende bedragen in elke " -"belastingscategorie." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Hoe BTW inbegrepen prijzen instellen" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Indien de belasting niet in de prijs is inbegrepen krijgt u:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Belastingen: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Als de belasting is inbegrepen in de prijs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prijs zonder belastingen: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Belastingen: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Totaal te betalen: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "In Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Hoe het werkt" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Kortingsbonnen & Promoties" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Aan de slag" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Grootboekschema" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Eigen vermogen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Omzet" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debiteuren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Bank en kas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Vlottende activa" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Langlopende activa" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Vooruitbetalingen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Vaste activa" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Crediteuren" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Kort vreemd vermogen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Lang vreemd vermogen" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Huidige jaarwinst" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Overige opbrengsten" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Afschrijving" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Hoe Odoo boekhouding op te zetten?" @@ -9095,10 +9435,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Grootboekschema" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -9113,6 +9449,7 @@ msgstr "Balans = Debet - Credit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Boekingen" @@ -9250,10 +9587,7 @@ msgstr "Debiteuren rekeningen" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9267,10 +9601,7 @@ msgstr "Debet" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9292,12 +9623,6 @@ msgstr "Factuur 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -9412,10 +9737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9427,12 +9749,8 @@ msgstr "Account" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -10542,19 +10860,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Print cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10562,7 +10872,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10570,59 +10880,59 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Betaal eender wat met een cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -11304,7 +11614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11350,12 +11660,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -11378,9 +11682,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -11633,7 +11937,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11655,22 +11959,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -11678,14 +11982,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -12526,22 +12830,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -12549,21 +12853,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -12658,148 +12962,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Voorbeeld, voor een specifieke factuur:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Betaal 50% binnen 10 dagen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Betaal de resterende balans binnen 30 dagen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"De omschrijving van de betalingsconditie verschijnt op de factuur of het " -"verkooporder." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Betalingstermijnen voor klanten" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "U kan betalingstermijnen instellen op:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" -"**een offerte**: de betalingstermijn is van toepassing op alle facturen " -"aangemaakt vanuit de offerte of verkooporder, maar niet op andere offertes." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**een factuur**: de betaaltermijn is enkel op deze factuur van toepassing" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Vervaldatum" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Jan 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Jan 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Overzicht van de factureringsprocessen" @@ -13054,99 +13216,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Hoe betalingstermijnen in te stellen en te gebruiken" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Betalingstermijnen kunnen ingesteld worden op:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**een factuur**: om de betalingsconditie enkel toe te passen op deze factuur" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Betalingscondities voor leveranciersrekeningen" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Vervaldatum" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Klantbetalingen" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 00c1cf623..830b6558f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -322,6 +323,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Prijzen" @@ -697,6 +699,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "Configureer uw VOIP Asterisk server voor Odoo" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index a382e0d4d..4d5b97104 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -300,25 +300,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index ee1252b1c..a070ee4b1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -986,8 +986,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "Hoe te:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Wisselen naar ontwikkelaarsmodus." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f0a22e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 04af961a5..28df6b2d1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index b0daaae1d..06c09d15b 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Buitendienst" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "Niet toegewezen taken" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8928bb670..ab276bc56 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maxim Vandenbroucke , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -50,25 +50,21 @@ msgstr "Hoe gebruikers toestaan zich aan te melden met hun Google-account" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -"Connecteer met uw Google account en ga naar " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Klik op **Creëer Project** en voer een projectnaam en andere details in" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Klik op **Gebruik Google APIs**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -76,13 +72,13 @@ msgstr "" "Selecteer in het linkse submenu **Aanmeldgegevens** (vanuit **API " "beheerder**) en selecteer vervolgens **OAuth toestemmingsscherm**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "Vul uw adres, e-mail en de productnaam in en sla het op." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klik vervolgens op **Aanmeldgegevens toevoegen** en selecteer de tweede " "optie (OAuth 2.0 client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -98,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "Controleer of het applicatie type is ingesteld op **Web applicatie**. " "Configureer nu de toegestane pagina's bij welke u wordt doorverwezen." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -108,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kopieer en plak de volgende link in de container: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Vervolgens klik op **Creëer**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -203,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "" "niet te verwijderen (zie hieronder waarom)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -316,23 +312,23 @@ msgstr "" "gegevens. Dergelijke sjablonen kunnen met één klik worden geïmporteerd; De " "data mapping is reeds gedaan." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Hoe de template wijzigen" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Voeg kolommen toe, verwijder ze en soort ze zodat ze zo goed mogelijk bij uw" " datastructuur passen." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" "We adviseren u om het veld **ID** niet weg te halen (waarom ziet u in de " "volgende sectie)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -344,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maar geen zorgen! U kunt nieuwe kolommen handmatig toewijzen wanneer u de " "import test. Zoek in de lijst naar het overeenkomstige veld." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -352,11 +348,11 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik vervolgens dit veld zijn label in uw bestand om het de volgende keer" " direct te doen werken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Hoe importeren vanuit een andere applicatie" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -366,18 +362,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Ik kan het veld niet vinden dat ik wens te koppelen aan mijn kolom" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -388,7 +384,7 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -398,11 +394,11 @@ msgstr "" " (geavanceerd)** optie aan te vinken, vervolgens zal je de mogelijkheid " "hebben om te kiezen uit de complete lijst van velden voor iedere kolom. " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Waar kan ik het datum invoerformaat wijzigen?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -412,7 +408,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -420,7 +416,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -428,11 +424,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Kan ik nummers importeren met een valuta-teken (bvb.: $ 32,00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -442,58 +438,58 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "Voorbeelden van ondersteunde cijfers (gebruikt 32000 als voorbeeld):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "€ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Voorbeeld dat niet werkt:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "€ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Wat kan ik doen als de tabel Importeervoorbeeld niet correct wordt " "weergegeven?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -501,7 +497,7 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -511,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr "" "scheidingen niet detecteren. U moet de bestandsindeling opties wijzigen in " "uw spreadsheet applicatie. Zie de volgende vraag." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -519,36 +515,37 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik het CSV bestandsformaat wijzigen wanneer ik deze bewaar in de " "spreadsheet applicatie?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Wat is het verschil tussen Database ID en Extern ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -556,46 +553,46 @@ msgstr "" "Bijvoorbeeld, om te verwijzen naar het land van een contactpersoon, stelt " "Odoo u 3 verschillende en importeerbare velden voor:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Land: de naam of code van het land" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "Het land België kunt op één van deze drie manieren importeren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Land: België" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Land/Database ID: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Land/Externe ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -603,7 +600,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik land: Dit is de makkelijkste manier wanneer uw gegevens komen vanuit" " een CSV bestand dat handmatig is aangemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -611,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -619,7 +616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gebruik Land/Externe ID: Gebruik externe ID wanneer u data importeert vanuit" " een externe applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -628,27 +625,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor categorieën " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV bestand voor producten " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Wat moet ik doen als ik verschillende matches heb voor een veld?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -659,7 +652,7 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -669,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" "raden wij u aan gebruik te maken van de externe ID voor dit veld " "'Categorie'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -677,7 +670,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik een many2many relatieveld importeren (bijvoorbeeld een klant met " "meerdere labels)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -689,13 +682,13 @@ msgstr "" " geven, dan moet u zowel 'Fabrikant, Retailer' in dezelfde kolom ingeven in " "uw CSV bestand." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -703,34 +696,24 @@ msgstr "" "Hoe kan ik een one2many relatie importeren (bijvoorbeeld verkooporderlijnen " "op een verkooporder)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Indien u verkooporders wilt importeren met verschillende orderregels, dient " -"u in het CSV bestand een specifieke regel te reserveren voor iedere " -"orderregel. De eerste orderregel wordt geïmporteerd op de eerste regel welke" -" ook de kop informatie van de order bevat. Voor elke extra orderregel is een" -" extra rij nodig die geen informatie bevat van de velden die betrekking " -"hebben op de bestelling. Als import voorbeeld kan u hier het " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV bestand vinden met " -"demogegevens van enkele offertes." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Bestand voor offertes " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -738,13 +721,13 @@ msgstr "" "Het volgende CSV bestand toont u hoe u aankooporders met hun " "respectievelijke aankooporderlijnen importeert:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -752,19 +735,17 @@ msgstr "" "Het volgende CSV bestand laat zien hoe klanten en de bijbehorende " "contactpersonen te importeren:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Klanten en hun respectievelijke contacten " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Kan ik meerdere malen hetzelfde record importeren?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -774,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -783,11 +764,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo te gebruiken voor het bewerken van een hele reeks record in uw " "favoriete spreadsheet applicatie." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Wat gebeurd er als ik geen waarde voor een specifiek veld ingeef?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -799,13 +780,13 @@ msgstr "" "zonder waarde in de CSV file, zal Odoo het veld LEEG maken, in plaats van " "het veld de standaard waarde toe te kennen." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Hoe verschillende tabellen exporteren/importeren vanuit een SQL applicatie " "naar Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -817,40 +798,26 @@ msgstr "" "(bijv. als u bedrijven en personen importeert dient u de koppeling tussen " "ieder persoon en het bedrijf te maken." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Om relaties tussen tabellen te beheren, kunt u gebruik maken van de " -"\"Externe ID\" van Odoo. Deze \"externe ID\" van een record is de unieke " -"identificatie van dit record in de andere applicatie. Deze \"Externe ID\" " -"moet uniek zijn bij alle records en alle objecten. Het is daarom verstandig " -"om de externe ID te voorzien van een voorvoegsel, met de naam van de " -"applicatie of de tabel (zoals 'bedrijf_1', 'persoon_1' in plaats van alleen " -"'1')" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Een voorbeeld. Stel u heeft een SQL database met twee tabellen, die u wilt " -"importeren: bedrijven en personen. Ieder persoon behoort toe aan één " -"bedrijf. U dient dus een koppeling te maken tussen de persoon en het " -"bedrijf, waar hij voor werkt. (Als u dit voorbeeld wilt testen, is hier heeft u hier een " -"dump van een PostgreSQL databank)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -858,11 +825,11 @@ msgstr "" "We zullen eerst alle bedrijven en hun \"Externe ID\" exporteren. In PSQL, " "schrijf het volgende commando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Dit SQL commando zal het volgende CSV bestand genereren:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -870,28 +837,21 @@ msgstr "" "Om het CSV bestand aan te maken voor contacten, gekoppeld aan bedrijven, " "gebruiken we het volgende SQL commando in PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Het genereert het volgende CSV bestand:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Zoals u in dit bestand kunt zien, werken Fabien en Laurence voor grote " -"bedrijven (company_1) en Eric werkt voor het bedrijf Organi. De relatie " -"tussen de personen en de bedrijven wordt gemaakt door gebruik te maken van " -"de Externe ID van de bedrijven. Om een conflict te voorkomen tussen de ID " -"van de personen en de bedrijven (person_1 en company_1 welke dezelfde ID " -"delen in de originele database) hebben we voor de \"Externe ID\" een " -"voorvoegsel met de naam van de tabel gemaakt." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -904,6 +864,79 @@ msgstr "" "gekoppeld aan het eerste bedrijf). U dient eerst de bedrijven en dan de " "personen te importeren." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -912,100 +945,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 @@ -1063,11 +1098,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" -"Onthoud dat elke extra gebruiker je abonnementskosten verhoogt. Raadpleeg de" -" * Prijspagina * ` voor meer informatie." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1084,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" "zijn wachtwoord in te stellen. U kunt dan zijn toegangsrechten definiëren " "onder de: menuselectie: `Instellingen -> Gebruikersmenu '." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index a7db1639e..f5a619134 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -41,21 +41,22 @@ msgid "" "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Genereer creditfacturen van tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -63,56 +64,56 @@ msgid "" "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Sta productretouren toe op tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" @@ -120,61 +121,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "Sta klanten toe om hun tickets af te sluiten" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -231,15 +233,11 @@ msgstr "Hoe verschillende fases opzetten voor elk team" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Eerst zal je de ontwikkelaarsmodus moeten activeren. Ga hiervoor naar de " -"instellingen module en selecteer rechtsonder de link voor \"Activeer de " -"ontwikkelaarsmodus\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -251,15 +249,15 @@ msgstr "" " fasen creëren en die fasen toewijzen aan 1 of meerdere teams, zodat u voor " "elk team aanpasbare fases kunt instellen!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "Start met het ontvangen van tickets" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn klanten tickets doorsturen?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" @@ -267,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selecteer \"Configuratie\" in de paarse balk en selecteer \"Instellingen\", " "selecteer uw Helpdeskteam. Onder \"Kanalen vindt u 4 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." @@ -276,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" "ticket te maken. De onderwerpregel van de e-mail wordt het onderwerp op het " "ticket." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " @@ -286,7 +284,7 @@ msgstr "" "uwwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit en een ticket indienen via een " "websiteformulier - net als odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " @@ -296,18 +294,18 @@ msgstr "" "start de livechat en uw Live Chat-operator kan een ticket maken met behulp " "van de opdracht \"/helpdesk\" + \"het Onderwerp van het ticket\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "Er zijn tickets aangemaakt, wat nu?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -320,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkerbovenhoek van een ticket of door zichzelf toe te voegen aan het veld " "'Toegewezen aan'." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." @@ -328,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" "Als u de toewijzingsmethode \"Willekeurig\" of \"Gebalanceerd\" hebt " "gekozen, worden uw tickets toegewezen aan een lid van dat Helpdeskteam." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." @@ -336,11 +334,11 @@ msgstr "" "Van hieruit beginnen zij te werken aan het oplossen van de tickets! Wanneer " "ze voltooid zijn komt het ticket in de opgelost fase." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "Hoe markeer ik dit ticket als urgent?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " @@ -350,7 +348,7 @@ msgstr "" "ticket te selecteren. Hoe meer sterren hoe dringender het is. U kunt dit " "doen in de Kanban-weergave of op het ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" @@ -358,11 +356,11 @@ msgstr "" "Om een Service Level Agreement-beleid voor uw werknemers in te stellen, " "activeert u eerst deze functie onder \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "Van hier, selecteer \"Stel SLA regels in\" en klik op \"Maken\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." @@ -370,12 +368,12 @@ msgstr "" "Je vult informatie in zoals het Helpdeskteam, wat de minimale prioriteit is " "op de tickets (de sterren) en de doelen voor de tickets." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" "Wat als een ticket is geblokkeerd of klaar is om aan te worden gewerkt?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" @@ -383,19 +381,19 @@ msgstr "" "Als een ticket niet kan worden opgelost of geblokkeerd is, kunt u de " "\"Kanban-status\" op het ticket aanpassen. Je hebt 3 opties:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "Grijs - Normale staat" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "Rood - Geblokkeerd" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "Groen - Klaar voor volgende fase" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." @@ -403,11 +401,11 @@ msgstr "" "Net als de urgentie-sterren kun je de staat aanpassen in de kanban of op het" " ticket formulier." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "Hoe kunnen mijn medewerkers tijd boeken op een ticket?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " @@ -417,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ticket\". U ziet een veld verschijnen waar u het project kunt selecteren " "waar de uren kunnen geregistreerd worden." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" @@ -425,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nu u een project hebt geselecteerd, kunt u opslaan. Als u teruggaat naar een" " ticket, ziet u een nieuw tabblad genaamd \"Urenstaten\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." @@ -433,15 +431,15 @@ msgstr "" "Hier kunnen uw werknemers een regel toevoegen om te registreren wat zij voor" " dit ticket hebben gedaan." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "Stel uw klanten in staat om eenvoudig uw diensten te beoordelen." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "Activeer hiervoor \"Beoordelingen\" onder \"Instellingen\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -624,36 +622,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a97d8e6f2..88eb4f2a1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -122,8 +122,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -563,8 +564,8 @@ msgstr "Configuratie" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -574,50 +575,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -835,22 +838,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1037,8 +1040,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1109,7 +1112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1431,8 +1434,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1443,10 +1447,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1459,9 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1580,9 +1584,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1593,18 +1597,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1748,6 +1752,10 @@ msgstr "Dit is de standaard configuratie in Odoo." msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -1863,8 +1871,8 @@ msgstr "Applicatie configuratie" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -1924,9 +1932,9 @@ msgstr "Verval waarschuwingen" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1964,8 +1972,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -1980,8 +1988,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2035,7 +2044,7 @@ msgstr "Bewerkingsoorten" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2061,8 +2070,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2099,16 +2109,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2179,8 +2189,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2209,13 +2219,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2291,9 +2302,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2351,12 +2362,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2382,8 +2395,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2404,8 +2418,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2428,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2621,8 +2635,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2644,8 +2658,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2661,8 +2675,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2674,9 +2688,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2789,10 +2803,10 @@ msgstr "Voer de planner manueel uit" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2801,15 +2815,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -2962,8 +2976,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -2972,9 +2987,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -2991,9 +3006,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3100,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3167,8 +3182,9 @@ msgstr "Aanvulopdrachtregels" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3211,8 +3227,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3241,13 +3257,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3261,8 +3275,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3297,9 +3311,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3349,8 +3364,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3672,278 +3687,279 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Credit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Activa: Voorraad" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Activa: Uitgestelde belasting activa" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Passiva: Crediteur rekeningen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuratie:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Goederen ontvangsten" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Geen boekingen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Verkoopfactuur" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Inkomsten: verkochte goederen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Activa: debiteuren rekeningen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Productieorders" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Angelsaksische boekhouding" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Uitgaven: kost van verkocht product" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Uitgaven: Aangekochte goederen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -3952,72 +3968,72 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuratie:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4106,9 +4122,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4185,14 +4202,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4236,13 +4254,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4285,8 +4304,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4358,8 +4377,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4499,34 +4518,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4534,7 +4553,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4545,21 +4564,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4583,17 +4602,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Nieuw magazijn aanmaken" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4601,37 +4620,37 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Een nieuwe voorraad aanmaken" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4639,7 +4658,7 @@ msgid "" "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4648,76 +4667,76 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Interne overplaatsing aanmaken" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Indien u **Valideren** selecteert zal Odoo alle hoeveelheden verwerken om te" " verplaatsen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Het is ook mogelijk om manueel elk product te verplaatsen:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4766,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "Configuratie inkoopregels" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 @@ -4804,30 +4823,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" @@ -4890,40 +4905,36 @@ msgid "" "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "Stock overplaatsingen" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" @@ -5195,41 +5206,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6348,72 +6360,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Klik op het **Mijn UPS** tabblad." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Klik op de **Rekening samenvatting** link." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Klik op de **Volgende** knop om verder te gaan." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Krijg een toegangssleutel" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -"1. Ga naar de **UPS ontwikkelaars kit** webpagina " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Login bij UPS.com met uw gebruikersid en wachtwoord" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Klik op de link **Toegangssleutel aanvragen**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Controleer uw contactgegevens" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3c746b4d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index a8beaf7e7..fd4b28749 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -194,36 +194,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 8ca511d2c..f46a7b70d 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gunther Clauwaert , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -792,11 +792,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -808,7 +804,7 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -816,20 +812,20 @@ msgstr "" "Na te hebben geklikt op **Verzenden** zal u zien dat de offerteaanvraag " "status van **Concept** naar **Offerteaanvraag verzonden**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index f539f669b..ad611e2b0 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -438,25 +438,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -464,18 +466,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -486,14 +488,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -505,24 +507,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -533,11 +535,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -545,13 +547,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -641,16 +643,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -659,7 +662,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -858,8 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -972,7 +974,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1208,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "Maak een abonnement vanuit een verkooporder" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -1296,6 +1297,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Vanuit de verkooporder kan u de uren vervolgens factureren." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2556,8 +2564,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index ac8a881b1..478da8eca 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # @@ -13,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -27,491 +26,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS marketing" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Blacklist" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Prijzen" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "Ja." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 982995156..569c1a5a8 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -5,16 +5,15 @@ # # Translators: # Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2019\n" +"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Social marketing" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 740879ed9..d9c29ddfc 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cas Vissers , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -263,246 +263,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Tonen" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Opmerkingen" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Lijst" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -637,48 +397,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 711c30609..2423192c1 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Pol Van Dingenen , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -1019,10 +1019,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1288,10 +1289,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1717,18 +1719,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1737,11 +1740,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1749,93 +1752,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Forums" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Evenementen" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Functies" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-bedrijven" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1843,46 +1846,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1891,41 +1894,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Prijslijsten" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1933,11 +1936,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1946,42 +1949,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Hoe mijn website vertalen" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 45ddde158..02ccd09bd 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade" @@ -44,6 +44,125 @@ msgstr "Banco & Caixa" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Retornos Bancários" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Extratos Bancários" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -90,29 +209,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -120,8 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -201,7 +314,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "" @@ -303,333 +416,20 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão Geral" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 @@ -725,57 +525,6 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1143,6 +892,18 @@ msgstr "Reconciliação bancária" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Visão Geral" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1219,16 +980,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" @@ -1419,21 +1175,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts from another company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1632,63 +1384,1217 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impostos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introdução" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diário Bancário" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Diário de Imposto de Regime de Caixa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupons e Promoções" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" @@ -1697,13 +2603,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introdução" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -1726,21 +2625,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1748,11 +2654,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "Plano de Conta" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1760,32 +2666,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Parceiro" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -1793,65 +2772,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impostos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -1859,11 +2831,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -1871,14 +2843,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -1886,85 +2858,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Diários" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -1972,39 +2944,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2013,175 +3011,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Fatura" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Faturas de Fornecedor" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Relatórios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2329,8 +3714,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -2965,9 +4351,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 @@ -3103,57 +4489,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3199,11 +4586,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balanço Patrimonial" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "" @@ -3521,10 +4911,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3532,7 +4923,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3540,36 +4931,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3577,14 +4968,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3593,152 +4984,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Faturamento" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3746,23 +5137,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3770,31 +5161,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3803,66 +5194,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3872,17 +5263,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3890,11 +5281,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3903,28 +5294,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3932,25 +5323,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3958,24 +5349,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3984,18 +5375,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4005,7 +5396,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4013,42 +5404,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4057,34 +5448,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4094,26 +5485,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4123,90 +5514,90 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4214,41 +5605,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4258,25 +5649,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4285,19 +5676,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4305,14 +5696,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4321,27 +5712,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -4992,154 +6383,6 @@ msgid "" "amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -5688,26 +6931,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -6097,189 +7320,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Contas a Receber" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Conta a Pagar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banco e Caixa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Ativos Circulantes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Ativo Não Circulante" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Adiantamentos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Ativos Permanentes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passivo Circulante" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passivo Não Circulante" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Patrimônio Líquido" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Lucro do Ano em Curso" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Outras Receitas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Receita" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Depreciação" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Despesas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventário" @@ -6987,10 +8027,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Extratos Bancários" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7130,91 +8166,87 @@ msgstr "Ativar o modo de desenvolvedor" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " "**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7224,34 +8256,34 @@ msgid "" "by one of their columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " "displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr "" @@ -7500,934 +8532,344 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diário Bancário" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Diário de Imposto de Regime de Caixa" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Cupons e Promoções" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plano de Contas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Patrimônio Líquido" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Receita" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Contas a Receber" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banco e Caixa" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Ativos Circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Ativo Não Circulante" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Adiantamentos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Ativos Permanentes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Conta a Pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivo Circulante" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passivo Não Circulante" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Lucro do Ano em Curso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Outras Receitas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Depreciação" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "" @@ -8802,10 +9244,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plano de Contas" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -8820,6 +9258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Lançamentos de Diário" @@ -8955,10 +9394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -8972,10 +9408,7 @@ msgstr "Débito" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -8997,12 +9430,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "" @@ -9117,10 +9544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9132,12 +9556,8 @@ msgstr "Conta" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -10234,19 +10654,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10254,7 +10666,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10262,59 +10674,59 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -10989,7 +11401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11035,12 +11447,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -11063,9 +11469,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -11318,7 +11724,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11340,22 +11746,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -11363,14 +11769,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -12197,22 +12603,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -12220,21 +12626,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -12329,143 +12735,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Data de vencimento" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "" @@ -12688,98 +12957,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Data de vencimento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos de Cliente" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 0f9fb0c2c..c2e4c227b 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -297,6 +298,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Preços" @@ -635,6 +637,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 3fee36c27..a18bc09fb 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: danimaribeiro , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -294,25 +294,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 77f9c1e3f..dd2623fec 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -939,7 +939,8 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..105816a9d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 649b3d3c7..68d469010 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index d76bd3320..05139618d 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 690eb9f30..77e169b50 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thiago Alves Cavalcante , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -47,52 +47,51 @@ msgstr "Como permitir que os usuários façam login com suas Contas do Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -269,19 +268,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -289,17 +288,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -309,18 +308,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -331,18 +330,18 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -360,7 +359,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -368,11 +367,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -382,56 +381,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -439,100 +438,101 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -540,13 +540,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -555,23 +555,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -582,20 +582,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -603,64 +603,64 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -670,17 +670,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -688,11 +688,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -700,57 +700,56 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -758,6 +757,79 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -766,100 +838,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 @@ -904,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" @@ -917,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index b64a48142..3165bb579 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -5,15 +5,16 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,14 +24,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suporte Técnico" #: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "" "After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -38,21 +39,22 @@ msgid "" "repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -60,56 +62,56 @@ msgid "" "generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " "step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " "Intervention*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" @@ -117,61 +119,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -180,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Visão Geral" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" @@ -222,12 +225,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -235,52 +237,52 @@ msgid "" "allowing for customizable stages for each team!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " "form - much like odoo.com/help!" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " "can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -288,105 +290,105 @@ msgid "" "adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -549,36 +551,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index d8e54f81c..4f27e46f5 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -127,7 +127,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" @@ -2770,11 +2771,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " @@ -3611,14 +3612,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " @@ -3626,263 +3628,263 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Fatura de Fornecedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débito" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédito" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Fatura de Cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Ordens de Produção" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Contabilidade anglo-saxã" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -3891,72 +3893,72 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4744,30 +4746,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr "" @@ -4830,40 +4828,36 @@ msgid "" "quality control location move to the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf10561d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index fca949b67..305de668f 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Mateus Lopes , 2020 # Rafael H L Moretti , 2020 +# Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rafael H L Moretti , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Rodrigo de Almeida Sottomaior Macedo , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,9 +36,14 @@ msgid "" "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " "enable push notifications in the mobile app." msgstr "" +"A partir do Odoo 12.0, 13.0 ou superior, não há uma configuração mais " +"complexa para ativar as notificações por push no aplicativo móvel." #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" "Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " "Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" +"Simplesmente vá para: menuselection: `Configurações -> Configurações gerais " +"-> Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` e verifique se ** Push Notifications ** " +"está marcado." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index ce42534f8..9ad86d9e0 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -196,36 +196,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index bb41b17cd..8ef3e43fd 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Silmar , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -750,11 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -766,26 +762,26 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 30b54f790..6d0421234 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -417,25 +417,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -443,18 +445,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -465,14 +467,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -484,24 +486,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -512,11 +514,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -524,13 +526,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -620,16 +622,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -638,7 +641,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -800,8 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -914,7 +916,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1148,7 +1149,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -1236,6 +1237,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2427,8 +2435,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index c75c29475..e97bc8ac0 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -3,13 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Marcel Savegnago , 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,491 +25,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista negra" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 2fcac11c4..ee99e8fba 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -18,151 +18,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index a003df203..381858391 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mateus Lopes , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -261,246 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Código" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Mostrar" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Comentários" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Lista" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -635,48 +395,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 851b5d6b6..c555cf412 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcos Abreu , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -916,10 +916,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1150,10 +1151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1549,18 +1551,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1569,11 +1572,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1581,93 +1584,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Fóruns" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Eventos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Cargos" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1675,46 +1678,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1723,41 +1726,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Listas de preços" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1765,11 +1768,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1778,42 +1781,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index af534bfba..02964ea5e 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Vasiliy Korobatov , 2019 # Gennady Marchenko , 2019 # Yuriy Ney , 2019 # Collex100, 2019 @@ -20,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Бухгалтерский учёт" @@ -42,6 +41,125 @@ msgstr "Банк и наличные" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банковский канал" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Банковские выписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Регистрация банковской выписки в Odoo вручную" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -88,29 +206,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -118,8 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -199,7 +311,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -301,418 +413,22 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Импортировать файлы выписки CODA (только для Бельгии)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"CODA - это формат файлов для банковских выписок в Бельгии. Большинство " -"бельгийских банков, а также программное обеспечение Isabel, позволяют " -"загружать файл CODA со всеми своими банковскими выписками." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать файл CODA с вашего банка или программного " -"обеспечения бухучета и импортировать его непосредственно в Odoo. Это создаст" -" все банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Установите функцию CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Если CODA еще не активирована, вам нужно сделать это сначала. В программе " -"Бухучет перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Из " -"настроек бухучета проверьте опцию ** Импортировать банковские выписки в " -"формате .CODA ** и примените." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Импорт ваши первые файлы CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " -"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " -"перейдите к ** Панели приборов ** бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " -"карточке банковского счета. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы " -"загрузить свой первый файл CODA." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Загрузите свой файл CODA на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импортировать **, " -"чтобы создать все свои банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Если файл успешно загружен, вы перейдете на экран согласования банковской " -"выписки со всеми транзакциями для согласования." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Импорт файлов CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"После импортирования вашего первого файла, информационная панель бухучета " -"Odoo автоматически предложит вам импортировать больше файлов для вашего " -"банка. Для следующего импорта вам больше не нужно переходить к кнопке ** " -"Более **, вы можете непосредственно нажать на ссылку ** Импорт выписки **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Каждый раз, когда вы получаете выписку, связанную с новым клиентом / " -"поставщиком, Odoo попросит вас выбрать правильный контакт для согласования " -"сделки. Odoo узнает из этой операции и автоматически завершит следующие " -"платежи, которые вы получаете или делаете для этих контактов. Это ускорит " -"процесс согласования." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo может автоматически определить, некоторые файлы или транзакции уже были" -" импортированы. Итак, вы не должны беспокоиться о том, чтобы избегать " -"импорта двух файлов одного и того же файла: Odoo проверит все для вас, " -"прежде чем создавать новые банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Регистрация банковской выписки в Odoo вручную" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Общий обзор" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo вы можете импортировать банковские выписки, синхронизировать " -"с банком, а также зарегистрировать банковские выписки вручную." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Для регистрации счетов-фактур особое настройки не требуется. Все, что вам " -"нужно сделать, это установить приложение бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Создайте вашу банковскую выписку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" -"На информационной панели нажмите кнопку ** Новая выписка **, связанная с " -"банковским журналом. Если нужно выполнить некоторые согласования, ссылки на " -"Новую выписку будет найдено ниже." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Просто заполните поля согласно информации, написанной на банковской выписке." -" Ссылки можно заполнить вручную или вы можете оставить его пустым. Мы " -"рекомендуем заполнить партнера, чтобы облегчить процесс согласования." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" -"Разница между начальным балансом и конечным балансом должна равняться " -"вычисленному баланса." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Когда вы закончите, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Согласуйте ваши банковские выписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать непосредственно согласовать выписку, нажав кнопку | " -"manual04 |" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" -"Вы также можете запустить процесс согласования с информационной панели на " -"вкладке ** Согласовать # элементов **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на ** Проверить **, чтобы согласовать банковскую выписку. Если " -"партнер отсутствует, Odoo попросит вас ** выбрать партнера **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите CTRL-Enter, чтобы согласовать все сбалансированы элементы на листе." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Закройте банковские выписки по согласованию" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" -"Если баланс правильный, вы можете непосредственно закрыть выписку по " -"согласованию, нажав на | manual07 |." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" -"В противном случае нажмите | manual08 | чтобы открыть выписку и исправить " -"проблему." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Закройте банковскую выписку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" -"На информационной панели бухучета нажмите кнопку Дополнительно в своем " -"банковском журнале, затем нажмите Банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Чтобы закрыть банковскую выписку, нажмите ** Проверить **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Импорт файлов операций OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Открытая финансовая биржа - унифицированная спецификация электронного обмена" -" финансовыми данными между финансовыми учреждениями, предприятиями и " -"потребителями через Интернет." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать файл OFX с вашего банка или программное " -"обеспечение для бухгалтерского учета и импортировать его непосредственно в " -"версию Odoo. Это создаст все банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы импортировать выписки OFX, вам следует активировать эту функцию в " -"Odoo. В программе Бухучет перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Settings`. Из настроек бухучета проверьте параметры банковских выписок ** " -"Импорт в формате .OFX ** и примените." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " -"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " -"перейдите на информационную панель бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " -"банковском счете. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы загрузить свой " -"первый файл OFX." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Загрузите файл OFX на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импорт **, чтобы создать " -"все свои банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Импорт файлов OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"После импортирования вашего первого файла, информационная панель бухучета " -"Odoo автоматически предложит вам импортировать больше файлов для вашего " -"банка. Для следующего импорта вам больше не нужно переходить к меню ** Более" -" **, вы можете непосредственно нажать на ссылку ** Импорт выписки **." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Каждый раз, когда вы получаете заявление, связанное с новым клиентом / " -"поставщиком, Odoo попросит вас выбрать правильный контакт для согласования " -"сделки. Odoo узнает об этой операции и автоматически завершит следующие " -"платежи, которые вы получаете делаете с этими контактами. Это ускорит " -"процесс согласования." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" - #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Как синхронизировать счет PayPal с Odoo" @@ -841,76 +557,6 @@ msgstr "" "Вам нужно только ввести свои учетные данные впервые. После завершения " "работы, Odoo автоматически синхронизироваться с PayPal каждые 4:00." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Импортировать файлы выписки QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"Формат обмена Quicken - это открытая спецификация для чтения и написания " -"финансовых данных на медиа (то есть файлы). Хотя все еще широко " -"используется, QIF - это более старый формат, чем Open Financial Exchange " -"(OFX), и вы можете использовать версию OFX, если вы можете экспортировать их" -" в оба формата." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"С помощью Odoo вы можете скачать QIF файл с вашего банка или бухгалтерской " -"программы и импортировать его непосредственно в вашу версию Odoo. Это " -"создаст все банковские выписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Для импорта отчетов QIF нужно активировать эту функцию в Odoo. В программе " -"Бухучет перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Из " -"настроек бухучета проверьте параметры банковских выписок ** Импорт в .QIF " -"формате ** и примените." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"После того как вы установили эту функцию, вы сможете настроить свой " -"банковский счет, чтобы импортировать файлы банковских выписок. Для этого " -"перейдите на панель приборов бухучета и нажмите кнопку ** Более ** на " -"банковском счете. Нажмите ** Импортировать выписку **, чтобы загрузить свой " -"первый файл QIF." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Загрузите файл QIF на следующий экран и нажмите ** Импорт **, чтобы создать " -"все выписки из банка." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Импорт фалов QIF" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1393,6 +1039,18 @@ msgstr "Сверка с банком" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Настройка модели записей банковской выписки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1495,16 +1153,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Наконец, нажмите ** Согласовать **, чтобы завершить процесс." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1753,11 +1406,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанию соответствии с вашими предпочтениями пользователей, чтобы добавить," " изменить или удалить банковские счета из другой компании." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Смотрите * банковский счет * в нашей демо онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1765,11 +1414,11 @@ msgstr "" "Начальный баланс банковской выписки автоматически установлено на " "окончательный остаток предыдущего в одном журнале." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Удаление банковского счета или кредитной карты" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -2031,15 +1680,15 @@ msgstr "" "Во вкладке Записи журнала можно настроить дебетовое и кредитное сообщение по" " умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Использование" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Как зарегистрировать денежные оплаты?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2047,7 +1696,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы зарегистрировать наличный платеж, специфический для другого клиента, " "необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2055,21 +1704,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заполните начальный и конечный баланс" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зарегистрируйте транзакции, указав клиентов, связанных с транзакцией" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "положите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2079,11 +1728,11 @@ msgstr "" "ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к :menuselection:`More " "--> Put money in`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Возьмите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2093,11 +1742,1528 @@ msgstr "" "после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "Как закрыть летний период в Odoo? (Закрытие отчетного периода)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " +"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " +"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " +"банковских выписок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " +"является правильной." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " +"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " +"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " +"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " +"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " +"средств." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " +"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" +" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," +" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" +" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " +"ошибок в системе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " +"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " +"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "** Работа в процессе **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "** Займы **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " +"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " +"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " +"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " +"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" +" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " +"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " +"операции прошлого года." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " +"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " +"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " +"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " +"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " +"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " +"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," +" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " +"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " +"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " +"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " +"декабря." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " +"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" +" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` и " +"активируйте отчетные периоды." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в :menuselection:`accounting " +"--> configuration --> fiscal years`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " +"12 месяцев." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Налоги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" +"Как управлять ценами для B2B (с выключенным налогом) и B2C (с включенным " +"налогом)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " +"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " +"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " +"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " +"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " +"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " +"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " +"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " +"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " +"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " +"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " +"размере 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" +" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," +" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " +"налогов:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." +" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " +"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " +"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " +"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" +" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " +"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " +"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" +" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " +"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " +"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " +"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " +"ваших продавцов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " +"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " +"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" +" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " +"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" +" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " +"вас нет конкретных настроек." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " +"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" +" налогом, то вам необходимо:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " +"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " +"включенным налогом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" +" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " +"использования:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " +"сайте электронной коммерции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " +"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " +"умолчанию ** в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в модуле " +"Бухучет." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " +"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на сегмент " +"клиента **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Pricelists`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы" +" избежать путаницы." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " +"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " +"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`из " +"приложения Продажи:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого меню:" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. Эта схема " +"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " +"входит в стоимость)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations`. Вы следующий результат: 8.26 € + 1.73" +" € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " +"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " +"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " +"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" +" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " +"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " +"клиента." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " +"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" +" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " +"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " +"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " +"ценовым референсом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" +"Как переключить налоги в соответствии со схемой налогообложения клиента или " +"его местонахождение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" +"Чаще всего ставки налога зависят от схемы налогообложения или " +"местонахождение вашего клиента. Чтобы отразить налоги, Odoo предлагает так " +"называемые * Схемы налогообложения *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "Создайте сопоставление налогов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения - это лишь набор правил, который сопоставляет типичные" +" налоги (как это определено в форме товара) с другими налогами. На снимке " +"экрана ниже иностранные покупатели получают 0% налогов вместо 15%, как для " +"продаж, так и для покупок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Основные схемы налогообложения автоматически создаются в соответствии с " +"вашим местонахождения. Но вам может понадобиться создание схемы " +"налогообложения для конкретных случаев использования. Чтобы определить схемы" +" налогообложения, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, вы можете сопоставить счета доходов / " +"расходов в соответствии со схемой налогообложения. Например, в некоторых " +"странах доходы от продажи не размещаются на одном счете, по сравнению с " +"доходами от продаж в зарубежных странах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "Переключите налоги относительно схемы налогообложения вашего клиента" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" +"Если клиент попадает в конкретное правило налогообложения, вам нужно " +"применить сопоставление налогов. Для этого создайте схему налогообложения и " +"назначьте ее своим клиентам." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" +"Odoo будет использовать эту конкретную схему налогообложения для любого " +"заказа / счета, записанного для клиента." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установите схему налогообложения в заказе клиента или счет-фактуру " +"вручную, она будет применяться только к этому документу, а не к будущим " +"заказов / счетов-фактур того же клиента." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" +"Сопоставьте налоги в соответствии с адресом клиента (на основе назначения)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего месторасположения налоги на продажу могут быть на " +"основе исходной точке или назначения. Большинство государств или стран " +"требуют, чтобы вы собирали налоги в соответствии с назначением (например, " +"адреса вашего покупателя), тогда как некоторые другие требуют собирать их по" +" ставке, действующей в начальной точке (например, ваш офис или склад)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" +"Если вы находитесь под правилом на основе назначения, создайте одну схему " +"налогообложения для сопоставления налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Отметьте * Автоматически определять *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" +"Выберите страну, область или город, чтобы запустить сопоставления налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом, если для клиента не установлен схему налогообложения, Odoo " +"выберет сопоставления схемы налогообложения, соответствует адресу " +"отправления при создании заказа." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Для заказов электронной коммерции налог корзины посетителя автоматически " +"обновляется и применяется новый налог после того, как посетитель вошел в " +"систему или заполнил адрес своей доставки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Конкретные случаи использования" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" +"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите удалить налог, а не " +"заменить другим, просто оставьте поле * налога, который нужно применить * " +"незаполненным." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" +"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите заменить налог двумя " +"другими налогами, просто создайте две строки, имеющие одинаковый * налог на " +"товаре *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" +"Схемы налогообложения не применяются к основным средствам и доходов будущих " +"периодов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Как управлять налогами, начисленных кассовым методом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " +"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " +"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " +"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " +"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " +"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " +"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. Вам будет предложено " +"определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Сначала установите " +"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " +"зарегистрируете платеж." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" +" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" +" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " +"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " +"точного налогового отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" +" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" +" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "** Дебет **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "** Кредит **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Полученные $ 115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Банка" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Банк $ 115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " +"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " +"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " +"всегда будет на нуле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "Как создать новые налоги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" +"Налоговый двигатель Odoo очень гибкий и поддерживает много различных " +"налогов: налоги на добавленную стоимость, экологические налоги, федеральные " +"/ штатные / городские налоги, содержание, уплата налогов и т. Д. Для " +"большинства стран ваша система предварительно настроена на необходимые " +"налоги." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" +"В этом разделе описано, как можно определить новые налоги для конкретных " +"случаев использования." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. В этом " +"меню вы получаете все налоги, которые вы можете использовать: налоги на " +"продажу и налоги на покупку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" +"Выберите область: продажа, покупки или ничего (например, устаревший налог)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Выберите метод вычисления:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "** Фиксированные **: экологические налоги и тому подобное." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" +"** Процент от цены **: распространенные (например, 15% налога с продаж)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" +"** Процент от цены, которая уже включает налог **: используется в Бразилии и" +" др." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "** Группа налогов **: позволяет иметь сложный налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, установите налоговый учет (то есть, где " +"будет размещен элемент налогового журнала). Это поле необязательно, если вы " +"храните его пустым, Odoo публикует элемент налогового журнала во входном " +"счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите избежать использования налога, его нельзя удалить, поскольку " +"налог, вероятно, используется в нескольких счетах-фактурах. Итак, чтобы " +"избежать того, что пользователи продолжают пользоваться этим налогом, вам " +"следует установить поле * Учет налогов * в * Нет *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужен более продвинутый налоговый механизм, вы можете установить " +"модуль ** account_tax_python **, и вы сможете определить новые налоги с " +"помощью кода Python." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "расширенные настройки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" +"** Метка на счетах-фактурах **: краткий текст о том, как вы хотите " +"напечатать этот налог в строке счета-фактуры. Например, налог с названием " +""15% на услуги" может содержать такую метку в счете " +""15%"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" +"** Налоговая группа **: определяет, где этот налог суммируется в нижней " +"части счета-фактуры. Все налоги, относящихся к одной налоговой группы, будут" +" сгруппированы в нижней части счета-фактуры. Примеры налоговой группы: НДС, " +"содержание." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" +"** Включение в аналитическую стоимость **: налог рассчитывается как " +"стоимость, и, таким образом, генерирует аналитический запись, если ваш счет-" +"фактура использует аналитические счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" +"** Теги **: используются для специальных отчетов. Обычно вы можете оставить " +"это поле пустым." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "Установление типовых налогов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" +"Налоги, применяемые в вашей стране, автоматически устанавливаются для " +"большинства локализаций." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" +"Типичные налоги, установленные в заказах и счетах, поступают на вкладку " +""Настройка счетов" каждого товара. Такие налоги используются, " +"когда вы продаете компаниям, находящимся в той же стране, как и вы." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить типичные налоги, установленные для любого созданного нового " +"товара, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете в нескольких компаниях, налоги на покупку и продажу могут " +"иметь другое значение в соответствии с компании, в которой вы работаете. Вы " +"можете войти в двух разных компаний и изменить это поле для каждой компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "Как управления налогами на содержание?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" +"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " +"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " +"на прибыль." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " +"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " +"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " +"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" +" ** 10 долларов налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " +"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " +"через :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" +" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " +"** На содержание ** своего налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" +" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " +"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " +"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," +" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " +"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " +"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " +"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " +"среди всех налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " +"группе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "Как установить цены, которые уже включают налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" +"В большинстве стран цены B2C включают налог. Для того, чтобы сделать это в " +"Odoo, проверьте * Включены в цену * для каждого из ваших налогов с продаж в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом цена, установленная на форме товара, включая налог. Например, " +"скажем, у вас есть товар с налогом на продажу в размере 10%. Цена продажи на" +" форме товара составляет 100 долларов США." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Если налог не входит в стоимость, вы получите:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Цена без налога: $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Налоги: $ 10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 110" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Если налог включен в цену:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Цена без налога: 90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Налоги: $ 9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете полагаться на следующую документацию, если вам нужны цены как с " +"налогом (B2C), так и без налога (B2B):: doc: `B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" +"Покажите цены, которые включают налог в каталоге электронной коммерции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию цены, отражаемые в вашем каталоге электронной коммерции, не " +"включают налоги. Чтобы отразить их в налоговой системе, проверьте * Показать" +" строку суммы с включенными налогами (B2C) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` (экран налога)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "Как получить правильную ставку налога в США, используя TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " +"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " +"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " +"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " +"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "В TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " +" `__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " +"Ключ API *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " +"вашего офиса и склада." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " +"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на основе " +"индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " +"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" +" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " +"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " +"товаров." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " +"информация * или в категории товара." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, " +"чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Как это работает" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" +"Налог продажи рассчитывается в Odoo на основе схемы налогообложения (см.: " +"Doc: `application`). Схема налогообложения для США создается при установке *" +" TaxCloud *. Все работает из коробки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " +"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " +"записи." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " +"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " +"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" +" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " +"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купоны & акции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "локализации" @@ -2106,13 +3272,6 @@ msgstr "локализации" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Аргентина" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Введение" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -2135,21 +3294,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2157,11 +3323,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "План счетов" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2169,32 +3335,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Партнёр" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2202,65 +3441,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Налоги" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2268,11 +3500,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2280,14 +3512,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2295,85 +3527,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "письма" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Журналы" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2381,39 +3613,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2422,175 +3680,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Использование и тестирования" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Счёт" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Отчёты" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2778,14 +4423,10 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -"После того, как DIAN назначил официальную последовательность и префикс для " -"решения электронных счетов, журналы продаж, связанные с документами на " -"счете-фактуре, нужно обновлять в Odoo. Последовательности можно обращаться, " -"используя режим разработчика: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> " -"Configuration Setting --> Journals`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3560,14 +5201,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"Чтобы установить модуль в любой системе, созданной в 18 декабря 2017, " -"следует обновить список модулей. Для этого включите режим разработчика в " -"меню * Настройка *. Затем перейдите в меню * Приложения * и нажмите * " -"Обновить список модулей * в верхнем меню." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3749,18 +5386,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -"Для целей тестирования и аудита такие закрытия могут быть созданы вручную в " -"режиме разработчика. Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` сделать так." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обязанности" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3768,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " "ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3778,7 +5413,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " "код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3786,11 +5421,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo освобождает себя от всех и любой ответственности в случае изменения " "функций модуля, вызванных сторонними приложениями, несертифицированные Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Больше информации" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3798,20 +5433,20 @@ msgstr "" "Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "`_" @@ -3866,11 +5501,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходы и расходы" @@ -4282,10 +5920,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Включите режим разработчика:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4297,7 +5936,7 @@ msgstr "" " и установите параметр с названием * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * до 3.3 " "(Создайте его, если запись с этим названием не существует)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4309,12 +5948,12 @@ msgstr "" "новой базе данных, созданной после выхода выпуска v11.0 CFDI 3.3 является " "поведением по умолчанию." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Важные соображения, когда вы включите CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4322,7 +5961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш налог, представляющий НДС 16% и 0%, должен иметь поле "Тип " "фактора", установлено для "Таsа"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4332,7 +5971,7 @@ msgstr "" "код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " "установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -4342,11 +5981,11 @@ msgstr "" ""Референс" правильно установить, вы можете экспортировать и " "импортировать, чтобы сделать это быстрее." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4358,7 +5997,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете выбрать PAC в списке ** поддерживаемых PAC ** в поле * PAC * введите " "имя пользователя PAC и пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -4368,7 +6007,7 @@ msgstr "" "этот процесс можно сделать с самого PAC, в этом случае у нас будет два (2) " "наличия `Finkok`_ и` Solución Factible`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4383,7 +6022,7 @@ msgstr "" "эту информацию для вашего производственной среды с помощью реальных " "транзакций." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4391,7 +6030,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы обозначили поле * MX PAC тест среды *, не нужно вводить имя " "пользователя или пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4399,23 +6038,23 @@ msgstr "" "Вот сертификат SAT, который вы можете использовать, если вы хотите " "использовать * Тестирование среды * для мексиканской локализации бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificate`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "** Пароль: ** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4426,7 +6065,7 @@ msgstr "" "налогом на продажу, поле "Тег" должно быть "IVA", " ""ISR" или "IEPS"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4434,11 +6073,11 @@ msgstr "" "Обратите внимание, что для налогов по умолчанию тег уже назначен, но при " "создании нового налога следует выбрать тег." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Выставление счёта" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4446,7 +6085,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы воспользоваться мексиканским счету-фактуре, вам просто нужно сделать " "обычный счет, следуя обычному поведению Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4454,7 +6093,7 @@ msgstr "" "После проверки первого счета правильно подписан счет-фактура должен " "выглядеть так:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4464,7 +6103,7 @@ msgstr "" "счете-фактуре или отправив его по электронной почте после обычного процесса " "для передачи счет-фактуру по электронной почте." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4472,33 +6111,33 @@ msgstr "" "Как только вы пришлете электронный счет-фактуру по электронной почте, это " "так, как выглядит." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Отмена счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "Процесс отмены полностью связан с нормальным отменой в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Если счет-фактура не уплачивается." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." @@ -4506,15 +6145,15 @@ msgstr "" "По соображениям безопасности рекомендуется вернуть проверку на то, чтобы еще" " раз отменить ошибку, а затем перейти в журнал и проверить это поле." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "** Юридические рассуждения **" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Отменен счет-фактура будет автоматически отменен на SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4524,7 +6163,7 @@ msgstr "" "будет столько же отмененных CFDI, сколько вы попытались, тогда все эти xml " "важны, чтобы обеспечить хороший контроль за причинами отмены." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " @@ -4535,11 +6174,11 @@ msgstr "" " подхода, но устанавливая параметр «Разрешить записи отказов» в самом " "платежи." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Платежи (доступно только для CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4548,7 +6187,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы создать платежное приложение, вам нужно только придерживаться обычного" " платежного процесса в Odoo, эти условия, чтобы понять поведение, важны." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4557,11 +6196,11 @@ msgstr "" "PPD, поскольку это ожидаемое поведение, законодательно требуется для " ""Наличных платежей"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "** 1.1. Как я могу создать счет со сроком оплаты `PUE`? **" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4573,11 +6212,11 @@ msgstr "" "месяца (в следующем месяце дать CFDI), любая другая условие создаст счет-" "фактуру PPD." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "** 1.2. Как я могу получить это с Odoo? **" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4586,7 +6225,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы можете легко установить его, используя `Условия оплаты`, определенные в " "счете-фактуре." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4594,7 +6233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если счет-фактура генерируется без `Срока оплати``, атрибут` MetodoPago`` " "будет `PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4606,7 +6245,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующего месяца, значит до 17 числа следующего месяца, тогда атрибут " "`MetodoPago`` будет` PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4616,7 +6255,7 @@ msgstr "" "днив``, а срок платежа выше, чем 17-е число следующего месяца, `MetodoPago``" " стане``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " @@ -4626,7 +6265,7 @@ msgstr "" "авансового окончания следующего мисяця``, это срок рассрочки, атрибут " "`MetodoPago`` буде``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." @@ -4635,11 +6274,11 @@ msgstr "" "сроком платежа `30% досрочного окончания следующего мисяця``, а затем " "зарегистрируйте платеж на нем." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Вы должны напечатать платеж, чтобы правильно загрузить PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4653,7 +6292,7 @@ msgstr "" "документации, предоставленной SAT`_ в разделе ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento " "para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." @@ -4661,29 +6300,29 @@ msgstr "" "Что касается темы 4, то заблокирована возможность создания платежей клиента " "без надлежащего счета-фактуры." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "Бухучет Мексики в odoo состоит из трех сообщений:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается как COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Отчет DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -4691,15 +6330,15 @@ msgstr "" "Вы можете найти все эти отчеты в оригинальном меню отчета в приложении " "Бухгалтерский учет." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Электронный учет (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Электронный график учета CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4709,11 +6348,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` и нажмите " "кнопку ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) **" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -4721,7 +6360,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы добавляете учет с конвенцией кодирования NNN.YY.ZZ, где NNN.YY " "является группой кодирования SAT, то ваш учет будет автоматически настроен." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4737,11 +6376,11 @@ msgstr "" "которое вы увидите, тег, который будет автоматически установлено, " "установленные теги будут выбраны для использования в COA на XML." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4749,7 +6388,7 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы узнать все возможные теги, вы можете ознакомиться с `Anexo 24`_ на " "сайте SAT в разделе под названием ** Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4761,11 +6400,11 @@ msgstr "" "страну в вашей базе данных), тогда у вас будет больше общих тегов, если " "метку не создан, вы можете создать его на лету." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Электронный пробный баланс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4780,7 +6419,7 @@ msgstr "" " с помощью кнопки в верхней части ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) ** с " "предварительным выбором периода, который вы хотите экспортировать." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." @@ -4788,15 +6427,15 @@ msgstr "" "Все обычные функции аудита и анализа доступны здесь также как и любой " "обычный отчет Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4806,7 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "" "не должны пренебрегать тем, что мы представляем. Итак, не должно быть в " "Оdoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4818,7 +6457,7 @@ msgstr "" " предоставлять статус наших операций третьим сторонам или то, что считается " "таким же, с нашими поставщиками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4828,11 +6467,11 @@ msgstr "" "представления в SAT, а также касается поставщиков, это необходимо. пришлите " "DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4842,7 +6481,7 @@ msgstr "" "его на странице SAT, это электронный формат A-29, вы можете найти на сайте " "SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4854,11 +6493,11 @@ msgstr "" "соглашения с поставщиками, то к февралю мы должны представить информацию, " "касающуюся указанных данных." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4868,7 +6507,7 @@ msgstr "" "выберете, и который будет вам более удобным, чем вы будете представлять " "ежемесячно или каждый раз, когда вы имеете дело с поставщиками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4876,7 +6515,7 @@ msgstr "" "Формат A-29 является электронным, так что вы можете его представить на " "странице SAT, но это после того, как сдадите до 500 записей." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4891,11 +6530,11 @@ msgstr "" " проверки вы будете возвращены, так что не сомневайтесь в том, что у вас " "останется эти записи и, конечно, CD-ROM или USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4905,7 +6544,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки, и, конечно, первое, что мы думаем, что это такое ?, и в " "соответствии с сайта SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4921,7 +6560,7 @@ msgstr "" "избегая прямого захвата, а следовательно, оптимизации времени, вложенного в " "его интеграцию, для презентации во времени и форме для SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4932,21 +6571,21 @@ msgstr "" "допускается, что облегчит вам эту операцию, чтобы ее не было, чтобы не " "отвечать SAT в связи с информацией об операциях с третьими сторонами." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Вы можете найти `официальную информацию тут`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4955,11 +6594,11 @@ msgstr "" "непосредственно до месяца, который вы находитесь, или оставьте текущий " "месяц, если это вам подходит." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Нажмите "Экспорт (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4967,12 +6606,12 @@ msgstr "" "Храните в безопасном месте загруженный файл и перейдите на сайт SAT и " "следуйте необходимых инструкций, чтобы объявить его." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4986,7 +6625,7 @@ msgstr "" "другого, но * L10N Mx Тип операции * должен быть заполнен вами во всех ваших" " поставщиков." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4997,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "" "налогообложения, если налог не начисляется, а другие 2 налоги уже должным " "образом настроены." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -5007,7 +6646,7 @@ msgstr "" "попросить счет, а затем оплатить его и правильно согласовать платеж по " "стандартной процедуре odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -5017,14 +6656,14 @@ msgstr "" "счет-фактуру поставщика, вы можете исправить эту информацию при создании " "отчета." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" "Помните, что в этом отчете отражаются только фактические счета поставщиков." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -5040,15 +6679,15 @@ msgstr "" "обязательства, но создать его до конца месяца и использовать его как свой " "аудиторский процесс, чтобы правильно установить всех ваших партнеров." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Контактный модуль (бесплатно)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -5058,11 +6697,11 @@ msgstr "" "адресами этого модуля, даже если это не является технической необходимостью," " рекомендуем его установить." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Мультивалютность (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -5078,11 +6717,11 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически загружен от SAT и не заботясь о том, чтобы эту информацию " "вручную вводить ежедневно в систему." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Перейдите к настройкам и включите функцию мультивалютности." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -5090,34 +6729,30 @@ msgstr "" "Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " "3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -"Часто вы хотите получать явные ошибки с полей, неправильно установленных в " -"xml, эти ошибки лучше осведомлены пользователю, если включен проверку, чтобы" -" включить «Проверить с помощью xsd», выполните следующие шаги (при " -"включенном режиме отладки)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server " "Actions`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -5125,17 +6760,17 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдите к форме компании :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -5145,15 +6780,15 @@ msgstr "" "кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" " не указано явную ошибку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Если вы видите ошибку, подобную этой:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Сгенерированный cfd недействителен" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5164,22 +6799,22 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion " ""не решается к определению (n) простого типа., строка 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдите к компании, в которой возникает ошибка." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -5187,41 +6822,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -5231,7 +6866,7 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -5241,18 +6876,18 @@ msgstr "" "код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " "установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -5261,19 +6896,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -5281,14 +6916,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5297,27 +6932,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -6101,200 +7736,6 @@ msgstr "" "января, теоретическая сумма составит 1000, поскольку это реальная сумма, " "которую можно было бы реализовать." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Как закрыть летний период в Odoo? (Закрытие отчетного периода)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " -"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " -"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " -"банковских выписок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Подтвердите, что все ** полученные платежи ** были введены и записаны точно." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте ** Налоговый отчет ** и убедитесь, что ваша налоговая информация " -"является правильной." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " -"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " -"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " -"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Проверьте свои счета, не забудьте убедиться в том, какие операции влияют на " -"них и характер операций, убедившись во включении кредитов и основных " -"средств." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " -"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" -" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," -" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" -" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " -"ошибок в системе." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " -"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " -"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "** Работа в процессе **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "** Займы **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Если ваш бухгалтер заканчивает аудиторскую проверку года, ему могут " -"понадобиться бумажные копии всех отчетов баланса (например, займы, " -"банковские счета, подписки, отчеты о налоге и прибыль и т.д.), чтобы " -"согласовать их с балансом в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " -"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" -" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " -"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " -"операции прошлого года." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " -"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " -"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " -"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " -"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " -"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " -"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," -" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " -"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "Автоматическое сторнирование бухгалтерской записи" @@ -7002,26 +8443,6 @@ msgstr "** Заголовок **" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "** Счет **" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "** Дебет **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "** Кредит **" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "** Значение **" @@ -7488,221 +8909,6 @@ msgstr "" "всех приложений Odoo (продажа, покупка, табель, производство, счет-фактура " "...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Что такое тип счета и как его настроить?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Что такое тип счета?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Тип счета - это название или код, предоставленный счета, указывающий на цель" -" счета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo типа счета используются для информационных целей, для создания " -"юридических отчетов для конкретных стран, устанавливаются правила для " -"закрытия отчетного периода и создания открытых записей." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"В основном типа счета классифицируют счет в определенной категории в " -"соответствии с его поведения или цели." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Какие типы счетов является в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo охватывает все типы счетов. Поэтому вы не можете. Просто выберите тот " -"тип, который касается вашего счета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "** Список типов счета **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк и наличность" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Текущие Активы" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Внеоборотные Активы" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Авансовые платежи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Основные Активы " - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Текущие Обязательства" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Долгосрочные Обязательства" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Собственные средства" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Прибыль Текущего Года" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Другие доходы" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Доход" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Амортизация" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Расходы" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Прямые Затраты" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Как настроить мои счета?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Типы счетов автоматически создаются при установке плана счетов. По умолчанию" -" Odoo предоставляет очень много планов счетов, просто установите тот, " -"который связан с вашей страной." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Он будет устанавливать общие счета. Но если он не охватывает все ваши " -"случаи, вы можете создать собственные счета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Если вы являетесь пользователем Saas, ваша страна автоматически " -"устанавливает план счетов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы создать новые счета, перейдите в программу Бухучета. Откройте меню " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, нажмите кнопку ** Создать " -"**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Посмотреть * Создать аккаунт * в нашей демо-версии онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " -"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " -"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " -"декабря." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " -"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" -" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` и " -"активируйте отчетные периоды." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в :menuselection:`accounting " -"--> configuration --> fiscal years`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам нужно только создать отчетные периоды, если они длятся более или менее " -"12 месяцев." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" @@ -8544,10 +9750,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Банковские выписки" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8722,22 +9924,15 @@ msgstr "Включить режим разработки" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -"Для доступа к интерфейсу создания финансовой отчетности, необходимо включить" -" ** режим разработчика **. Для этого сначала нажмите на профиль в верхнем " -"правом меню, а затем - ** О **." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Нажмите на: ** Активировать режим разработчика **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8745,29 +9940,29 @@ msgstr "" "Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -8775,17 +9970,17 @@ msgstr "" "На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" " и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "На основе диапазонов дат и начисления кассовым методом (например, Отчет о " "движении денежных средств)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8795,7 +9990,7 @@ msgstr "" "название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " "порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8805,11 +10000,11 @@ msgstr "" "назначить значение для колонки баланса (а дебетовый и кредитный столбик, " "если нужно, разделенный;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8817,7 +10012,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8826,7 +10021,7 @@ msgstr "" "получения значения баланса (также доступны` .credit``, `.debit`` и` " ".amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8842,15 +10037,15 @@ msgstr "" "можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " "по одному из столбцов." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8859,7 +10054,7 @@ msgstr "" "сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" " нет." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8867,7 +10062,7 @@ msgstr "" "** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " "использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8877,7 +10072,7 @@ msgstr "" " замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " "(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -9183,1238 +10378,344 @@ msgstr "" "Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " "за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"Как управлять ценами для B2B (с выключенным налогом) и B2C (с включенным " -"налогом)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " -"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " -"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " -"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " -"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " -"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " -"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " -"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " -"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " -"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " -"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " -"размере 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" -"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" -" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," -" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " -"налогов:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." -" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " -"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " -"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " -"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" -" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " -"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " -"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" -" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " -"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " -"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " -"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " -"ваших продавцов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " -"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " -"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" -" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " -"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" -" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " -"вас нет конкретных настроек." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " -"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" -" налогом, то вам необходимо:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " -"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"создайте схему налогообложения, переключает цену без налога на цену с " -"включенным налогом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" -" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " -"использования:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " -"сайте электронной коммерции" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Ваша компания должна быть настроена по цене по умолчанию. Обычно это " -"настройки по умолчанию, но вы можете проверить ** налог на продажу по " -"умолчанию ** в меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` в модуле " -"Бухучет." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " -"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на сегмент " -"клиента **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Pricelists`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы" -" избежать путаницы." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " -"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " -"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`из " -"приложения Продажи:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Установите схему налогообложения B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого меню:" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. Эта схема " -"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " -"входит в стоимость)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations`. Вы следующий результат: 8.26 € + 1.73" -" € = 9.99 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " -"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " -"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " -"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Если вы заключаете договор с клиентом, обсуждаете цену, с включенным налогом" -" или выключенным, вы можете установить прайслист и схему налогообложения в " -"форме клиента, чтобы она применялась автоматически при каждой продаже этого " -"клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Прайслист на вкладке ** Продажи и Покупки ** в форме клиента, а схема " -"налогообложения находится на вкладке бухучета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" -" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " -"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " -"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " -"ценовым референсом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" -"Как переключить налоги в соответствии со схемой налогообложения клиента или " -"его местонахождение" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Чаще всего ставки налога зависят от схемы налогообложения или " -"местонахождение вашего клиента. Чтобы отразить налоги, Odoo предлагает так " -"называемые * Схемы налогообложения *." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Создайте сопоставление налогов" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Схема налогообложения - это лишь набор правил, который сопоставляет типичные" -" налоги (как это определено в форме товара) с другими налогами. На снимке " -"экрана ниже иностранные покупатели получают 0% налогов вместо 15%, как для " -"продаж, так и для покупок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Основные схемы налогообложения автоматически создаются в соответствии с " -"вашим местонахождения. Но вам может понадобиться создание схемы " -"налогообложения для конкретных случаев использования. Чтобы определить схемы" -" налогообложения, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, вы можете сопоставить счета доходов / " -"расходов в соответствии со схемой налогообложения. Например, в некоторых " -"странах доходы от продажи не размещаются на одном счете, по сравнению с " -"доходами от продаж в зарубежных странах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Переключите налоги относительно схемы налогообложения вашего клиента" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Если клиент попадает в конкретное правило налогообложения, вам нужно " -"применить сопоставление налогов. Для этого создайте схему налогообложения и " -"назначьте ее своим клиентам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo будет использовать эту конкретную схему налогообложения для любого " -"заказа / счета, записанного для клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Если вы установите схему налогообложения в заказе клиента или счет-фактуру " -"вручную, она будет применяться только к этому документу, а не к будущим " -"заказов / счетов-фактур того же клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Сопоставьте налоги в соответствии с адресом клиента (на основе назначения)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от вашего месторасположения налоги на продажу могут быть на " -"основе исходной точке или назначения. Большинство государств или стран " -"требуют, чтобы вы собирали налоги в соответствии с назначением (например, " -"адреса вашего покупателя), тогда как некоторые другие требуют собирать их по" -" ставке, действующей в начальной точке (например, ваш офис или склад)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Если вы находитесь под правилом на основе назначения, создайте одну схему " -"налогообложения для сопоставления налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Отметьте * Автоматически определять *." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Выберите страну, область или город, чтобы запустить сопоставления налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом, если для клиента не установлен схему налогообложения, Odoo " -"выберет сопоставления схемы налогообложения, соответствует адресу " -"отправления при создании заказа." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Для заказов электронной коммерции налог корзины посетителя автоматически " -"обновляется и применяется новый налог после того, как посетитель вошел в " -"систему или заполнил адрес своей доставки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Конкретные случаи использования" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите удалить налог, а не " -"заменить другим, просто оставьте поле * налога, который нужно применить * " -"незаполненным." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Если для некоторых схем налогообложения вы хотите заменить налог двумя " -"другими налогами, просто создайте две строки, имеющие одинаковый * налог на " -"товаре *." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" -"Схемы налогообложения не применяются к основным средствам и доходов будущих " -"периодов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Как управлять налогами, начисленных кассовым методом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " -"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " -"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " -"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " -"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " -"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " -"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. Вам будет предложено " -"определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"После того, как это будет сделано, вы можете настроить ваши налоги в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Сначала установите " -"необходимые счета транзакции для публикации налогов, пока вы не " -"зарегистрируете платеж." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" -" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" -" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " -"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " -"точного налогового отчета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" -" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" -" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Полученные $ 115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Банка" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $ 115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" -"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Последние две статьи журнала являются нейтральными, но они необходимы для " -"обеспечения правильных налоговых отчетов в Odoo с точными базовыми суммами " -"налога. Советуем использовать счет дохода по умолчанию. Остаток этого счета " -"всегда будет на нуле." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Как создать новые налоги" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Налоговый двигатель Odoo очень гибкий и поддерживает много различных " -"налогов: налоги на добавленную стоимость, экологические налоги, федеральные " -"/ штатные / городские налоги, содержание, уплата налогов и т. Д. Для " -"большинства стран ваша система предварительно настроена на необходимые " -"налоги." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе описано, как можно определить новые налоги для конкретных " -"случаев использования." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. В этом " -"меню вы получаете все налоги, которые вы можете использовать: налоги на " -"продажу и налоги на покупку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Выберите область: продажа, покупки или ничего (например, устаревший налог)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Выберите метод вычисления:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "** Фиксированные **: экологические налоги и тому подобное." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"** Процент от цены **: распространенные (например, 15% налога с продаж)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" -"** Процент от цены, которая уже включает налог **: используется в Бразилии и" -" др." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "** Группа налогов **: позволяет иметь сложный налог" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Если вы используете Бухучет Odoo, установите налоговый учет (то есть, где " -"будет размещен элемент налогового журнала). Это поле необязательно, если вы " -"храните его пустым, Odoo публикует элемент налогового журнала во входном " -"счета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите избежать использования налога, его нельзя удалить, поскольку " -"налог, вероятно, используется в нескольких счетах-фактурах. Итак, чтобы " -"избежать того, что пользователи продолжают пользоваться этим налогом, вам " -"следует установить поле * Учет налогов * в * Нет *." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Если вам нужен более продвинутый налоговый механизм, вы можете установить " -"модуль ** account_tax_python **, и вы сможете определить новые налоги с " -"помощью кода Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "расширенные настройки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"** Метка на счетах-фактурах **: краткий текст о том, как вы хотите " -"напечатать этот налог в строке счета-фактуры. Например, налог с названием " -""15% на услуги" может содержать такую метку в счете " -""15%"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"** Налоговая группа **: определяет, где этот налог суммируется в нижней " -"части счета-фактуры. Все налоги, относящихся к одной налоговой группы, будут" -" сгруппированы в нижней части счета-фактуры. Примеры налоговой группы: НДС, " -"содержание." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"** Включение в аналитическую стоимость **: налог рассчитывается как " -"стоимость, и, таким образом, генерирует аналитический запись, если ваш счет-" -"фактура использует аналитические счета." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"** Теги **: используются для специальных отчетов. Обычно вы можете оставить " -"это поле пустым." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Установление типовых налогов" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Налоги, применяемые в вашей стране, автоматически устанавливаются для " -"большинства локализаций." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" -"Типичные налоги, установленные в заказах и счетах, поступают на вкладку " -""Настройка счетов" каждого товара. Такие налоги используются, " -"когда вы продаете компаниям, находящимся в той же стране, как и вы." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы изменить типичные налоги, установленные для любого созданного нового " -"товара, перейдите к :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" -"Если вы работаете в нескольких компаниях, налоги на покупку и продажу могут " -"иметь другое значение в соответствии с компании, в которой вы работаете. Вы " -"можете войти в двух разных компаний и изменить это поле для каждой компании." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Как управления налогами на содержание?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" -"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " -"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " -"на прибыль." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " -"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " -"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"В этом примере ** компания **, которая прислала счет, обязана ** " -"правительства ** 20 долларов налогов, а ** клиент ** обязан ** правительства" -" ** 10 долларов налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " -"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " -"через :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" -" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " -"** На содержание ** своего налога." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" -" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " -"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " -"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Когда ваш налог будет создан, вы можете использовать его по форме заказчика," -" заказы на продажу или счета-фактуры для клиентов. Вы можете подать " -"несколько налогов на одну строку счета-фактуры клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " -"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " -"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " -"среди всех налогов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " -"группе." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Как установить цены, которые уже включают налог" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"В большинстве стран цены B2C включают налог. Для того, чтобы сделать это в " -"Odoo, проверьте * Включены в цену * для каждого из ваших налогов с продаж в " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"Таким образом цена, установленная на форме товара, включая налог. Например, " -"скажем, у вас есть товар с налогом на продажу в размере 10%. Цена продажи на" -" форме товара составляет 100 долларов США." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Если налог не входит в стоимость, вы получите:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Цена без налога: $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Налоги: $ 10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Если налог включен в цену:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Цена без налога: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Налоги: $ 9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Всего оплатить: $ 100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете полагаться на следующую документацию, если вам нужны цены как с " -"налогом (B2C), так и без налога (B2B):: doc: `B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" -"Покажите цены, которые включают налог в каталоге электронной коммерции" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию цены, отражаемые в вашем каталоге электронной коммерции, не " -"включают налоги. Чтобы отразить их в налоговой системе, проверьте * Показать" -" строку суммы с включенными налогами (B2C) * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` (экран налога)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Как получить правильную ставку налога в США, используя TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " -"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " -"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " -"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " -"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "В TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " -" `__." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " -"Ключ API *." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " -"вашего офиса и склада." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"В настройках на TaxCloud, нажмите * Управление штатами налога * чтобы " -"проверить штаты, где вы собираете налог с продаж." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на основе " -"индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " -"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" -" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " -"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " -"товаров." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " -"информация * или в категории товара." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, " -"чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Как это работает" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"Налог продажи рассчитывается в Odoo на основе схемы налогообложения (см.: " -"Doc: `application`). Схема налогообложения для США создается при установке *" -" TaxCloud *. Все работает из коробки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " -"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " -"записи." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " -"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " -"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" -" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " -"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Купоны & акции" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "начните" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "План счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Собственные средства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Доход" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Банк и наличность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Текущие Активы" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Внеоборотные Активы" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Авансовые платежи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Основные Активы " + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Текущие Обязательства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Долгосрочные Обязательства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Прибыль Текущего Года" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Другие доходы" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Амортизация" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Как установить бухучет Odoo?" @@ -10892,10 +11193,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активы = обязательства + собственный капитал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "План счетов" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10914,6 +11211,7 @@ msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи журнала" @@ -11067,10 +11365,7 @@ msgstr "дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11084,10 +11379,7 @@ msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11109,12 +11401,6 @@ msgstr "счет 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -11244,10 +11530,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11259,12 +11542,8 @@ msgstr "Счёт" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -12655,19 +12934,11 @@ msgstr "" "поставщика вы можете зарегистрировать платеж. Установите ** Метод оплаты ** " "на ** Чек ** и подтвердите диалоговое окно платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Помощь полей экрана платежа:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Попробуйте оплатить счет поставщика чеком" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "печать чеков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12679,7 +12950,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всех чеков, которые еще не опубликованы. С этого экрана вы можете " "печатать все чеки партиями или просматривать их по очереди." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12692,7 +12963,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете изменить его, если он не соответствует вашему следующем чековой " "номера." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -12700,11 +12971,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для печати все чеки партиями, выберите все платежи из списка и введите чек в" " верхнем меню "Печать"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12714,18 +12985,18 @@ msgstr "" "банковского счета, Odoo предложит вам автоматически подогнать его к платежу." " Это будет обозначать платеж как ** Согласованный **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Оплачивайте что-чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12735,7 +13006,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого используйте главное меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " "Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12743,7 +13014,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " "** Напоминание **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12754,11 +13025,11 @@ msgstr "" "чека ** непосредственно или придерживаться предыдущего потока для печати " "чеков в пакетном режиме:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -13556,7 +13827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13602,12 +13873,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -13630,9 +13895,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -13928,7 +14193,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13950,22 +14215,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -13973,14 +14238,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -14985,22 +15250,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -15008,21 +15273,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "`_" @@ -15117,169 +15382,6 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "Как определить платеж по счетам клиента?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы управлять планами расчетов, связанными со счетом-фактурой, вы должны " -"использовать условия оплаты в Odoo. Они применяются как к счетам клиентов, " -"так и к поставщикам." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Например, для конкретного счета-фактуры:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Оплата 50% в течение 10 дней" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Оплата остаточного баланса в течение 30 дней" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" -"Срок платежа может иметь одну строку (например, 21 день) или несколько строк" -" (10% в течение 3 дней и конечная оплата в течение 21 дня). Если вы создали " -"срок платежа с несколькими строками, убедитесь, что последний является " -"балансом. (Не совершайте 50% через 10 дней, а 50% - за 21 день, потому что с" -" округлением это может быть не равно 100%)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Описание срока оплаты будет отображаться в счете-фактуре или в заказ на " -"продажу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Условия оплаты для клиентов" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Вы можете установить условия оплаты на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" -"** клиенте **: срок оплаты автоматически применяется к новым заказам клиента" -" или счетов-фактур для этого клиента. Установите условия оплаты для " -"клиентов, если вы предоставите этот срок оплаты для всех будущих заказов для" -" этого клиента." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" -"** коммерческом предложении **: срок оплаты будет применен ко всем счетов-" -"фактур, созданных по этому предложению или заказом продажи, но не с других " -"коммерческих предложений" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"** счете-фактуре **: срок оплаты будет применяться только к этому счета-" -"фактуры" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" -"Если счет-фактура содержит срок платежа, запись журнала, связанный со " -"счетом-фактурой, отличается. Без срока платежа счет-фактура в размере 100 " -"долларов создаст следующую запись журнала (для наглядности нашего примера мы" -" не установили налог на счет-фактуру):" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Дата исполнения" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" -"Если вы выставляете счет-фактуру с 1 января со сроком платежа в размере 10% " -"в течение трех дней и конечной оплатой в течение 30 дней, вы получаете " -"следующую запись журнала:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "3 января" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "30 января" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Обзор процесса выставления счетов" @@ -15564,130 +15666,316 @@ msgstr "" "** налаживания **: выставляйте счета на услуги послепродажного обслуживания" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Как установить и использовать условия оплаты" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Условия оплаты определяют условия оплаты счета-фактуры. Они применяются как " -"к счетам клиентов, так и к поставщикам." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Условия оплаты отличаются от выставления счетов в нескольких областях. Если " -"для заказа вы причисляете клиента к двум частям, это не срок уплаты, а " -"условия счета-фактуры." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Настройте обычные условия оплаты в меню Настройки программы Бухучет. " -"Описание срока оплаты - это тот, который отображается в счете-фактуре или " -"заказе на продажу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Срок платежа может иметь одну строку (например, 21 день) или несколько строк" -" (10% в течение 3 дней и конечная оплата в течение 21 дня). Если вы создали " -"срок платежа с несколькими строками, убедитесь, что последний является " -"балансом. (Не совершайте 50% через 10 дней, а 50% - за 21 день, потому что с" -" округлением это может быть не равно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Использование условий оплаты" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Условия оплаты можно установить на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -"** клиента **: автоматически применяйте это условие оплаты за новыми " -"заказами на продажу или счетами-фактурами для этого клиента. Установите " -"условия платежа для клиентов, если вы предоставите это условие оплаты для " -"всех будущих заказов этого клиента." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -"** коммерческое предложение **: примените этот срок платежа ко всем счетов-" -"фактур, созданных по этому предложению или заказу на продажу, но не на " -"другие коммерческие предложения" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"** счет-фактуру **: примените условие платежа только к этому счета-фактуры" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"Если в счете-фактуре указано платежный срок, запись журнала, связанный со " -"счетом-фактурой, отличается. Без условия оплаты или налога, счет-фактура в " -"размере 100 долларов выдаст запись этого журнала:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "В выписке клиента вы увидите две строки с различными сроками." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Условия оплаты для продавцов" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"Самый простой способ управлять условиями платежа для счетов поставщиков - " -"это фиксировать срок уплаты по счету. Вам не нужно назначать условие оплаты," -" достаточно лишь срока оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Но если вам нужно управлять условиями поставщика с несколькими рассрочками, " -"вы все еще можете пользоваться платежными условиями, так же, как в счетах " -"клиентов. Если вы установили срок платежа на счета поставщика, не нужно " -"устанавливать срок уплаты. Точная дата внесения всех платежей будет " -"автоматически создана." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Дата исполнения" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежи заказчиков" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index d486b4f88..5a5621b2b 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -384,6 +385,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "Созданные лиды иметь название компании." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Установление цены" @@ -817,6 +819,75 @@ msgstr "" "что ваши вызов не будут входить в систему Odoo, поскольку софтфон выступает " "в роли независимого отдельного приложения." +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "Настройте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 4a244f445..c97aab9da 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -384,38 +384,32 @@ msgstr "" " своем сервере электронной почты (например, *catchall@mydomain.ext*, на " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Все псевдонимы можно настроить в Odoo. Псевдонимы объектов можно " -"редактировать по соответствующему виду настройки. Чтобы изменить атрибуты " -"catchall и bounce, нужно сначала активировать режим разработчика на панели " -"управления настроек." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Затем обновите свой экран и перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` для настройки псевдонима (* " -"mail.catchall.alias * и * mail.bounce.alias *)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -"По умолчанию входящие сообщения загружаются каждые 5 минут в режиме ожидания" -" в Odoo. Вы можете изменить это значение в режиме разработчика. Перейдите к " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" -" и найдите * Mail: Fetchmail Service *." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 77608fd84..a5312558c 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -1118,8 +1118,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "Как это сделать:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Переключиться в режим разработчика." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..930a3f60c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index f165e522a..26aff7b03 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: sergeiruzkiicode , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index c7530ca7b..7b4b62be2 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -21,92 +21,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -114,235 +71,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -351,18 +252,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 43bb8a896..4c6e51093 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -49,25 +49,21 @@ msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить с #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -"Подключитесь к учетной записи Google и перейдите на страницу " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -" `_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Нажмите ** Создать проект ** и введите название проекта и другие детали." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Нажмите ** Использовать Google API **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -75,7 +71,7 @@ msgstr "" "В левой части меню выберите подменю ** Перечень ** (в ** Менеджер API **), " "затем выберите ** Экран согласия OAuth **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -83,7 +79,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введите адрес, электронную почту и название товара (например, odoo), а затем" " сохраните." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -91,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" "Нажмите ** Добавить полномочия ** и выберите второй вариант (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -99,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" "Проверьте, установлен тип программы на ** Веб-приложение **. Теперь " "настройте разрешены страницы, на которые вас будет перенаправлен." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -109,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" "Скопируйте и вставьте следующую ссылку в поле: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Нажмите ** Создать **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -213,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Удалите столбцы, которые вам не нужны. Мы советуем не удалять ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -332,21 +328,21 @@ msgstr "" "данными. Такие шаблоны можно импортировать одним кликом; Отображение данных " "уже выполнено." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Как адаптировать шаблон?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Добавьте, удалите и отсортируйте столбцы, чтобы лучше соответствовать " "структуре данных." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Мы советуем не удалять ** ID ** (Почему? Смотрите в следующей главе)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -358,7 +354,7 @@ msgstr "" " Вы можете вставлять новые столбцы вручную при проверке импорта. Найдите " "список соответствующего поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -366,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr "" "Затем используйте метку этого поля в вашем файле, чтобы он работал в " "следующий раз." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Как импортировать из другой программы?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -387,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете найти эту запись, используя его название, но вы остановитесь, если по" " крайней мере 2 записи имеют одинаковое название." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -397,11 +393,11 @@ msgstr "" "вам придется повторно импортировать измененные данные позже, поэтому, если " "возможно, вы сможете его указать." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не могу найти поле, в котором я хочу обозначить столбец" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -418,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "поведение может быть хорошей и легкой, возможно, что это случится не так, " "или вы хотите указать столбик на поле, не предлагается по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -428,11 +424,11 @@ msgstr "" "связанной модели (расширено) **, после чего вы сможете выбрать из полного " "списка полей для каждого столбца." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Где я могу изменить формат импорта дать?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -448,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "дня в месяц; трудно догадаться, какая часть формата даты - это день, а какая" " - месяц в такой дате, как '01 -03-2016 "." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -460,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" "Параметры ** под списком файлов. Если этот формат неправильный, вы можете " "изменить его, используя * ISO 8601 *, чтобы определить формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -472,11 +468,11 @@ msgstr "" "способа его хранения. Таким образом, вы будете уверены, что формат даты в " "Odoo правильный, независимо от формата вашей локальной даты." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Могу ли я импортировать номера с пометкой валюты (например, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -492,59 +488,59 @@ msgstr "" "вы используете символ валюты, который не известен Odoo, он, возможно, не " "будет признан как номер, хотя и будет совпадать." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Примеры поддерживаемых чисел (например, с использованием тридцати двух " "тысяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Пример, который не будет работать:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Что делать, когда таблицы предварительного просмотра импорта отображаемых?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -556,7 +552,7 @@ msgstr "" " CSV не имеет этих настроек, вы можете изменить параметры формата файла " "(отображается панель просмотра файлов CSV после выбора файла)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -567,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" "в вашей программе для работы с электронными таблицами. Смотрите следующий " "вопрос." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -575,51 +571,37 @@ msgstr "" "Как изменить параметры формата файла CSV при сохранении электронной таблицы " "в моей программе?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"При редактировании и храните файлы CSV в программах электронной таблицы, " -"региональные параметры компьютера применяться к сепаратора и разделителя. Мы" -" рекомендуем вам воспользоваться OpenOffice или LibreOffice Calc, поскольку " -"они позволят вам изменить все три варианта (в диалоговом окне «Сохранить " -"как»> установите флажок «Редактировать параметры фильтра"> " -"Сохранить)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"Microsoft Excel позволит вам изменять только кодирования при сохранении (в " -"диалоговом окне «Сохранить как»> нажмите «Инструменты» в выпадающем " -"списке> вкладка «Кодирование»)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Какая разница между ID базы данных и внешним ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"Некоторые поля определяют связь с другим объектом. Например, страна контакта" -" - это ссылка на запись объекта "Страна". Если вы хотите " -"импортировать такие поля, Odoo придется воспроизвести ссылки между " -"различными записями. Чтобы помочь вам импортировать такие поля, Odoo " -"предоставляет 3 механизмы. Для поля, которое нужно импортировать, нужно " -"использовать единый механизм." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -627,11 +609,11 @@ msgstr "" "Например, чтобы указать страну контакта, Odoo предлагает 3 различных поля " "для импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Страна: название или код страны" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -639,7 +621,7 @@ msgstr "" "Страна / ID базы данных: уникальный ID Odoo для записи, определенного " "столбцом ID postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -647,24 +629,24 @@ msgstr "" "Страна / Внешний ID: ID записи, указанного в другой программе (или .XML-" "файле, который импортировал его)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для страны Бельгии можно использовать один из этих 3 способов импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Страна: Бельгия" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Страна / ID базы данных: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Страна/Внешний ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -674,7 +656,7 @@ msgstr "" "способов отслеживать связанные записи. Вот когда вы должны использовать тот " "или иной способ, согласно вашей потребности:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -682,7 +664,7 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте страну: это самый простой способ, когда ваши данные поступают из" " файлов CSV, которые были созданы вручную." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -695,7 +677,7 @@ msgstr "" "несколько записей с одинаковым названием, но они всегда имеют уникальный ID " "базы данных)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -703,7 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" "Используйте название страны / внешний ID: используйте внешний ID, при " "импорте данных из сторонней программы." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -717,27 +699,23 @@ msgstr "" "столбиками типа "Поле / Внешний ID». Следующие два файла CSV приводят " "пример для товаров и их категорий." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для категорий <../../_ static / example_files / " -"External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для товаров <../../_ static / example_files / " -"External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Что делать, если у меня есть несколько совпадений для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -756,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "товаров" ( "Разные Товары / Продаются»). Мы рекомендуем изменить " "один из значений дубликатов или иерархию категории." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -765,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы не хотите менять свою настройки категорий товаров, мы рекомендуем " "использовать внешний идентификатор для этого поля "Категория"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -773,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr "" "Как я могу импортировать поле связи many2many (например, клиента с " "несколькими тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -785,15 +763,13 @@ msgstr "" ""Производитель" и "Розничный продавец", вы кодируете " ""Производитель, розничный продавец" в той же строке файла CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`CSV для производителя, розничного продавца <../../_ static / " -"example_files / m2m_customers_tags.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -801,34 +777,24 @@ msgstr "" "Как импортировать связь one2many (например, несколько строк заказ от заказа " "на продажу)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите импортировать заказ клиента, имеет несколько строк заказов; " -"для каждой строки заказа вам нужно зарезервировать определенную строку в " -"файле CSV. Строка первого заказа будет импортировано в той же строке, что и " -"информация о заказе. Для любых дополнительных строк заказ потребуется " -"дополнительная строка файла, который не содержит информации в полях по " -"заказу. Например, здесь есть файл " -"buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV некоторых коммерческих " -"предложений, которые вы можете импортировать, на основе демо-данных." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Файл для некоторых коммерческих предложений <../../_ static / " -"example_files / purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -836,15 +802,13 @@ msgstr "" "В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать заказ на покупку с помощью" " соответствующих строк заказа." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Заказ на покупку с соответствующими строками заказ на покупку <../../_ " -"static / example_files / o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -852,19 +816,17 @@ msgstr "" "В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать клиентов и их " "соответствующие контакты:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Клиенты и их соответствующие контакты <../../_ static / example_files / " -"o2m_customers_contacts.csv>` _." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Возможно ли импортировать несколько раз одну и ту же запись?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -880,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" "изменений между двумя импорта. Odoo будет заботиться о создании или " "изменении каждой записи в зависимости от того, он новый или нет." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -888,11 +850,11 @@ msgstr "" "Эта функция позволяет использовать инструмент импорта / экспорта Odoo для " "изменения записей целый пакет в вашей программе электронной таблицы." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Что произойдет, если я не предоставлю значение для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -904,13 +866,13 @@ msgstr "" "пустыми значениями в своем файле CSV, Odoo установит значение EMPTY в поле, " "вместо того, чтобы назначить значения по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" "Как экспортировать / импортировать различные таблицы из приложения SQL к " "Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -922,40 +884,26 @@ msgstr "" "если вы импортируете компании и людей, вам придется воссоздать связь между " "каждым лицом и компанией, в которой они работают)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Чтобы управлять связями между таблицами, вы можете использовать " -""Внешний ID" объектов Odoo. "Внешний ID" записи является" -" уникальным идентификатором этой записи в другой программе. Этот " -""Внешний ID" должен быть уникальным для всех записей всех " -"объектов, поэтому целесообразно присвоить "Внешний ID" с названием" -" программы или таблицы. (Например, "company_1", " -""person_1" вместо "1")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Допустим, у вас есть база данных SQL с двумя таблицами, которые вы хотите " -"импортировать: компании и лица. Каждый человек принадлежит к одной компании," -" поэтому вам придется воссоздать связь между человеком и компанией, в " -"которой он работает. (Если вы хотите проверить этот пример, вот копия такой базы " -"данных PostgreSQL )" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -963,11 +911,11 @@ msgstr "" "Сначала мы экспортируем все компании и их "Внешний ID». В PSQL, " "напишите следующую команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Эта команда SQL создаст следующий файл CSV ::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -975,27 +923,21 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы создать файл CSV для лиц, связанных с компаниями, мы используем " "следующую команду SQL в PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Он будет создавать такой файл CSV ::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Как вы видите в этом файле, Фабьен и Лоуренс работают в компании Bigees " -"(company_1), а Эрик работает в компании Organi. Связь между лицами и " -"компаниями осуществляется с помощью внешнего идентификатора компаний. Нам " -"пришлось присваивать "Внешний ID" под названием таблицы, чтобы " -"избежать конфликта ID между лицами и компаниями (person_1 и company_1, " -"которые поделились одинаковым ID 1 в оригинальной базе данных)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1007,6 +949,79 @@ msgstr "" "контакта связаны с первой компанией). Сначала нужно импортировать компании, " "а затем лица." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Покупки в приложении" @@ -1015,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "Покупки в приложении" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Общий путеводитель о Услуги Покупки в приложении (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1025,21 +1040,18 @@ msgstr "" "Например, это позволяет отправлять SMS-сообщения или отправлять счета по " "почте непосредственно из своей базы данных." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Покупка кредитов" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -"Каждая услуга IAP опирается на предоплаченные кредиты на работу и имеет свою" -" цену. Чтобы ознакомиться с текущим балансом или пополнить счет, перейдите в" -" * Настройка> Odoo IAP> Посмотреть мои услуги *." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1047,70 +1059,57 @@ msgstr "" "Если я на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у меня версия Enterprise, я пользуюсь " "бесплатными кредитами для тестирования функций IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "счета IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Кредиты для использования услуг IAP хранятся на счетах IAP, определенных для" -" каждой услуги и базы данных. По умолчанию счета IAP являются общими для " -"всех компаний, но их можно ограничить на конкретные компании, перейдя в " -"Модуль Настройка> Включить режим разработчика> Технические " -"настройки> Счет IAP *." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "портал IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -"Портал IAP - это платформа, которая перегруппировывает услуги IAP. Она " -"доступна с * модуля Настройка> Odoo IAP> посмотреть мои услуги *. " -"Оттуда можно посмотреть свой текущий баланс, списать кредиты, пересмотреть " -"свое потребление и установить напоминания о низких кредиты." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Получайте уведомления, когда недостаточно кредитов" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -"Чтобы получать уведомления, когда наступает время пополнить свои кредиты, " -"необходимо перейти в портал IAP через Модуль Настройка> Odoo IAP> " -"Посмотреть мои услуги *, разверните услугу и отметьте опцию Получение " -"предупреждения. Тогда необходимо предоставить минимальное количество " -"кредитов и электронный адрес. Теперь, каждый раз, когда будет достигнуто " -"ограничение, автоматически передается напоминание по электронной почте!" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступные услуги IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" "Различные услуги доступны в зависимости типа хостинга вашей базы данных:" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1119,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "(напр., Такие функции, как SMS, Snailmail, Открытие и Автоматическое " "заполнение партнера);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1127,23 +1126,18 @@ msgstr "" "* Odoo.sh и Odoo Enterprise (на собственном сервере) *: можно использовать " "обе услуги, предоставляемые Odoo, и сторонние модули." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Предложить собственные услуги" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"`_" +"`_" msgstr "" -"Мне больше приятно предлагать собственные услуги IAP через Приложения Odoo! " -"Это идеальная возможность получить постоянный доход за постоянное " -"использование услуг вместо единого первоначального приобретения. " -"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на: `Покупки в приложении " -" `_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" @@ -1199,12 +1193,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " "information." msgstr "" -"Помните, что каждый дополнительный пользователь увеличит вашу плату за " -"подписку. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к нашей " -"странице `* Цена * `__." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1222,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "" "определить его права доступа в меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users " "menu`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index aad1e2334..e9aed5bea 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Послепродажные функции: возмещение, купоны, возврат, ремонт, вмешательства " "на месте" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -46,23 +46,22 @@ msgstr "" " позволяет мне генерировать сторно, возвращать товары, выдавать купоны, " "делать ремонт и планировать выездные мероприятия на странице заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "Установите Послепродажные услуги" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -"Перейдите в * Настройка> Команды поддержки * и включите Послепродажные " -"опции: * Возмещение, Возвращение, Купоны, Ремонт и Вмешательство на месте *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Создать сторно из заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -75,11 +74,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторно, а также можно * Публиковать * это, находясь в модуле * Служба " "поддержки *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по заявке" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." @@ -87,25 +86,22 @@ msgstr "" "Процесс возврата товара от клиента назад в состав будет введен в действие, " "когда на странице заявки будут выбраны опцию * Возвращение *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Предоставляйте купоны из заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -"Во-первых, не забудьте запланировать * Купонная программу * в модуле * " -"Продажи * или * Веб-сайте *. В приложении * Служба поддержки * нужно открыть" -" свою заявку и нажать * Купон * выбрать * Купонная программу> Создать *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " @@ -115,11 +111,11 @@ msgstr "" "ремонт. Заполните оставленные поля по необходимости и выберите следующий " "шаг." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " @@ -129,7 +125,7 @@ msgstr "" "что и в модуле * Выездное обслуживание *, нажав на * Запланировать " "вмешательства *." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons `_" @@ -137,7 +133,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Купоны " " `_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" @@ -145,61 +141,62 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -258,15 +255,11 @@ msgstr "Как настроить различные этапы для кажд #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Сначала вам нужно включить режим разработчика. Для этого перейдите к своему " -"модуля настроек и выберите пункт "Активировать режим разработчика"" -" в нижней правой части страницы." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -279,15 +272,15 @@ msgstr "" "и назначить их для одной или нескольких команд, что позволит настроить этапы" " для каждой команды." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "Начните получать заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "Как мои клиенты могут подавать заявки?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" @@ -296,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" ""Настройки", выберите "Служба поддержки". В разделе " ""Каналы" вы найдете 4 варианта:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." @@ -305,7 +298,7 @@ msgstr "" "письма, которые вы выбираете для создания заявки. Заголовок строки " "электронное письмо становится темой заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " @@ -315,7 +308,7 @@ msgstr "" "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit и отправить заявку через форму " "сайта - так же, как odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " @@ -325,21 +318,18 @@ msgstr "" "вашем сайте. Ваш клиент начнет чат, и оператор онлайн-чата сможет создать " "заявку с помощью темы заявку команды / поддержки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Последняя опция, чтобы подать заявки - через соединение API. Документацию `*" -" здесь * " -"`__." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "Заявки созданы, что теперь?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -351,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "используя кнопку "Назначить для меня" в левом верхнем углу заявки " "или добавить себя в поле "Предназначен для"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." @@ -360,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr "" ""Сбалансированный", ваши заявки будут назначаться членам этой " "команды поддержки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." @@ -368,11 +358,11 @@ msgstr "" "Оттуда они начнут работать над решением заявок! Когда они будут завершены, " "они переместят заявку на стадию завершения." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "Как обозначить эту заявку, как срочную?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " @@ -382,7 +372,7 @@ msgstr "" "срочной является заявка, но выбирать одну или несколько звезд на ней. Вы " "можете сделать это в канбан или на форме заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" @@ -390,13 +380,13 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы настроить политику Соглашения о качестве обслуживания ваших " "сотрудников, сначала активируйте настройки в разделе «Настройки»." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" "Отсюда выберите "Настроить политику SLA" и нажмите " ""Создать"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." @@ -404,11 +394,11 @@ msgstr "" "Вы будете заполнять информацию, подобную команды поддержки, о минимальном " "приоритет на заявке (звезды) и цели для заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "Что делать, если заявка заблокирован или готова к исполнению?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" @@ -416,19 +406,19 @@ msgstr "" "Если заявка не может быть решена или заблокирована, вы можете изменить " "положение заявки на канбан. У вас есть 3 варианта:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "Серый - нормальное состояние" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "Красный - заблокировано" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "Зеленый - готова к следующему этапу" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." @@ -436,11 +426,11 @@ msgstr "" "Подобно звездам с быстротой, вы можете настроить положение в канбан или на " "форме заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "Как мои сотрудники могут зарегистрировать время по заявке?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " @@ -450,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "заявке". Появится поле, где вы можете выбрать проект, куда нужно " "записывать табель." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" @@ -458,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" "Теперь, когда вы выбрали проект, вы можете сохранить. Если вы вернетесь к " "своим заявок, вы увидите новую вкладку «Табели»." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." @@ -466,17 +456,17 @@ msgstr "" "Здесь сотрудники могут добавить строку, чтобы добавить работу, которую они " "сделали для этой заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "Как разрешить своим клиентам оценивать полученную ими услугу" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" "Во-первых, вам нужно активировать параметры оценивания в разделе " ""Настройка"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -686,36 +676,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a9f19a6bf..d496ec8f1 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -125,8 +125,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -566,8 +567,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -577,50 +578,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -844,22 +847,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1082,8 +1085,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1154,7 +1157,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1537,8 +1540,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1549,10 +1553,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1565,9 +1569,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1686,9 +1690,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1699,18 +1703,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1879,6 +1883,10 @@ msgstr "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -2019,8 +2027,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка программы" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -2080,9 +2088,9 @@ msgstr "Оповещения об окончании срока действия #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -2122,8 +2130,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -2138,8 +2146,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2193,7 +2202,7 @@ msgstr "Типы операций" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2219,8 +2228,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2257,16 +2267,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2337,8 +2347,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2367,13 +2377,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2449,9 +2460,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2509,12 +2520,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2540,8 +2553,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2562,8 +2576,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2586,7 +2600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2779,8 +2793,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2802,8 +2816,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2819,8 +2833,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2832,9 +2846,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2947,10 +2961,10 @@ msgstr "Запустите планировщик вручную" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2959,15 +2973,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -3125,8 +3139,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -3135,9 +3150,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -3154,9 +3169,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3263,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3330,8 +3345,9 @@ msgstr "Правила повторных заказов" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3374,8 +3390,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3404,13 +3420,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3424,8 +3438,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3460,9 +3474,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3512,8 +3527,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3834,22 +3849,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -3858,83 +3874,83 @@ msgstr "" "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo, и оно работает вне коробки. Проверьте " "следующие операции и узнайте, как Odoo руководит бухгалтерскими сообщениями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Счет от поставщика" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активы состав" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активы: отсроченные налоговые активы" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обязанности: кредиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "настройки:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -3942,71 +3958,71 @@ msgstr "" "Приобретенные товары: определены на товаре или на внутренний категории " "соответствующего товара (поле счета расходов)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Будущие налоговые активы: определяется налогом, используемого на строку " "заказа на приобретение" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторская задолженность: определяется поставщиком, связанным со счетом" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "прием товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Есть журнальных записей" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Счет фактура" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходы: проданные товары" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обязанности: отсроченные налоговые обязательства" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активы: дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4014,21 +4030,21 @@ msgstr "" "Доходы: определяются по товару или по внутренней категорией соответствующего" " товара (поле Текущий счет)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Налоговые обязательства будущих периодов: определяется налогом, " "используемого на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебиторская задолженность: определяется на клиента (счет на получение)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4036,18 +4052,18 @@ msgstr "" "Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " "заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "клиентская доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Производственные заявки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4055,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr "" "В конце месяца / года ваша компания осуществляет физическую инвентаризацию " "или просто опирается на склад в Odoo, чтобы оценить запас в ваши книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4063,20 +4079,20 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте запись журнала, чтобы переместить стоимость запасов в разделе Доход" " и потери в своих активов." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Расходы: варианты инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4084,12 +4100,12 @@ msgstr "" "Если снизилась стоимость состава, ** Состав ** счет зачисляется и ** " "Варианты инвентаризации ** дебетуются." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Англо-саксонской учет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4097,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тогда вам нужно разбить баланс покупки как инвентаризацию, так и стоимость " "проданных товаров по следующей формуле:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4105,33 +4121,33 @@ msgstr "" "Стоимость проданных товаров (COGS) = Начальная стоимость запаса + Покупки - " "Завершение инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Чтобы обновить оценку состава в своих книгах, зарегистрируйте следующую " "запись:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (конечная стоимость)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Расходы: стоимость проданных товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Расходы: приобретенные товары" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (начальное значение)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4140,33 +4156,33 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "** Настройка: **" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебиторская задолженность / кредиторская задолженность: определенная у " "партнера (вкладка Учет)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Отсроченные налоговые активы / обязательства: определяется налогом, " "используемого на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4175,7 +4191,7 @@ msgstr "" "также может быть установлен в форме товара (вкладка Бухучет) как значение " "замены." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4183,15 +4199,15 @@ msgstr "" "Варианты инвентаризации: устанавливать как входящий / исходящий аккаунт во " "внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Инвентаризация: назначать учет стоимости состава во внутренней категории " "товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4199,7 +4215,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходы: определяется как категория товара по умолчанию, или для конкретного " "товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4209,7 +4225,7 @@ msgstr "" "продаваемых". Определены категорию товара как значения по умолчанию или" " непосредственно на форме товара." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4217,7 +4233,7 @@ msgstr "" "Полученные товары не были приобретены: чтобы установить входной учет во " "внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4225,7 +4241,7 @@ msgstr "" "Выпущенные товары не учитываются на счетах: для внутренней категории товара " "назначайте учет выходных расходов" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4316,9 +4332,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4419,14 +4436,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4473,13 +4491,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4522,8 +4541,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4595,8 +4614,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4736,34 +4755,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4771,7 +4790,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4782,21 +4801,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4826,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" "Затем поставьте галочку на пункте ** Управление несколькими местонахождению " "на складе **. Пожалуйста, не забудьте ** применить ** свои изменения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -4834,11 +4853,11 @@ msgstr "" "Этот параметр также обозначить, если вы хотите управлять различными " "местонахождению и маршрутами на своем складе." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Создание нового состава" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4850,7 +4869,7 @@ msgstr "" "Warehouses`. Теперь вы можете создать свой состав, нажав кнопку ** Создать " "**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -4858,18 +4877,14 @@ msgstr "" "Заполните ** название состава ** и ** краткое название **, которая должна " "составлять максимум 5 символов." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"Обратите внимание на то, что ** краткое название ** очень важна, поскольку " -"она будет отображаться в вашем распоряжении и других складских документах. " -"Возможно, разумно использовать понятное название (например, ВС / [первые " -"буквы внутреннего состава])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -4877,11 +4892,11 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы вернетесь на информационную панель, новые операции автоматически " "создан для вашего нового состава." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Создание новой инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -4891,7 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "" "инвентаризация. В таком случае вы должны создать инвентаризацию в Odoo, если" " не можете пропустить этот шаг." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4903,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" "кнопку ** Создать **. Заполните ** реестр товара **, ** дату ** и " "обязательно выберите правильный состав и местонахождения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4917,7 +4932,7 @@ msgstr "" "быть изменена, поскольку она представляет исчисленный объем заказов на " "покупку и продажу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -4925,11 +4940,11 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте проверить свою инвентаризацию, как только у вас запишется этап " "всего вашего товара." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Создайте внутреннее перемещение" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -4939,7 +4954,7 @@ msgstr "" " две единицы товара с вашего первого склада на другой, который находится " "именно в Брюсселе, выполните следующие действия:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -4947,7 +4962,7 @@ msgstr "" "На информационной панели выберите внутреннее перемещение одного из двух " "слогов. Для этого нажмите :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -4957,7 +4972,7 @@ msgstr "" "(в этом случае наш "старый состав») и зону местонахождение назначения " "(в данном случае наш "новый состав" расположен в Брюсселе)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -4966,14 +4981,14 @@ msgstr "" "не забудьте ** проверить ** или ** обозначить как СДЕЛАТЬ **, когда вы " "закончите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Если вы выберете ** Проверить **, Odoo будет обрабатывать все перечисленные " "величины." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -4983,21 +4998,21 @@ msgstr "" "статус ** ожидания **. Нажмите ** Резерв **, чтобы зарезервировать " "количество товаров на своем исходном составе." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можно также вручную переместить каждый товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "С помощью информационной панели выберите замолвння на перемещение в " "местонахождении источника." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Выберите правильный заказ на перемещение" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -5007,7 +5022,7 @@ msgstr "" "открыть окно деталей операции. В этом новом окне вы можете вручную указать, " "сколько товаров вы обрабатываете" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -5078,10 +5093,8 @@ msgstr "Настройка правил закупок" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -"Правила закупок устанавливаются на маршрутах. В программе Состав перейдите к" -" разделу Настройка> Маршруты." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." @@ -5121,11 +5134,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Приложение Закупки нужно установить, чтобы запустить правила ** покупки **." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Попробуйте создать правило закупок в нашем демонстрационном примере." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." @@ -5133,20 +5142,20 @@ msgstr "" "Некоторые настройки состава создает маршруты с уже определенным правилам " "закупок." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" @@ -5224,23 +5233,18 @@ msgstr "" "тому, что товары, находящиеся в месте контроля качества, перемещаются в " "состав." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Попробуйте создать правило выталкивания в нашем демонстрационном примере." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" "Некоторые настройки состава создают маршруты с уже установленным правилам " "выталкивания." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "складские перемещения" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " @@ -5250,7 +5254,7 @@ msgstr "" "установленному на вашем маршруте, вы увидите, что некоторые перемещения " "могут быть готовы, а другие в ожидании." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." @@ -5259,7 +5263,7 @@ msgstr "" "** склада / места приема ** к местонахождению ** склада / контроля качества " "**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" @@ -5269,7 +5273,7 @@ msgstr "" "оно определяет, что когда контроль качества будет завершено, товары будут " "перемещены на основной состав." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" @@ -5587,41 +5591,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6985,21 +6990,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1. Зайдите на сайт UPS.com ( `http://www.ups.com `__) " -"используя ваш ID UPS.com и пароль." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку ** Мой UPS **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Резюме учетной записи **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -7007,7 +7010,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Нажмите на ссылку ** Добавить существующий аккаунт UPS ** в разделе " "страницы ** Информация об учетной записи UPS **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7017,15 +7020,15 @@ msgstr "" "записи **, ** Название аккаунта **, а также ** Почтовый код **. Страна по " "умолчанию стоит как Соединенные Штаты." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Далее **, чтобы продолжить." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Получите ключ доступа" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7034,33 +7037,29 @@ msgstr "" " можете заказать ключ доступа UPS, воспользовавшись приведенными ниже " "инструкциями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -"1. Перейдите на веб-страницы ** UPS Developer Kit ** " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -" `__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Войдите на UPS.com с вашим ID и паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Проверьте свою контактную информацию" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fd8407ed --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index b29d1b0e7..e57935fef 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -217,23 +217,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Чтобы настроить mercury, необходимо включить режим разработчика. Чтобы это " -"сделать, перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` и выберите * " -"Активировать режим разработчика *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -"В режиме разработчика перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." @@ -241,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" "Создайте новую конфигурацию для кредитных карточек и введите учетные данные " "Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." @@ -249,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" "Затем перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " "Payment Methods` и создайте еще один." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." @@ -257,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" "Под * Точкой продаже *, когда вы выберете Использовать в точке продажи *, вы" " сможете выбрать только что созданные вами учетные данные Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "Теперь вы можете оплатить кредитную карту во время проверки платежа." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 5defbab77..88fcf5b15 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -968,12 +968,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажав на кнопку ** Создать и редактировать **. В поле ** Дата заказа ** " "выберите дату, до которой вы хотите перейти к фактическому заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Смотрите * Запрос на коммерческое предложение * в нашей демоверсии онлайн" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -994,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "электронной почте (убедитесь, что для этого поставщика указан адрес " "электронной почты или введите новую)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -1003,7 +998,7 @@ msgstr "" "предложения перейдет с ** Черновики ** в ** направленном коммерческое " "предложение **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -1014,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "стоимость доставки, условия платежа и т.д.), а затем нажмите кнопку ** " "Сохранить **, чтобы оформить заказ на покупку." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -1023,7 +1018,7 @@ msgstr "" "заказ поставщику. Статус Коммерческой предложения перейдет в ** Заказ на " "покупку **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fd940ef97..3f75f53d7 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -431,25 +431,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -457,18 +459,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -479,14 +481,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -498,24 +500,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -526,11 +528,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -538,13 +540,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -634,16 +636,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -652,7 +655,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -855,8 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -988,7 +990,6 @@ msgstr "" "установить его." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1287,10 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "Сделайте подписку по заказу на продажу" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -"В приложении для продаж создайте коммерческое предложение желаемом клиенту и" -" выберите ранее созданный товар подписки." #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1403,6 +1402,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "По заказу на продажу можно отнести эти часы." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2799,11 +2805,9 @@ msgstr "Настройте общие сроки и условия по умол #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -"Перейдите к :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` и " -"активируйте * Сроки и условия по умолчанию *." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 9ace61e96..e0a14a573 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Андрей Гусев , 2019 # Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 # @@ -13,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -27,354 +26,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Чёрный список" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA `__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Установление цены" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -382,138 +461,115 @@ msgstr "" "Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " "функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 66be1c6cf..bd218b36a 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Denis Baranov , 2019 -# Ivan Yelizariev , 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev , 2019 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,205 +22,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Меркетинг соцсетей" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Дополнительные разделы" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 -msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -"Одним из крупнейших испытаний компании является эффективное сотрудничество с" -" ее аудиторией. Соцсети Odoo помогают вам встретиться с вашей аудиторию с " -"помощью некоторой поддержки: соцсети, push-сообщение или запрос на живой " -"чат." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "Добавьте ваши соцсети и создайте канал" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" msgstr "" -"Сначала вам нужно добавить ваши учетные записи соцсетей. Чтобы сделать это, " -"добавьте Стрим и выберите ваш аккаунт соцсети. Вам нужно будет предоставить " -"доступ к модулю Маркетинг соцсетей Odoo." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -"После того, как это будет выполнено, вы будете перенаправлены на ваш канал, " -"и будет автоматически добавлена колонка с публикациями только добавленного " -"аккаунта. Затем вы можете добавить новые стрим на ваш канал и настроить ваш " -"просмотр канбан, как вам нравится .." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" -msgstr "Добавляя учетные записи соцсетей к вашему каналу, на него также KPI:" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "Аудитория: Количество подписчиков вашего канала" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "Привлечение: Количество людей, вовлеченных в ваших публикаций" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "Истории: Количество людей, привлеченных к вашему каналу" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -"создали истории на канале своего друга или подписчиков (Распространение, " -"Ретвиты ..)" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -"Вы можете получить больше информации, нажав на ссылку «Инфо»: это направит " -"вас на статистику выбранной соцсети." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "опубликовать содержание" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"Чтобы опубликовать содержимое на ваши учетные записи соцсетей или отправить " -"push-уведомления вашем подписанном пользователю, просто перейдите на ваш " -"Канал и нажмите Новая публикация или используйте меню "Публикации"" -" и создайте публикацию оттуда. Выберите учетные записи, где вы хотите " -"опубликовать ваш содержание, напишите пост и получите мгновенный " -"предварительный просмотр того, как будет выглядеть пост после его " -"опубликования." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -"При выборе push-уведомления, вы получите некоторые дополнительные поля на " -"форме, которая позволит вам заполнять настройки push-уведомлений и выберет " -"сегмент между всеми вашими подписчиков. Вы также можете присылать push-" -"оповещения через меню Посетители, как объяснено в предыдущем параграфе." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "Включите push-оповещения на вашем сайте" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -"Система push-уведомлений использует учетную запись Firebase, настроен по " -"умолчанию. Эта функция позволяет отправлять push-уведомления посетителям " -"вашего сайта после их подписки на него. Чтобы включить push-уведомления на " -"вашем сайте, перейдите в Настройки модуля Сайт и настройте запрос на " -"разрешение на оповещение." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -"После того, как это будет выполнено, оповещения будут появляться посетителям" -" вашего сайта, спрашивая их о разрешении на push-уведомления. Как только они" -" подпишутся на них, вы можете начинать отправлять им push-оповещения через " -"меню Посетителей. Вы можете легко отправлять их персонально или нацеливать " -"их на больший сегмент, выбрав несколько посетителей в просмотре списка " -"(например., Все посетители, которые посетили Домашнюю страницу)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "Умело обращаться с вашими посетителями онлайн" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -"Вы можете мониторить ваши онлайн-посещения через меню Посетители. Вы увидите" -" каждого посетителя, зашедшего на одну из ваших отслеживаемых страниц (можно" -" настроить отслеживаемых страницы в модуле Сайт), онлайн или офлайн. Ваши " -"онлайн-посетители будут подлинности, если они связаны с лидом или с " -"существующим партнером. Вы сможете связаться с ними через email, sms-" -"сообщения, push-уведомления (если они на них подписаны), или даже отправлять" -" им запрос на живой чат, который они получат во время следующей воздействия " -"на отслеживаемых страницах (если вы установили модуль Живого чата)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "Настройте ваши учетные записи разработчика Facebook и Twitter" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -"По умолчанию модуль Соцсети уже настроены с учетной записью разработчика " -"Facebook и Twitter, но вы можете использовать собственные, если это " -"необходимо. Включите режим разработчика, перейдите в меню Настройки> " -"Настройки и введите ключи API." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "Настройте ваш собственный API Firebase" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -"По умолчанию проект Firebase запускается на вашей базе данных, поэтому не " -"требуется никаких настроек. Если у вас несколько сайтов, каждый сайт будет " -"связано с различными проектами Firebase. Если вам нужно настроить " -"собственный проект Firebase, перейдите в :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` секцию веб Push-уведомления." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 27152868a..a35792c1b 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ILMIR , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -272,251 +272,6 @@ msgstr "" "Вам следует подумать об `обновлении ` вашей базы " "данных" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "Сделать вклад в документацию" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "Прежде всего..." - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" -"**... Спасибо за вашу помощь в улучшении пользовательской документации " -"Оду.**" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "Отредактировать существующую страницу" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account `_." -msgstr "" -"Поскольку наша документация размещена на GitHub, у вас должен быть " -"``бесплатный аккаунт GitHub `_. " - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST `_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Код" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Показать" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Комментарии" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Список" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README `_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -651,48 +406,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise `_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index ccf3c3f2d..ef0c402a3 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev , 2019\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" @@ -1094,10 +1094,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1361,10 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1793,18 +1795,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1813,11 +1816,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1825,93 +1828,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Продукты" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Блоги" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Форумы" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "События" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Штатное расписание" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компании" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1919,46 +1922,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1967,41 +1970,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Прайс-листы" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2009,11 +2012,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2022,42 +2025,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Как перевести свой сайт" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29f2ca5a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,14087 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo `__ or the `European Central Bank `__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" +" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " +"responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " +"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " +"mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " +"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " +"your own *Bank Account* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " +"automatically with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " +"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " +"a new mandate from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " +"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " +"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " +"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " +"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" +" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"then download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " +"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..99b5cc73c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-07 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75fb0f755 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0485fdd88 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,772 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page `__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page `__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6cfc8647 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16574c9ab --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1475 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " +"Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" +" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " +"`__" +" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " +"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " +"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" +" the setup to work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " +"testing to production or vice-versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " +"by switching the state to **Enabled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a6469f27 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06f7110d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9ae7f380 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f0d9c8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " +"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" +" and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " +"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" +" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `Pricing page `_ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " +"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " +"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" +" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " +"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07b454c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept `__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8965de879 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,581 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "" +"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " +"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" +" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " +"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the After Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " +"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " +"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " +"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " +"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" +" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " +"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " +"Intervention*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " +"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " +"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " +"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e8f291d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-07 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ca362fb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,6313 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow having 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " +"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " +"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " +"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " +"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " +"will chain the picking to the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " +"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," +" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " +"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " +"reserved and you can validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " +"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " +"validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " +"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " +"the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " +"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " +"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " +"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " +"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " +"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " +"manufacturing lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 +msgid "Supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " +"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " +"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " +"Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " +"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " +"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " +"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " +"time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +msgid "" +"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " +"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " +"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " +"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 +msgid "Security lead time for sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " +"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " +"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " +"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +msgid "" +"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " +"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " +"times, not for sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " +"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 +msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " +"manufacturing days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" +" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" +" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 +msgid "At the sale order level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 +msgid "Expected date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " +"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +msgid "" +"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " +"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " +"based on the different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" +" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " +"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " +"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" +" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +msgid "" +"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " +"Days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +msgid "" +"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +msgid "" +"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " +"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " +"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b30b0585 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,812 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f62e678de --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6cdd1d107 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1170 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of finished products through " +"subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" +" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` " +"and hit *Create*. In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by " +"the subcontractor to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify" +" that the *BoM* type is *Subcontracting* and define one or several " +"subcontractors who will provide you the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "And... the configuration part is already done!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product with tracked components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case the subcontracted product you receive from your subcontractor " +"contains tracked components, you will need to specify the *serial/lot " +"numbers* of the components in question for traceability. This operation is " +"included in the receipt of the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the receipt, you see a *Record Components* button appearing when " +"necessary. If you click on it, a *Produce* wizard opens in which you will " +"have to enter the *serial/lot numbers* of the components, and the finished " +"product if it is also tracked, like in the below example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once this information has been entered, you will see a new icon on the " +"receipt stock move, which will allow you to find back the components which " +"are part of the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the subcontractor" +" as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You therefore need to activate *Multi-locations* in the inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule* on the " +"*Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough components " +"sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is triggered, a " +"delivery order is created for the product is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your subcontractors " +"each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you need to tick the " +"route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..672e43c9a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03fdcba48 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61717934b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " +"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " +"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " +"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " +"planned tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78f90c8ca --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1716 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " +"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" +" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " +"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " +"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " +"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" +" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " +"payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" +" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " +"+/- 1 min)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " +"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " +"your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 +msgid "Close your Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " +"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " +"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" +" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a17a9dbe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo `_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9844346c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..972431295 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1599 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5afc8a83 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1631 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..161848cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " +"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " +"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" +" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " +"should take place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " +"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " +"process the quality control point should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " +"place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " +"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " +"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " +"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" +" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " +"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " +"check failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " +"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" +" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " +"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " +"with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +msgid "" +"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" +" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " +"during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e439a7e72 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,2455 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 +msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 +msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" +" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" +" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " +"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " +"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" +" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " +"for its own selling account only.\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" +" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " +"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " +"your responses in accordance with your business case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " +"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" +" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " +"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " +"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" +" may not be met by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " +"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " +"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " +"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " +"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " +"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" +"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" +" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " +"`submit a support ticket to Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 +msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " +"application for Amazon MWS keys `, you may disregard " +"this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " +"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " +"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " +"place indicated by square brackets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " +"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " +"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " +"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " +"will find them adequate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " +"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " +"address) is required.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 +msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 +msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 +msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 +msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " +"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " +"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " +"organization shares this information.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " +"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" +" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " +"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 +msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 +msgid "" +"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " +"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " +"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " +"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " +"https://www.odoo.com/security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" +" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 +msgid "" +"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " +"relevant access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " +"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " +"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " +"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " +"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " +"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" +" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 +msgid "" +"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " +"needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" +" of users and access rights to your employees]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " +"accessed from employee personal devices.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " +"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " +"access rights still apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " +"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 +msgid "" +"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " +"policies]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " +"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " +"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " +"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " +"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " +"in your application(s).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" +" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " +"acceptable).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" +" data breach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 +msgid "" +"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " +"to your incident response policy.]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form `, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form ` " +"was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " +"if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cfa9771f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,568 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"specific list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " +"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 +msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " +"notable integrations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e647dd83d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,356 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ceb33515 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form `_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0017b9234 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1993 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index ce9a4ab2c..786a8d7f0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "Бухоблік" @@ -36,6 +36,125 @@ msgstr "Банк та готівка" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банківські виписки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Банківські виписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -82,29 +201,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -112,8 +226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -193,7 +306,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" @@ -295,419 +408,22 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки CODA (тільки для Бельгії)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"CODA - це формат файлів для банківських виписок у Бельгії. Більшість " -"бельгійських банків, а також програмне забезпечення Isabel, дозволяють " -"завантажувати файл CODA з усіма своїми банківськими виписками." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл CODA з вашого банку або " -"програмного забезпечення бухобліку та імпортувати його безпосередньо в Odoo." -" Це створить всі банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Встановіть функцію CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"<accounting/InstallCoda>`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Якщо CODA ще не активовано, вам потрібно зробити це спочатку. У програмі " -"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте опцію **Імпортувати банківські виписки у " -"форматі .CODA** і застосуйте." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Імпортуйте ваші перші файли CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть до **Панелі приладів** бухобліку і натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " -"картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл CODA." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте свій файл CODA на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпортувати**, " -"щоб створити всі свої банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Якщо файл успішно завантажено, ви перейдете на екран узгодження банківської " -"виписки з усіма транзакціями для узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo " -"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для " -"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до кнопки **Більше**, " -"ви можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте виписку, пов'язану з новим " -"клієнтом/постачальником, Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для " -"узгодження транзакції. Odoo дізнається з цієї операції і автоматично " -"завершить наступні платежі, які ви отримуєте або робите для цих контактів. " -"Це прискорить процес узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи деякі файли або транзакції вже були " -"імпортовані. Отже, ви не повинні турбуватися про те, щоб уникати " -"імпортування двох файлів одного і того ж файлу: Odoo перевірить все для вас," -" перш ніж створювати нові банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете імпортувати банківські виписки, синхронізувати з" -" банком, а також зареєструвати банківські виписки вручну." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що " -"вам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Створіть вашу банківську виписку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі натисніть кнопку **Нова виписка**, пов'язана з " -"банківським журналом. Якщо потрібно виконати деякі узгодження, посилання на " -"Нову виписку буде знайдено нижче." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Просто заповніть поля відповідно до інформації, написаної на банківській " -"виписці. Посилання можна заповнити вручну або ви можете залишити його " -"порожнім. Ми рекомендуємо заповнити партнера, щоб полегшити процес " -"узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "" -"Різниця між початковим балансом і кінцевим балансом повинна дорівнювати " -"обчисленому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Узгодьте ваші банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати безпосередньо узгодити виписку, натиснувши кнопку " -"|manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете запустити процес узгодження з інформаційної панелі, " -"натиснувши пункт **Узгодити # елементів**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на **Перевірити**, щоб узгодити банківську виписку. Якщо партнер " -"відсутній, Odoo попросить вас **вибрати партнера**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи на аркуші." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Закрийте банківські виписки з узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "" -"Якщо баланс правильний, ви можете безпосередньо закрити виписку з " -"узгодження, натиснувши на |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "" -"В іншому випадку натисніть |manual08| щоб відкрити виписку та виправити " -"проблему." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Закрийте банківську виписку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі бухобліку натисніть кнопку Додатково у своєму " -"банківському журналі, потім натисніть Банківські виписки. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Щоб закрити банківську виписку, натисніть **Перевірити**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів операцій OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" -"Відкрита фінансова біржа - уніфікована специфікація електронного обміну " -"фінансовими даними між фінансовими установами, підприємствами та споживачами" -" через Інтернет." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл OFX з вашого банку або " -"програмне забезпечення для бухгалтерського обліку та імпортувати його " -"безпосередньо у версію Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Щоб імпортувати виписки OFX, вам слід активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У " -"програмі Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`. З налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських " -"виписок **Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX** і застосуйте." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть на інформаційну панель бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на" -" банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл OFX." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте файл OFX на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " -"всі свої банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo " -"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для " -"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до меню **Більше**, ви " -"можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте заяву, пов'язану з новим клієнтом/постачальником, " -"Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для узгодження транзакції. " -"Odoo дізнається про цю операцію і автоматично завершить наступні платежі, " -"які ви отримуєте чи робите з цими контактами. Це прискорить процес " -"узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" - #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "Як синхронізувати ваш рахунок PayPal з Odoo" @@ -835,76 +551,6 @@ msgstr "" "Вам потрібно лише ввести свої облікові дані вперше. Після завершення роботи," " Odoo автоматично буде синхронізуватися з PayPal кожні 4 години." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"Формат обміну Quicken - це відкрита специфікація для читання та написання " -"фінансових даних на медіа (тобто файли). Хоча все ще широко " -"використовується, QIF - це більш старий формат, ніж Open Financial Exchange " -"(OFX), і ви можете використовувати версію OFX, якщо ви можете експортувати " -"їх в обидва формати." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити QIF-файл з вашого банку або " -"бухгалтерської програми та імпортувати його безпосередньо у вашу версію " -"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"Для імпорту звітів QIF потрібно активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У програмі " -"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортувати" -" у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть на панель приладів бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " -"банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл QIF." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте файл QIF на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " -"всі виписки з банку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Імпорт фалів QIF" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1387,6 +1033,18 @@ msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "Налаштування моделі записів банківської виписки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1487,16 +1145,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" @@ -1743,11 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "переключитися на компанію відповідно до ваших уподобань користувачів, щоб " "додати, змінити або видалити банківські рахунки з іншої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Перегляньте *банківський рахунок* у нашій демо онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." @@ -1755,11 +1404,11 @@ msgstr "" "Початковий баланс банківської виписки буде автоматично встановлено на " "остаточний залишок попереднього в одному журналі." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "Видалення банківського рахунку або кредитної картки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -2021,15 +1670,15 @@ msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" " за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2037,7 +1686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, " "необхідно виконати такі дії:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2045,21 +1694,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " "Реєстрація транзакцій`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Покладіть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2069,11 +1718,11 @@ msgstr "" " ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Візьміть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2083,11 +1732,1524 @@ msgstr "" "після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " +"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " +"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " +"балансами банківських виписок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" +" є правильною." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " +"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " +"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " +"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " +"дебіторами**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " +"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" +" основних засобів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " +"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " +"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " +"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " +"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " +"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " +"для:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " +"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " +"**Збережені прибутки**)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Позики**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " +"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " +"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " +"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " +"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" +" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " +"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " +"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " +"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " +"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " +"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " +"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " +"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " +"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " +"відповідають нульовому балансу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " +"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " +"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" +" грудня." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " +"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " +"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" +" активуйте звітні періоди." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " +"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" +"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " +"менше 12 місяців." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" +"Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним " +"податком)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " +"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " +"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " +"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" +" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " +"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " +"(або включає): це просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " +"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " +"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " +"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " +"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " +"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " +"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " +"податків:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " +"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " +"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " +"податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " +"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " +"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" +" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " +"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " +"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " +"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" +" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " +"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" +" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " +"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " +"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " +"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " +"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " +"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " +"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " +"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " +"вам необхідно:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " +"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " +"включеним податком" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " +"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " +"використання:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" +" на сайті електронної комерції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " +"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " +"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " +"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " +"клієнта**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" +" уникнути плутанини." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " +"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " +"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " +"додатку Продажі:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " +"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" +" (податок входить у вартість)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " +"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " +"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " +"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" +" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " +"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " +"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " +"кожному продажі цього клієнта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" +"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " +"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " +"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " +"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " +"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " +"ціновим референсом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" +"Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його " +"місцезнаходження" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" +"Найчастіше ставки податку залежать від схеми оподаткування або " +"місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так" +" звані *Схеми оподаткування*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" +"Схема оподаткування - це лише набір правил, який співставляє типові податки " +"(як це визначено на формі товару) з іншими податками. На знімку екрана нижче" +" іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і " +"для покупок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " +"місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" +" конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " +"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " +"--> Схеми оподаткування`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, ви також можете співставити рахунки " +"Доходів/Витрат відповідно до схеми оподаткування. Наприклад, в деяких " +"країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з " +"доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" +"Якщо клієнт потрапляє у конкретне правило оподаткування, вам потрібно " +"застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування " +"та призначте її своїм клієнтам." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" +"Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого " +"замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" +"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " +"майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" +"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" +"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі" +" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб " +"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого " +"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " +"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему " +"оподаткування для співставлення податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" +"Таким чином, якщо для клієнта не встановлено схему оподаткування, Odoo " +"вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення" +" при створенні замовлення." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" +"Для замовлень електронної комерції податок кошика відвідувача автоматично " +"оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач " +"увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" +"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете видалити податок, а не замінити" +" іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* " +"незаповненим." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими " +"податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" +"Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів " +"майбутніх періодів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " +"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " +"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " +"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" +" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " +"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " +"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" +" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " +"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " +":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" +" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " +"зареєструєте платіж." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" +" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " +"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " +"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" +" податкового звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" +" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " +"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Дебет**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Кредит**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Отримані $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Банківський журнал" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Банк $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" +"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " +"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " +"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " +"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "Як створити нові податки " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" +"Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: " +"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські " +"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" +" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" +"У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних " +"випадків використання." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Податки`. У цьому" +" меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на " +"продаж та податки на купівлю." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" +"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " +"податок)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" +"**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" +"**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії " +"та ін." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" +" буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " +"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " +"вхідному рахунку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете уникнути використання податку, його не можна видалити, " +"оскільки податок, ймовірно, використовується в кількох рахунках-фактурах. " +"Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим " +"податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вам потрібен більш просунутий податковий механізм, ви можете встановити" +" модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за " +"допомогою коду Python." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Розширені налаштування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" +"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " +"надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" +" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" +"**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " +"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " +"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " +"податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" +"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " +"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " +"використовує аналітичні рахунки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" +"**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете " +"залишити це поле порожнім." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "Встановлення типових податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" +"Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для " +"більшості локалізацій." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" +"Типові податки, встановлені в замовленнях і рахунках, надходять до вкладки " +"\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли" +" ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " +"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " +"Налаштування --> Налаштування`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви працюєте у декількох компаніях, податки на купівлю та продаж можуть " +"мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете " +"увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" +" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " +"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" +" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " +"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" +"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " +"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " +"доларів податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " +"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " +"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " +"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " +"утримання** свого податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " +"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " +"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " +"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " +"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " +"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " +"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" +" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " +"групу серед всіх податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " +"групі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" +"У більшості країн ціни B2C включають податок. Для того, щоб зробити це в " +"Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у" +" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" +"Таким чином ціна, встановлена на формі товару, включає податок. Наприклад, " +"скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на " +"формі товару становить 100 доларів США." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "Податки: $10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "Податки: $9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " +"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" +"За замовчуванням ціни, що відображаються у вашому каталозі електронної " +"комерції, не включають податки. Щоб відобразити їх у податковій системі, " +"перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" +" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " +"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " +"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " +"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "У TaxCloud" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " +"API*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " +"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " +"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " +"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " +"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " +"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " +"товарів/послуг." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " +"новостворених товарів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " +"інформація*, або в категорії товару." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " +"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " +"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "Як це працює" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" +"Податок продажу вираховується в Odoo на основі схеми оподаткування (див. " +":doc:`application`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " +"встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" +" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " +"відкрити та редагувати запис." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " +"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " +"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " +"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " +"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купони та акції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Локалізації" @@ -2096,13 +3258,6 @@ msgstr "Локалізації" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Аргентина" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -2125,21 +3280,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -2147,11 +3309,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "План рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -2159,32 +3321,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Партнер" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -2192,65 +3427,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -2258,11 +3486,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -2270,14 +3498,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -2285,85 +3513,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "Листи" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "Журнали" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2371,39 +3599,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2412,175 +3666,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "Використання та тестування" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "Звіти" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2767,14 +4408,10 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -"Після того, як DIAN призначив офіційну послідовність та префікс для " -"вирішення електронних рахунків, журнали продажів, пов'язані з документами на" -" рахунку-фактурі, потрібно оновлювати в Odoo. До послідовності можна " -"звертатися, використовуючи режим розробника: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3548,14 +5185,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити модуль у будь-якій системі, створеній до 18 грудня 2017 р., " -"Слід оновити список модулів. Для цього активуйте режим розробника в меню " -"*Налаштування*. Потім перейдіть в меню *Додатки* і натисніть *Оновити список" -" модулів* у верхньому меню." #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3735,18 +5368,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -"Для цілей тестування та аудиту такі закриття можуть бути створені вручну в " -"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний " -"--> Автоматизація --> Заплановані дії` зробити так." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обов'язки" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3754,7 +5385,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" " минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3764,7 +5395,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " "вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." @@ -3772,11 +5403,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " "функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Більше інформації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3784,20 +5415,20 @@ msgstr "" "Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" @@ -3852,11 +5483,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Звіт балансу" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" @@ -4270,10 +5904,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Увімкніть режим розробника:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4285,7 +5920,7 @@ msgstr "" "системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 " "(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4297,12 +5932,12 @@ msgstr "" "якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є " "поведінкою за умовчанням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4310,7 +5945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип " "фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4320,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -4330,11 +5965,11 @@ msgstr "" "правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " "це швидше." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4346,7 +5981,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі " "*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " @@ -4356,7 +5991,7 @@ msgstr "" "цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " "наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4370,7 +6005,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для" " вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4378,7 +6013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити " "ім'я користувача або пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4387,23 +6022,23 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації " "бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificate`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4413,7 +6048,7 @@ msgstr "" "призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є " "податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4421,11 +6056,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але " "при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4433,7 +6068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно " "зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4441,7 +6076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен" " виглядати так:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4451,7 +6086,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, " "щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." @@ -4459,34 +6094,34 @@ msgstr "" "Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " "так, як виглядає." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" "Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." @@ -4494,15 +6129,15 @@ msgstr "" "З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз " "скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4512,7 +6147,7 @@ msgstr "" "вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є" " важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " @@ -4523,11 +6158,11 @@ msgstr "" "дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " "записи відмов» у самому платежі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4536,7 +6171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " "платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4545,11 +6180,11 @@ msgstr "" "бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " "\"Готівкових платежів\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4561,11 +6196,11 @@ msgstr "" "календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " "створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4574,7 +6209,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " "рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4582,7 +6217,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4594,7 +6229,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " "місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4604,7 +6239,7 @@ msgstr "" "чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " "``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " @@ -4614,7 +6249,7 @@ msgstr "" "авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." @@ -4623,11 +6258,11 @@ msgstr "" " із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " "потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4641,7 +6276,7 @@ msgstr "" "SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" " caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." @@ -4649,29 +6284,29 @@ msgstr "" "Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " "без належного рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Звіт DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -4679,15 +6314,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " "Бухгалтерський облік." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4697,11 +6332,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " "кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -4709,7 +6344,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " "кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4725,11 +6360,11 @@ msgstr "" "побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " "вибрані для використання в COA на XML." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4737,7 +6372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " "веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4749,11 +6384,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " "тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4768,7 +6403,7 @@ msgstr "" " допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " "вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." @@ -4776,15 +6411,15 @@ msgstr "" "Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " "звичайний звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4794,7 +6429,7 @@ msgstr "" " не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " "Оdoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4806,7 +6441,7 @@ msgstr "" "операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " "постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4816,11 +6451,11 @@ msgstr "" "подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " "DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4830,7 +6465,7 @@ msgstr "" "його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " "веб-сайті SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4842,11 +6477,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " "стосується вказаних даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4856,7 +6491,7 @@ msgstr "" " який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " "кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4864,7 +6499,7 @@ msgstr "" "Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " "SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4879,11 +6514,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " "залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4893,7 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " "до сайту SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4909,7 +6544,7 @@ msgstr "" "захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " "презентації у часі та формі для SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4920,21 +6555,21 @@ msgstr "" "допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " "відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4943,11 +6578,11 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " "якщо це вам підходить." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." @@ -4955,12 +6590,12 @@ msgstr "" "Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " "і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4974,7 +6609,7 @@ msgstr "" "але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4985,7 +6620,7 @@ msgstr "" " якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " "налаштовані." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -4995,7 +6630,7 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " "правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -5005,7 +6640,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " "створення звіту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -5013,7 +6648,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -5029,15 +6664,15 @@ msgstr "" "створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " "процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -5047,11 +6682,11 @@ msgstr "" "адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " "його встановити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -5067,11 +6702,11 @@ msgstr "" "завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " "вводити щодня в систему." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -5079,34 +6714,30 @@ msgstr "" "Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " "(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -"Часто ви хочете отримувати явні помилки з полів, неправильно встановлених у " -"xml, ці помилки краще інформовані користувачеві, якщо ввімкнено перевірку, " -"щоб увімкнути функцію «Перевірити за допомогою xsd», виконайте наступні " -"кроки (при увімкненому режимі налагодження)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " "сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -5114,16 +6745,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -5133,15 +6764,15 @@ msgstr "" "товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " "вказано явну помилку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5151,22 +6782,22 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " "вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -5174,41 +6805,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -5218,7 +6849,7 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -5228,18 +6859,18 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -5248,19 +6879,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -5268,14 +6899,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -5284,27 +6915,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -6089,201 +7720,6 @@ msgstr "" "теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б" " реалізувати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " -"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " -"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " -"балансами банківських виписок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" -" є правильною." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " -"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " -"дебіторами**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " -"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" -" основних засобів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " -"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " -"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " -"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " -"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " -"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " -"для:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " -"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " -"**Збережені прибутки**)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Позики**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " -"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " -"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " -"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " -"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" -" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " -"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " -"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " -"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " -"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " -"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " -"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " -"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " -"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " -"відповідають нульовому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "Автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису" @@ -6992,26 +8428,6 @@ msgstr "**Заголовок**" msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Рахунок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Дебет**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Кредит**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Значення**" @@ -7476,221 +8892,6 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " "додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку та як його налаштувати?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку - це назва або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету " -"рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo типи рахунку використовуються для інформаційних цілей, для створення " -"юридичних звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " -"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"В основному типи рахунку класифікують рахунок у певній категорії відповідно " -"до її поведінки або мети." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Які типи рахунків є в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo охоплює всі типи рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові. Просто " -"виберіть той тип, який стосується вашого рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Список типів рахунку**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Дебітор" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Кредитор" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк і готівка" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Оборотні активи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Необоротні активи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Аванси" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Основні засоби" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Капітал" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Інший дохід" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Дохід" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Амортизація" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Прямі витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати мої рахунки?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Типи рахунків автоматично створюються під час встановлення плану рахунків. " -"За замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато планів рахунків, просто встановіть " -"той, який пов'язаний із вашою країною." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Він буде встановлювати загальні рахунки. Але якщо він не охоплює всі ваші " -"випадки, ви також можете створити власні рахунки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює план " -"рахунків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити нові рахунки, перейдіть до програми Бухобліку. Відкрийте меню " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку " -"**Створити**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " -"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " -"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" -" грудня." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " -"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " -"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" активуйте звітні періоди." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " -"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " -"менше 12 місяців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" @@ -8530,10 +9731,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Банківські виписки" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -8708,22 +9905,15 @@ msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -"Щоб мати доступ до інтерфейсу створення фінансової звітності, потрібно " -"активувати **режим розробника**. Для цього спочатку натисніть на профіль " -"користувача у верхньому правому меню, а потім - **Про**." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Натисніть на : **Активувати режим розробника**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -8731,29 +9921,29 @@ msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" @@ -8761,17 +9951,17 @@ msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" " 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" "На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" " рух грошових коштів)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -8781,7 +9971,7 @@ msgstr "" "**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " "**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " @@ -8791,11 +9981,11 @@ msgstr "" "значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " "потрібно, розділений;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." @@ -8803,7 +9993,7 @@ msgstr "" "``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " "дат)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -8812,7 +10002,7 @@ msgstr "" "отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " "``.amount_residual``)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -8828,15 +10018,15 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" " одним зі стовпців." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." @@ -8845,7 +10035,7 @@ msgstr "" "порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " "кольором) чи ні." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." @@ -8853,7 +10043,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " "використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -8863,7 +10053,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" " (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" @@ -9168,1233 +10358,344 @@ msgstr "" "Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " "податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним " -"податком)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " -"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " -"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " -"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" -" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " -"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " -"(або включає): це просто." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " -"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " -"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " -"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " -"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" -"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " -"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " -"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " -"податків:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " -"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " -"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " -"податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " -"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " -"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" -" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " -"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " -"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " -"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" -" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " -"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" -" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " -"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " -"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " -"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " -"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " -"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " -"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " -"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " -"вам необхідно:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " -"включеним податком" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " -"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " -"використання:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" -" на сайті електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " -"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " -"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " -"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " -"клієнта**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" -" уникнути плутанини." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " -"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " -"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " -"додатку Продажі:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " -"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" -" (податок входить у вартість)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " -"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " -"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " -"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" -" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " -"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " -"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " -"кожному продажі цього клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " -"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " -"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " -"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " -"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " -"ціновим референсом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" -"Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його " -"місцезнаходження" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Найчастіше ставки податку залежать від схеми оподаткування або " -"місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так" -" звані *Схеми оподаткування*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Схема оподаткування - це лише набір правил, який співставляє типові податки " -"(як це визначено на формі товару) з іншими податками. На знімку екрана нижче" -" іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і " -"для покупок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " -"місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" -" конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " -"--> Схеми оподаткування`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, ви також можете співставити рахунки " -"Доходів/Витрат відповідно до схеми оподаткування. Наприклад, в деяких " -"країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з " -"доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт потрапляє у конкретне правило оподаткування, вам потрібно " -"застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування " -"та призначте її своїм клієнтам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого " -"замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" -"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " -"майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі" -" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб " -"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого " -"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " -"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему " -"оподаткування для співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, якщо для клієнта не встановлено схему оподаткування, Odoo " -"вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення" -" при створенні замовлення." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Для замовлень електронної комерції податок кошика відвідувача автоматично " -"оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач " -"увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете видалити податок, а не замінити" -" іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* " -"незаповненим." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими " -"податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" -"Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів " -"майбутніх періодів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " -"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " -"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " -"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" -" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " -"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " -"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" -" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " -"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " -":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" -" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " -"зареєструєте платіж." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" -" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " -"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " -"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" -" податкового звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" -" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " -"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Отримані $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Банківський журнал" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" -"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " -"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " -"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " -"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Як створити нові податки " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: " -"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські " -"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" -" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних " -"випадків використання." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Податки`. У цьому" -" меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на " -"продаж та податки на купівлю." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " -"податок)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії " -"та ін." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" -" буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " -"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " -"вхідному рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уникнути використання податку, його не можна видалити, " -"оскільки податок, ймовірно, використовується в кількох рахунках-фактурах. " -"Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим " -"податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібен більш просунутий податковий механізм, ви можете встановити" -" модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за " -"допомогою коду Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Розширені налаштування" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " -"надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" -" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " -"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " -"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " -"податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " -"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " -"використовує аналітичні рахунки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете " -"залишити це поле порожнім." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Встановлення типових податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для " -"більшості локалізацій." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" -"Типові податки, встановлені в замовленнях і рахунках, надходять до вкладки " -"\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли" -" ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " -"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте у декількох компаніях, податки на купівлю та продаж можуть " -"мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете " -"увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" -" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " -"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" -" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " -"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " -"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " -"доларів податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " -"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " -"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " -"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " -"утримання** свого податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " -"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " -"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " -"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " -"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " -"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " -"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" -" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " -"групу серед всіх податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " -"групі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"У більшості країн ціни B2C включають податок. Для того, щоб зробити це в " -"Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином ціна, встановлена на формі товару, включає податок. Наприклад, " -"скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на " -"формі товару становить 100 доларів США." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Податки: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Податки: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " -"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ціни, що відображаються у вашому каталозі електронної " -"комерції, не включають податки. Щоб відобразити їх у податковій системі, " -"перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" -" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " -"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " -"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " -"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "У TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " -"API*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " -"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " -"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " -"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " -"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " -"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " -"товарів/послуг." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " -"новостворених товарів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " -"інформація*, або в категорії товару." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " -"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Як це працює" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"Податок продажу вираховується в Odoo на основі схеми оподаткування (див. " -":doc:`application`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " -"встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" -" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " -"відкрити та редагувати запис." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " -"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " -"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " -"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " -"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Купони та акції" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Розпочніть" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Капітал" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Дохід" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Дебітор" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Банк і готівка" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Оборотні активи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Необоротні активи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Аванси" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Основні засоби" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Кредитор" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Інший дохід" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Амортизація" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "Як встановити бухоблік Odoo?" @@ -10871,10 +11172,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "План рахунків" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10893,6 +11190,7 @@ msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи в журналі" @@ -11046,10 +11344,7 @@ msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11063,10 +11358,7 @@ msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11088,12 +11380,6 @@ msgstr "Рахунок 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -11223,10 +11509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -11238,12 +11521,8 @@ msgstr "Рахунок" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -12631,19 +12910,11 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть **Метод оплати** на **Чек** та підтвердіть діалогове вікно " "платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Пояснення полів екрана платежу:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунок постачальника чеком" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Друк чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12655,7 +12926,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати" " всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12668,7 +12939,7 @@ msgstr "" "але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному " "чековому номеру." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." @@ -12676,11 +12947,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " "надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12690,18 +12961,18 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до " "платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12711,7 +12982,7 @@ msgstr "" " Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`." " Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12719,7 +12990,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12730,11 +13001,11 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " "пакетному режимі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -13531,7 +13802,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13577,12 +13848,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -13605,9 +13870,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -13902,7 +14167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -13924,22 +14189,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -13947,14 +14212,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -14959,22 +15224,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -14982,21 +15247,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" @@ -15091,169 +15356,6 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "Як визначити платіж за рахунками клієнта?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати планами розрахунків, пов'язаними з рахунком-фактурою, ви " -"повинні використовувати умови оплати в Odoo. Вони застосовуються як до " -"рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунка-фактури:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Оплата 50% протягом 10 днів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Оплата залишкового балансу протягом 30 днів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків" -" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " -"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " -"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " -"може бути не рівно 100%)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Опис терміну оплати буде відображатися в рахунку-фактурі або в замовлення на" -" продаж." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Умови оплати для клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Ви можете встановити умови оплати на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "" -"**клієнті**: термін оплати автоматично застосовується до нових замовлень " -"клієнта або рахунків-фактур для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови оплати для " -"клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цей термін оплати для всіх майбутніх замовлень для" -" цього клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "" -"**комерційній пропозиції**: термін оплати буде застосовано до всіх рахунків-" -"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням продажу, але не з " -"інших комерційних пропозицій" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**рахунку-фактурі**: термін оплати буде застосовуватися лише до цього " -"рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "" -"Якщо рахунок-фактура містить термін платежу, запис журналу, пов'язаний із " -"рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без терміну платежу рахунок-фактура в " -"розмірі 100 доларів створить наступний запис журналу (для наочності нашого " -"прикладу ми не встановили податок на рахунок-фактуру):" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Установлений термін" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виставляєте рахунок-фактуру з 1 січня з терміном платежу в розмірі " -"10% протягом трьох днів та кінцевою оплатою протягом 30 днів, ви отримуєте " -"наступний запис журналу:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Січ 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Січ 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "Огляд процесу виставлення рахунків" @@ -15539,130 +15641,316 @@ msgstr "" "обслуговування" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Як встановити та використовувати умови оплати" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Умови оплати визначають умови оплати рахунку-фактури. Вони застосовуються як" -" до рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Умови оплати відрізняються від виставлення рахунків у кількох областях. Якщо" -" для певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін " -"сплати, а умови рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте звичайні умови оплати в меню Налаштування програми Бухоблік. Опис" -" терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або " -"замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або кілька рядків " -"(10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " -"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " -"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " -"може бути не рівно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Використання умов оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Умови оплати можна встановити на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -"**клієнта**: автоматично застосовуйте цю умову оплати за новими замовленнями" -" на продаж або рахунками-фактурами для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови " -"платежу для клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цю умову оплати для всіх майбутніх " -"замовлень цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -"**комерційну пропозицію**: застосуйте цей термін платежу до всіх рахунків-" -"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням на продаж, але не на " -"інші комерційні пропозиції" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"Якщо в рахунку-фактурі вказано платіжний термін, запис журналу, пов'язаний " -"із рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без умови оплати або податку, рахунок-" -"фактура в розмірі 100 доларів видасть запис цього журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "У виписці клієнта ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Умови оплати для продавців" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб керувати умовами платежу для рахунків постачальників - " -"це фіксувати термін сплати за рахунком. Вам не потрібно призначати умову " -"оплати, достатньо лише терміну оплати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Але якщо вам потрібно керувати умовами постачальника з кількома " -"розстрочками, ви все ще можете користуватися платіжними умовами, так само, " -"як у рахунках клієнтів. Якщо ви встановили термін платежу на рахунку " -"постачальника, вам не потрібно встановлювати термін сплати. Точна дата " -"внесення всіх платежів буде автоматично створена." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Установлений термін" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежі клієнта" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 498d399e0..96299a141 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -376,6 +377,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Ціноутворення" @@ -809,6 +811,75 @@ msgstr "" "виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " "незалежного окремого додатка." +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index f029d17a4..7b47be4b5 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -385,38 +385,32 @@ msgstr "" "імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " "*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна " -"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути " -"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі " -"керування налаштувань." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі " -"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. " -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->" -" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*." #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index e6642347e..991673a81 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -1120,8 +1120,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "Як це зробити:" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника." +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73ab1259a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index a07cad8bf..9f4e716d0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index 9d66eb83e..7d987424a 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" -"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8b3439573..3d630a587 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -49,24 +49,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -"Підключіться до свого облікового запису Google і перейдіть на сторінку " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." @@ -74,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " "потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -82,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім " "збережіть." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." @@ -90,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " "2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." @@ -98,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " "дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -108,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" "вставте наступне посилання в поле: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -213,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -332,21 +328,21 @@ msgstr "" "Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " "шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " "структурі даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -358,7 +354,7 @@ msgstr "" "хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " "імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -366,11 +362,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " "наступного разу." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -387,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " "принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -397,11 +393,11 @@ msgstr "" " доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " "ви зможете його вказати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -418,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " "вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -428,11 +424,11 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " "списку полів для кожного стовпця." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -448,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "" "місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " "місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -460,7 +456,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " "змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -473,11 +469,11 @@ msgstr "" "що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " "дати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -493,60 +489,60 @@ msgstr "" " використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " "визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " "тисяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " "неправильно?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -558,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" " цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " "під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -569,7 +565,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " "питання." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -577,50 +573,37 @@ msgstr "" "Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " "моїй програмі?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви редагуєте та зберігаєте файли CSV у програмах електронної таблиці, " -"регіональні параметри комп'ютера застосовуватимуться до сепаратора та " -"розділювача. Ми рекомендуємо вам скористатись OpenOffice або LibreOffice " -"Calc, оскільки вони дозволять вам змінити всі три варіанти (в діалоговому " -"вікні «Зберегти як»> встановіть прапорець «Редагувати параметри фільтра»> " -"Зберегти)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"Microsoft Excel дозволить вам змінювати лише кодування при збереженні (у " -"діалоговому вікні «Зберегти як»> натисніть «Інструменти» у спадному списку> " -"вкладка «Кодування»)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"Деякі поля визначають зв'язок з іншим об'єктом. Наприклад, країна контакту -" -" це посилання на запис об'єкта \"Країна\". Якщо ви хочете імпортувати такі " -"поля, Odoo доведеться відтворити посилання між різними записами. Щоби " -"допомогти вам імпортувати такі поля, Odoo надає 3 механізми. Для поля, яке " -"потрібно імпортувати, потрібно використовувати єдиний механізм." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -628,11 +611,11 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" " імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -640,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" " postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -648,24 +631,24 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" "файлі, який імпортував його)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -675,7 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" "способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " "той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -683,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " "файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -695,7 +678,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " "однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -703,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " "ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -717,27 +700,23 @@ msgstr "" "стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " "приклад для товарів і їх категорій." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для категорій " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для товарів " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -755,7 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" " один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -765,7 +744,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " "\"Категорія\"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -773,7 +752,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " "тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -785,15 +764,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " "тому ж рядку файлу CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`CSV для виробника, роздрібного продавця " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -801,34 +778,24 @@ msgstr "" "Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " "замовлення на продаж)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете імпортувати замовлення клієнта, що має кілька рядків " -"замовлень; для кожного рядка замовлення вам потрібно зарезервувати певний " -"рядок у файлі CSV. Рядок першого замовлення буде імпортовано в тому ж рядку," -" що й інформація щодо замовлення. Для будь-яких додаткових рядків замовлення" -" буде потрібно додатковий рядок файлу, який не містить інформації у полях " -"щодо замовлення. Наприклад, тут є файл " -"buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV деяких комерційних " -"пропозицій, які ви можете імпортувати, на основі демо-даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Файл для деяких комерційних пропозицій " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -836,15 +803,13 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " "за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Замовлення на купівлю з відповідними рядками замовлення на купівлю " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -852,19 +817,17 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " "відповідні контакти:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Клієнти та їхні відповідні контакти " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -880,7 +843,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " "новий чи ні." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -888,11 +851,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" " зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -904,11 +867,11 @@ msgstr "" "порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " "полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -920,39 +883,26 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " "кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Щоби керувати зв'язками між таблицями, ви можете використовувати \"Зовнішній" -" ID\" об'єктів Odoo. \"Зовнішній ID\" запису є унікальним ідентифікатором " -"цього запису в іншій програмі. Цей \"Зовнішній ID\" повинен бути унікальним " -"для всіх записів усіх об'єктів, тому доцільно привласнити \"Зовнішній ID\" з" -" назвою програми чи таблиці. (наприклад, \"company_1\", \"person_1\" замість" -" \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Припустимо, у вас є база даних SQL з двома таблицями, які ви хочете " -"імпортувати: компанії та особи. Кожна людина належить до однієї компанії, " -"тому вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між людиною та компанією, в якій він " -"працює. (Якщо ви хочете перевірити цей приклад, ось <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">копія такої бази " -"даних PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -960,11 +910,11 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " "напишіть таку команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Ця команда SQL створить наступний файл CSV::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -972,27 +922,21 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " "наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Він буде створювати такий файл CSV::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Як ви бачите у цьому файлі, Фаб'єн і Лоуренс працюють у компанії Bigees " -"(company_1), а Ерік працює в компанії Organi. Зв'язок між особами та " -"компаніями здійснюється за допомогою зовнішнього ідентифікатора компаній. " -"Нам довелося привласнювати \"Зовнішній ID\" за назвою таблиці, щоб уникнути " -"конфлікту ID між особами та компаніями (person_1 та company_1, які " -"поділилися однаковим ID 1 в оригінальній базі даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1004,6 +948,79 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " "потім особи." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" @@ -1012,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "Загальний путівник про Послуги Купівлі в додатку (IAP)" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1022,21 +1039,18 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, це дозволяє надсилати текстові SMS-повідомлення або надсилати " "рахунки поштою безпосередньо зі своєї бази даних." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Купівля кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -"Кожна послуга IAP спирається на передплачені кредити на роботу та має власну" -" ціну. Щоб ознайомитися з поточним балансом або поповнити рахунок, перейдіть" -" в *Налаштування> Odoo IAP > Переглянути мої послуги*." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1044,69 +1058,56 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо я на Odoo Online (SAAS) і в мене версія Enterprise, я користуюся " "безкоштовними кредитами для тестування функцій IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Рахунки IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Кредити для використання послуг IAP зберігаються в рахунках IAP, визначених " -"для кожної послуги та бази даних. За замовчуванням рахунки IAP є загальними " -"для всіх компаній, але їх можна обмежити на конкретні компанії, перейшовши в" -" *Модуль Налаштування > Активувати режим розробника > Технічні налаштування " -"> Рахунок IAP*." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "Портал IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -"Портал IAP - це платформа, яка перегруповує послуги IAP. Вона доступна з " -"*Модуля Налаштування > Odoo IAP > переглянути мої послуги*. Звідти можна " -"переглянути свій поточний баланс, списати кредити, переглянути своє " -"споживання та встановити нагадування про низькі кредити." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Отримуйте сповіщення, коли недостатньо кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -"Щоб отримувати сповіщення, коли настає час поповнити свої кредити, необхідно" -" перейти в портал IAP через *Модуль Налаштування> Odoo IAP > Переглянути мої" -" послуги*, розгорніть послугу та позначте опцію Отримання попередження. Тоді" -" необхідно надати мінімальну кількість кредитів та електронну адресу. Тепер," -" кожного разу, коли буде досягнуто обмеження, автоматично надсилатиметься " -"нагадування електронною поштою!" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступні послуги IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "Різні послуги доступні в залежності типу хостингу вашої бази даних:" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" @@ -1115,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo (напр. такі функції, як SMS, Snailmail, Відкриття та Автоматичне " "заповнення партнера);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1123,23 +1124,18 @@ msgstr "" "*Odoo.sh та Odoo Enterprise (на власному сервері)*: можна використовувати " "обидві послуги, які надаються Odoo, та сторонні модулі." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Запропонувати власні послуги" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" msgstr "" -"Мені більше ніж приємно пропонувати власні послуги IAP через Додатки Odoo! " -"Це ідеальна можливість отримати постійний дохід за постійне використання " -"послуг замість єдиного початкового придбання. Додаткову інформацію можна " -"знайти на: `Купівлі в додатку " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" @@ -1194,12 +1190,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more " "information." msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте, що кожен додатковий користувач збільшить вашу плату за підписку." -" Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до нашої сторінки `*Ціна* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1216,7 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановлення його пароля. Після цього ви зможете визначити його права " "доступу в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Меню користувача`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 593a697bf..1bccc3a6e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" "Післяпродажні функції: відшкодування, купони, повернення, ремонт, втручання " "на місці" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" "As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " "track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" @@ -46,24 +46,22 @@ msgstr "" "мені генерувати сторно, повертати товари, видавати купони, робити ремонт та " "планувати виїзні заходи на сторінці заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 msgid "Set up the After Sales services" msgstr "Встановіть Післяпродажні послуги" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть в *Налаштування > Команди служби підтримки* та увімкніть " -"Післяпродажні опції: *Відшкодування, Повернення, Купони, Ремонт та Втручання" -" на місці*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" "I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " "that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " @@ -76,11 +74,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Зворотній*, буде створено сторно, а також можна *Опублікувати* це, " "перебуваючи в модулі *Служба підтримки*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 msgid "" "The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " "be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." @@ -88,25 +86,22 @@ msgstr "" "Процес повернення товару від клієнта назад до складу буде введено в дію, " "коли на сторінці заявки буде обрано опцію *Повернення*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 msgid "" "First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " "Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." msgstr "" -"По-перше, не забудьте запланувати *Купонну програму* у модулі *Продажі* або " -"*Веб-сайті*. У додатку *Служба підтримки* потрібно відкрити свою заявку і " -"натиснути *Купон*, обрати *Купонну програму > Створити*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" "Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" " be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " @@ -116,11 +111,11 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення на ремонт. Заповніть залишені поля за потребою та виберіть " "наступний крок." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" "At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " "same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " @@ -129,7 +124,7 @@ msgstr "" "На сторінці заявки можна налаштувати втручання на місці у той же спосіб, що " "і в модулі *Виїзне обслуговування*, натиснувши на *Запланувати втручання*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 msgid "" "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" @@ -137,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" @@ -145,61 +140,62 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" msgstr "Дозвольте клієнтам закривати їхні заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" "Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " "misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" " communication and actions more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 msgid "Configure the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 msgid "" -"To configure the feauture go to *Helpdesk > Settings > Helpdesk Teams > " -"Edit* and enable *Ticket closing*." +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" "In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " -"closed, go to *Overview > Tickets*." +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:20 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 msgid "" "You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to *Settings > Edit Stage* and enable *Closing Stage*." +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 msgid "" "If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " "transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " "set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 msgid "The Costumer Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " "available." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:39 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 msgid "" "To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -"*Reporting > Tickets > Filters > Add Custom filter > Closed by partner > " -"Applied*." +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 @@ -258,15 +254,11 @@ msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної к #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Спочатку вам потрібно активувати режим розробника. Для цього перейдіть до " -"свого модуля налаштувань та виберіть посилання \"Активувати режим " -"розробника\" у нижній правій частині сторінки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -278,15 +270,15 @@ msgstr "" " як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї" " або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" @@ -295,7 +287,7 @@ msgstr "" " виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 " "варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." @@ -304,7 +296,7 @@ msgstr "" "які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає " "темою заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " @@ -314,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr "" "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму " "веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " @@ -324,21 +316,18 @@ msgstr "" "вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе " "створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_." msgstr "" -"Остання опція, щоби подати заявки - через з'єднання API. Перегляньте " -"документацію `*тут* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -350,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" " на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому" " кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." @@ -358,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші" " заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." @@ -366,11 +355,11 @@ msgstr "" "Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть " "завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " @@ -380,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "" "терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете " "зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" @@ -388,11 +377,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших " "співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." @@ -400,11 +389,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про " "мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" @@ -412,19 +401,19 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан " "заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "Червоний - заблоковано" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." @@ -432,11 +421,11 @@ msgstr "" "Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на " "формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " @@ -446,7 +435,7 @@ msgstr "" "заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно " "записувати табель." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" @@ -454,7 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до " "своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." @@ -462,17 +451,17 @@ msgstr "" "Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили " "для цієї заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" "По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі " "\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." @@ -685,36 +674,36 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 msgid "" "Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " "into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " "control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:7 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to *Helpdesk > Configuration > Helpdesk team > Edit* and enable the " -"options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under *Timesheet on " -"Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and timesheets) will be " -"linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable the feature *Bill from" -" tasks*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:17 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:18 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " "*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:25 +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index a838b32dc..a6b99bd37 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -120,8 +120,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -561,8 +562,8 @@ msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -572,50 +573,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -842,22 +845,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1078,8 +1081,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1150,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1532,8 +1535,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1544,10 +1548,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1560,9 +1564,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1681,9 +1685,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1694,18 +1698,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1872,6 +1876,10 @@ msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -2009,8 +2017,8 @@ msgstr "Налаштування програми" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -2070,9 +2078,9 @@ msgstr "Сповіщення про закінчення терміну дії" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -2112,8 +2120,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -2128,8 +2136,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2183,7 +2192,7 @@ msgstr "Типи операції" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2209,8 +2218,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2247,16 +2257,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2327,8 +2337,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2357,13 +2367,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2439,9 +2450,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2499,12 +2510,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2530,8 +2543,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2552,8 +2566,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2576,7 +2590,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2769,8 +2783,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2792,8 +2806,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2809,8 +2823,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2822,9 +2836,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2937,10 +2951,10 @@ msgstr "Запустіть планувальник вручну" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2949,15 +2963,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -3113,8 +3127,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -3123,9 +3138,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -3142,9 +3157,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3251,7 +3266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3318,8 +3333,9 @@ msgstr "Правила поповнення" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3362,8 +3378,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3392,13 +3408,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3412,8 +3426,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3448,9 +3462,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3500,8 +3515,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3822,22 +3837,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -3847,83 +3863,83 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими " "повідомленнями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Рахунок від постачальника" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активи: склад" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -3931,72 +3947,72 @@ msgstr "" "Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії " "відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на " "рядок замовлення на придбання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із " "рахунком" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Прийом товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Немає журнальних записів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходи: продані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4004,21 +4020,21 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного " "товару (поле Поточний рахунок)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4026,18 +4042,18 @@ msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " "замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4045,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" "Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або " "просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." @@ -4053,20 +4069,20 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " "втрати до своїх активів." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." @@ -4074,12 +4090,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" " інвентаризації** дебетуються." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "Англо-Саксонський бухоблік" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4087,7 +4103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість " "проданих товарів за такою формулою:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4095,31 +4111,31 @@ msgstr "" "Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - " "Завершення інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -4128,33 +4144,33 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Налаштування:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера" " (вкладка Облік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." @@ -4163,7 +4179,7 @@ msgstr "" " також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " "заміни." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4171,15 +4187,15 @@ msgstr "" "Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" " внутрішній категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" "Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " "товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4187,7 +4203,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для " "конкретного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4197,7 +4213,7 @@ msgstr "" "Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на " "формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4205,7 +4221,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній " "категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4213,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" "Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару" " призначайте облік вихідних витрат" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4304,9 +4320,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4405,14 +4422,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4459,13 +4477,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4508,8 +4527,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4581,8 +4600,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4722,34 +4741,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4757,7 +4776,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4768,21 +4787,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4813,7 +4832,7 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходженнями на складі**. Будь ласка, не забудьте **застосувати** свої" " зміни." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -4821,11 +4840,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цей параметр слід також позначити, якщо ви хочете керувати різними " "місцезнаходженнями та маршрутами на своєму складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Створення нового складу" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4837,7 +4856,7 @@ msgstr "" "Склади`. Тепер ви можете створити свій склад, натиснувши кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -4845,18 +4864,14 @@ msgstr "" "Заповніть **назву складу** та **коротку назву**, яка повинна становити " "максимум 5 символів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу на те, що **коротка назва** є дуже важливою, оскільки вона " -"відображатиметься у вашому розпорядженні та інших складських документах. " -"Можливо, розумно використовувати зрозумілу назву (наприклад, ВС/ [перші " -"літери внутрішнього складу])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -4864,11 +4879,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви повернетесь на інформаційну панель, нові операції буде автоматично " "створено для вашого нового складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -4878,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" " У такому випадку ви повинні створити інвентаризацію в Odoo, якщо не можете " "пропустити цей крок." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4890,7 +4905,7 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризацію, натиснувши кнопку **Створити**. Заповніть **реєстр товару**," " **дату** та обов'язково виберіть правильний склад та місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4904,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" "змінена, оскільки вона представляє обчислений обсяг замовлень на купівлю та " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -4912,11 +4927,11 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте перевірити свою інвентаризацію, як тільки у вас запишеться етап " "всього вашого товару." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -4926,7 +4941,7 @@ msgstr "" "перемістити дві одиниці товару з вашого першого складу на інший, який " "знаходиться приміром у Брюсселі, виконайте наступні дії:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -4934,7 +4949,7 @@ msgstr "" "На інформаційній панелі виберіть внутрішнє переміщення одного з двох " "складів. Для цього натисніть :menuselection:`Більше --> Переміщення`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -4944,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" "(у цьому випадку наш \"старий склад\") та зону місцезнаходження призначення " "(в даному випадку наш \"новий склад\" розташований у Брюсселі)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -4952,14 +4967,14 @@ msgstr "" "Додайте товари, які ви хочете передати, натиснувши **Додати об'єкт**, і не " "забудьте **перевірити** або **позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете **Перевірити**, Odoo буде обробляти всі перелічені " "величини." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -4969,21 +4984,21 @@ msgstr "" "статус **очікування**. Натисніть **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати кількість " "товарів на своєму вихідному складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в " "місцезнаходженні джерела." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Виберіть правильне замовлення на переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -4993,7 +5008,7 @@ msgstr "" "відкрити вікно деталей операції. У цьому новому вікні ви можете вручну " "вказати, скільки товарів ви обробляєте" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -5065,10 +5080,8 @@ msgstr "Налаштування правил закупівель" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель встановлюються на маршрутах. У програмі Склад перейдіть " -"до розділу Налаштування> Маршрути." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." @@ -5108,12 +5121,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Додаток Закупівлі потрібно встановити, щоб запустити правила **купівлі**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило закупівель у нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." @@ -5121,20 +5129,20 @@ msgstr "" "Деякі налаштування складу створює маршрути із вже визначеними правилами " "закупівель." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" @@ -5211,23 +5219,18 @@ msgstr "" "якості. У 3 етапах надходжень, інше правило виштовхування призведе до того, " "що товари, які перебувають у місці контролю якості, переміщуються до складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило виштовхування в нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "" "Деякі налаштування складу створюють маршрути із вже встановленими правилами " "виштовхування." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "Складські переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " @@ -5237,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "" "правила, встановленого на вашому маршруті, ви побачите, що деякі переміщення" " можуть бути готові, а інші в очікуванні." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." @@ -5245,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Правило виштовхування, яке було встановлено вище, створить переміщення зі " "**складу/місця прийому** до місцезнаходження **складу/контролю якості**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" @@ -5255,7 +5258,7 @@ msgstr "" "виштовхування, воно визначає, що коли контроль якості буде завершено, товари" " будуть переміщені на основний склад." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" @@ -5572,41 +5575,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6977,21 +6981,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1. Зайдіть на сайт UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) " -"використовуючи ваш ID UPS.com та пароль." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Натисніть вкладку **Мій UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Резюме облікового запису**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -6999,7 +7001,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Натисніть посилання **Додати існуючий обліковий запис UPS ** у розділі " "сторінки **Інформація про обліковий запис UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7009,15 +7011,15 @@ msgstr "" "запису **, **Назву облікового запису**, а також **Поштовий код**. Країна за " "замовчуванням стоїть як Сполучені Штати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Далі**, щоби продовжити." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Отримайте ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7026,33 +7028,29 @@ msgstr "" "користувача, ви можете замовити ключ доступу з UPS, скориставшись наведеними" " нижче інструкціями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -"1. Перейдіть до веб-сторінки **UPS Developer Kit** " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Увійдіть на UPS.com з вашим ID та паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Натисніть на посилання **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Перевірте свою контактну інформацію" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..504097440 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 293f1ccf1..5e94a9fe4 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -214,23 +214,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати mercury, потрібно активувати режим розробника. Щоб це " -"зробити, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки --> Налаштування` та виберіть " -"*Активувати режим розробника*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -"У режимі розробника перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування Mercury`." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." @@ -238,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані" " Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." @@ -246,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" "Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод " "оплати` і створіть ще один." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." @@ -254,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви " "зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index c025aa21e..a976058f6 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -966,12 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" " натиснувши на кнопку **Створити та редагувати**. У полі **Дата замовлення**" " виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного замовлення." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Перегляньте *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* в нашій демоверсії онлайн" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -992,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" "що для цього постачальника вказано адресу електронної пошти або введіть " "нову)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -1000,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після натискання кнопки **Надіслати** ви помітите, що статус Комерційної " "пропозиції перейде з **Чернетки** в **Надіслану комерційну пропозицію**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -1011,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "" "очікувана вартість доставки, умови платежу тощо), а потім натисніть кнопку " "**Зберегти**, щоб оформити замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -1020,7 +1015,7 @@ msgstr "" "відправити замовлення постачальнику. Статус Комерційної пропозиції перейде у" " **Замовлення на купівлю**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 8cf075a7b..91b901a5e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -433,25 +433,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -459,18 +461,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -481,14 +483,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -500,24 +502,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -528,11 +530,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -540,13 +542,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -636,16 +638,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -654,7 +657,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -857,8 +860,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -991,7 +993,6 @@ msgstr "" "встановити його." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1291,10 +1292,8 @@ msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на прод #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -"У додатку для продажів створіть комерційну пропозицію бажаному клієнту та " -"виберіть раніше створений товар підписки." #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1408,6 +1407,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж можна зарахувати ці години." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2796,11 +2802,9 @@ msgstr "Налаштуйте загальні терміни та умови з #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте *Терміни та умови за замовчуванням*." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 03be993f8..416ee4bf9 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 # Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -26,354 +25,434 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Чорний список" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -381,138 +460,115 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " "функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 324659b8a..b92278f71 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -22,205 +22,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 -msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -"Одним із найбільших випробувань компанії є ефективна співпраця з її " -"аудиторією. Соцмережі Odoo допомагають вам зустрітися з вашою аудиторію за " -"допомогою деякої підтримки: соцмережі, push-сповіщення або запит на живий " -"чат." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "Додайте ваші соцмережі та створіть канал" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" msgstr "" -"Спершу вам потрібно додати ваші облікові записи соцмереж. Щоб зробити це, " -"додайте Стрім та оберіть ваш обліковий запис соцмережі. Вам потрібно буде " -"надати доступ до модуля Маркетинг соцмереж Odoo." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде виконано, вас буде перенаправлено на ваш канал, і " -"буде автоматично додано колонку з публікаціями щойно доданого облікового " -"запису. Потім ви можете додати нові стріми на ваш канал та налаштувати ваш " -"перегляд канбану, як вам подобається.." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -"Додаючи облікові записи соцмереж до вашого каналу, на нього також KPI:" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "Аудиторія: Кількість підписників вашого каналу" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "Залучення: Кількість людей, залучених до ваших публікацій" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "Історії: Кількість людей, залучених до вашого каналу" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -"створили історії на каналі свого друга чи підписника (Поширення, Ретвіти,..)" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати більше інформації, натиснувши на посилання “Інформація”: " -"це направить вас на статистику обраної соцмережі." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "Опублікувати вміст" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"Щоб опублікувати вміст на ваші облікові записи соцмереж або надіслати push-" -"сповіщення вашому підписаному користувачу, просто перейдіть на ваш Канал та " -"натисніть Нова публікація, або використовуйте меню “Публікації” та створіть " -"публікацію звідти. Оберіть облікові записи, де ви хочете опублікувати ваш " -"вміст, напишіть пост та отримайте миттєвий попередній перегляд того, як " -"виглядатиме пост після його опублікування." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оберете push-сповіщення, ви отримаєте деякі додаткові поля на формі," -" яка дозволить вам заповнювати налаштування push-сповіщень та обере сегмент " -"між усіма вашими підписниками. Ви також можете надсилати push-сповіщення " -"через меню Відвідувачі, як пояснено у попередньому параграфі." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "Увімкніть push-сповіщення на вашому сайті" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -"Система push-сповіщень використовує обліковий запис Firebase, налаштований " -"за замовчуванням. Ця функція дозволяє вам надсилати push-сповіщення " -"відвідувачам вашого веб-сайту після їхньої підписки на нього. Щоби увімкнути" -" push-сповіщення на вашому сайті, перейдіть в Налаштування модуля Веб-сайт " -"та налаштуйте запит на дозвіл на сповіщення." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде виконано, сповіщення будуть з'являтися відвідувачам " -"вашого сайту, запитуючи їх про дозвіл на push-сповіщення. Як тільки вони " -"підпишуться на них, ви можете починати надсилати їм push-сповіщення через " -"меню Відвідувачів. Ви можете легко надсилати їх персонально або націлювати " -"їх на більший сегмент, обравши кілька відвідувачів у перегляді списку " -"(напр., усі відвідувачі, які відвідали Домашню сторінку)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "Взаємодійте з вашими відвідувачами онлайн" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете моніторити ваші онлайн-відвідування через меню Відвідувачі. Ви " -"побачите кожного відвідувача, який зайшов на одну з ваших відслідковуваних " -"сторінок (ви можете налаштувати відслідковувані сторінки у модулі Веб-сайт)," -" онлайн або офлайн. Ваші онлайн-відвідувачі будуть автентифіковані, якщо " -"вони пов'язані з лідом або з існуючим партнером. Ви зможете зв'язатися з " -"ними через email, sms-повідомлення, push-сповіщення (якщо вони на них " -"підписані), або навіть надсилати їм запит на живий чат, який вони отримають " -"під час наступної дії на відслідковуваних сторінках (якщо ви встановили " -"модуль Живого чату)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші облікові записи розробника Facebook та Twitter" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням модуль Соцмережі вже налаштовані з обліковим записом " -"розробника Facebook та Twitter, але ви можете використовувати власні, якщо " -"це необхідно. Активуйте режим розробника, перейдіть у Налаштування > " -"Налаштування та введіть ваші ключі API." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш власний API Firebase" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням проект Firebase запускається на вашій базі даних, тому не " -"потрібно ніяких налаштувань. Якщо у вас кілька веб-сайтів, кожен веб-сайт " -"буде пов'язано з різними проектами Firebase. Якщо вам потрібно налаштувати " -"власний проект Firebase, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` секцію веб Push-сповіщення." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index aecaebcdc..3f7358b98 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -261,246 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Код" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "Відобразити" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Коментарі" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "Список" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -671,48 +431,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 099095050..212373094 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" @@ -1092,10 +1092,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1358,10 +1359,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1791,18 +1793,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1811,11 +1814,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1823,93 +1826,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Блоги" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Форуми" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Події" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Вакансії" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компанії" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1917,46 +1920,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1965,41 +1968,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Прайс-листи" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2007,11 +2010,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2020,42 +2023,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea3c06efb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -0,0 +1,14087 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 +msgid "Bank & Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:112 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can synchronize your PayPal account. That way, you don't have" +" to record all your PayPal transaction in your favorite accounting software." +" The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " +"PayPal payments in just a click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **account_yodlee** module, if it is not already " +"installed. To do that, got the the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` of the accounting application. In the section " +"**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " +"automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "Setup your PayPal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 +msgid "" +"A PayPal account in Odoo is managed like a bank account. To setup your " +"PayPal account, use the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " +"field, you can set **PayPal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the PayPal account is created, go back to the **Accounting** dashboard " +"and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" +" the online institution and click on the configure button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " +"anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " +"will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " +"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " +"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " +"manually bring the checks to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" +" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " +"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " +"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 +msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " +"Deposit** to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" +" your country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " +"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " +"deposits on your main bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " +"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " +"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " +"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" +" to **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " +"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " +"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " +"Deposits afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 +msgid "From checks received to the bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 +msgid "Receive customer checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " +"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " +"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 +msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " +"Payment** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 +msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " +"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " +"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " +"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 +msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " +"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " +"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " +"the bank statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " +"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " +"deposit in the example below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 +msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " +"be two reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 +msgid "" +"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " +"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" +" button of your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 +msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 +msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " +"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " +"refused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 +msgid "" +"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " +"bank statement matching." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" +" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " +"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " +"to the another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 +msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " +"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " +"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " +"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " +"from the same page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 +msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" +" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." +" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " +"your bank to specify your bank's details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 +msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " +"9533 1498** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" +" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " +"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 +msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " +"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 +msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " +"statement of your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 +msgid "" +"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " +"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " +"the corresponding bank to import them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " +"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " +"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " +"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " +"**Reconcile** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 +msgid "The following window will open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " +"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " +"happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 +msgid "Configure model of entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " +"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " +"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " +"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 +msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " +"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " +"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +msgid "" +"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " +"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " +"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " +"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 +msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " +"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:47 +msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " +"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " +"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" +" relevant data instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:59 +msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 +msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 +msgid "" +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 +msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 +msgid "" +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " +"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " +"and mark the invoice as paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " +"automatically.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " +"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " +"from the Bank Feeds section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 +msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " +"the reconciliations **automatically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 +msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " +"it in :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " +"and validate all related payments :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 +msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " +"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 +msgid "Edit a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" +" it first before filling your own bank information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " +"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " +"method like SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" +" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" +" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " +"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " +"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " +"accounts from another company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " +"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 +msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 +msgid "" +"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " +"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " +"menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," +" Odoo stores two values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " +"Central bank web-services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 +msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " +"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " +"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" +" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "An account in the trial balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "A journal in your dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" +" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 +msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " +"a supplier in China." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " +"see:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " +"to record a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 +msgid "" +"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" +" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " +"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " +"and the payment date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " +"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 +msgid "Customers Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " +"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " +"the currency of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " +"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " +"the report below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " +"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " +"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " +"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../discuss/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set you legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Reports` and tick this box :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 +msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" +" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " +"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " +"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " +"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " +"occurred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " +"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " +"reversed at that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " +"and subcontracting in the accounting module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " +"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " +"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" +" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" +" to the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " +"module and install the following apps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " +"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " +"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" +" the Sales management app as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " +"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " +"accounting box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 +msgid "Create an Analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " +"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " +"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 +msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 +msgid "Record an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " +"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Create an expense product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " +"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " +"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" +" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Book the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " +"discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 +msgid "Purchase Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " +"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 +msgid "Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" +" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " +"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " +"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " +"open it to check the costs related to that account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " +"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " +"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " +"analytical account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " +"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " +"the invoiced amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " +"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " +"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " +"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " +"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " +"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " +"name and install them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " +"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " +"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 +msgid "Apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 +msgid "Create an employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" +" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " +"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " +"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " +"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " +"related to a User." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " +"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 +msgid "Issue a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 +msgid "" +"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " +"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " +"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" +" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " +"unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 +msgid "" +"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " +"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " +"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" +" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" +" below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 +msgid "Fill in timesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 +msgid "" +"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " +"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " +"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" +" Account** discussed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 +msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 +msgid "" +"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " +"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" +" the **Analytic Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " +"automatically computed (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " +"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " +"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 +msgid "Without filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " +"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " +"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " +"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " +"credit and debit balance of the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " +"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " +"with the corresponding description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +msgid "With filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 +msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" +" resource cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" +" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " +"contains the **Sales Order** number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " +"corresponding costs and revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " +"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " +"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic account use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 +msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 +msgid "analyse costs of a company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 +msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 +msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " +"each in one of three different types of company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 +msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 +msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 +msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" +" departments and products the company itself is built on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " +"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " +"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " +"product ranges the company makes and sells." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 +msgid "Marketing Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 +msgid "Commercial Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 +msgid "Administration Department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +msgid "Production Range 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "Production Range 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " +"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " +"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " +"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " +"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " +"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**General accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 +msgid "**Analytic accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +msgid "**Value**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "2122" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "1500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 +msgid "-1 500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +msgid "Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "-450" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 +msgid "200" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 +msgid "Transport charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "Staff costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "2121" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +msgid "10000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 +msgid "-2 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "Commercial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 +msgid "-3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Administrative" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 +msgid "-1 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "PR" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 +msgid "-400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " +"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " +"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " +"above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " +"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " +"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " +"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " +"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " +"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " +"companies and industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " +"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " +"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " +"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " +"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 +msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " +"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" +" given file/analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 +msgid "" +"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" +" the profitability by case and by employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " +"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " +"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " +"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " +"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" +" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " +"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" +" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" +" basis of the hourly cost per employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " +"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " +"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " +"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " +"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " +"depending on the time actually worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " +"can find for your analytic account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**Amount**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +msgid "**General Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "Study the file (1 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Case 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 +msgid "-15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "Search for information (3 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 +msgid "-45" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Consultation (4 h)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "Case 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 +msgid "-60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "Service charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "280" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 +msgid "705 – Billing services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "Stationery purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "-42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 +msgid "42" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "-35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "613 – Transports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 +msgid "35" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "Staff salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "6201 – Salaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 +msgid "3 000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" +" various transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " +":doc:`timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " +"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" +" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " +"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " +"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 +msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 +msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 +msgid "project planning," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 +msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 +msgid "managing support contracts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " +"structured by project and by sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " +"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " +"also similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 +msgid "" +"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " +"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " +"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " +"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " +"an analytic account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " +"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " +"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " +"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " +"contract remain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 +msgid "Conclusion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" +" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " +"production performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " +"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " +"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" +" average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 +msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " +"in a different currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 +msgid "" +"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " +"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " +"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 +msgid "Enable multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " +"in **Dollars**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " +"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " +"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " +"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" +" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " +"you can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 +msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" +" currency. Then click on **confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 +msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " +"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 +msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " +"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " +"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " +"in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 +msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " +"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " +"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " +"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 +msgid "Turn on multi-currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 +msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " +"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " +"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " +"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 +msgid "You can change it in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 +msgid "View or edit rate being used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can manually configure the currency rates in " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " +"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 +msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" +" **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 +msgid "Live Currency Rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 +msgid "" +"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " +"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" +"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " +"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " +"Rate** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " +"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" +" are set !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 +msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 +msgid "Configure your charts of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " +"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " +"for this account to have the account currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " +"Active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 +msgid "Configure your journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " +"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" +" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " +"can register payments only in this currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " +"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 +msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 +msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " +"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 +msgid "Payment Registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " +"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " +"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" +" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" +" in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 +msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +msgid ":doc:`exchange`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " +"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " +"life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " +"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " +"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " +"force a specific currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " +"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" +" the amounts automatically using that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 +msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " +":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " +"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" +" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 +msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 +msgid "Multi-currency Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " +"Then click on **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 +msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " +"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " +"amount in your company currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " +"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " +"are recorded in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "What are the main reports available?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " +"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " +"implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Completing your company settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 +msgid "Importing your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Importing your suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Importing your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 +msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " +"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " +"configuration of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 +msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " +"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " +"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " +"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 +msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " +"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " +"reports following your consolidation rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " +"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " +"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " +"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " +"reconciliation of the journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 +msgid "International Standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 +msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " +"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 +msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 +msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " +"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " +"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 +msgid "" +"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" +" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " +"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " +"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " +"reports include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 +msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 +msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " +"own formulae." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " +"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." +" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " +"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " +"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " +"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " +"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " +"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " +"ledger transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " +"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" +" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " +"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " +"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" +"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " +"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " +"over a specific period (usually the current year)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" +" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " +"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " +"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" +" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 +msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 +msgid "" +"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" +" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " +"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " +"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," +" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " +"an other account (debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 +msgid "Journal Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " +"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " +"equal to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 +msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 +msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 +msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 +msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 +msgid "The customer owes $1,090" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 +msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 +msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 +msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 +msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 +msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 +msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " +"account, matching credits and debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " +"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " +"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " +"reconciled with the related payment journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "Payment 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "Payment 1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 +msgid "Total To Pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 +msgid "" +"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " +"matched when checking the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 +msgid "recorded as a new payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 +msgid "" +"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " +"bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "recorded as another transaction:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 +msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " +"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," +" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 +msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 +msgid "Process overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" +" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " +"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " +"aged payable balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " +"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " +"them automatically based on past purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 +msgid "Record a new vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " +"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " +"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " +"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " +"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " +"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " +"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " +"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " +"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " +"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " +"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " +"bottom left table to adjust and match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 +msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " +"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" +" on the the accounting package you choose to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 +msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 +msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 +msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " +"accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 +msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " +"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 +msgid "Pay a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " +"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 +msgid "" +"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " +"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " +"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " +"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " +"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " +"correctly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " +"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " +"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " +"directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Printing vendor Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " +"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " +"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " +"checks in batches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " +"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 +msgid "" +"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " +"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " +"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " +"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " +"once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 +msgid "Aged payable balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" +" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" +" visual of all of your outstanding bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " +"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " +"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " +"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " +"what you see on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Payables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 +msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" +" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " +"most frequently are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 +msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 +msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 +msgid "" +"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " +"carried out by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " +"from the Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " +"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " +"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " +"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " +"Products` in the **Expenses** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 +msgid "Some examples of products can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 +msgid "**Travel (car)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 +msgid "Product Type: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 +msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 +msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " +"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 +msgid "**Hotel**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 +msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 +msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " +"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " +"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" +" hotel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " +"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " +"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" +" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 +msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 +msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 +msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 +msgid "The expenses workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 +msgid "Record a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " +":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " +"personal expenses work that way:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 +msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 +msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 +msgid "the accountant post journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 +msgid "" +"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " +"with a payable account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 +msgid "" +"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " +"the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 +msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 +msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 +msgid "a product: the expense type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" +" car)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " +"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " +"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" +" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " +"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " +"this feature)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " +"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " +"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " +"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 +msgid "Validation by the manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " +"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " +"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 +msgid "The manager can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 +msgid "" +"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " +"bill is missing);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 +msgid "reject an expense;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 +msgid "approve an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 +msgid "Control by the accountant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " +"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " +"created and posted in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 +msgid "" +"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " +"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 +msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " +"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " +"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " +"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" +" project)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." +" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " +"invoice all your orders in batch)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:173 +msgid "Reimburse the employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " +"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" +" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:180 +msgid "" +"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 +msgid "" +"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " +"invoicing policy on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 +msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:197 +msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:199 +msgid "" +"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " +"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:204 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " +"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " +"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " +"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " +"vendors efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " +"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " +"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " +"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" +" directly and the balance after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" +" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " +"propose you automatically the right payment term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " +"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " +"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " +"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " +"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " +"payment term)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 +msgid "" +"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " +"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" +" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " +"payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 +msgid "" +"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " +"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " +"\"Due Date\" feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " +"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " +"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " +"suppliers with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Install the required module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " +"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " +"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " +"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " +"print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " +"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " +"install, it's configured by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " +"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " +"set **Check**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 +msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +msgid "reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " +"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " +"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " +"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " +"in batch or review them one by one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " +"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " +"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" +" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " +"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " +"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" +" weeks ago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 +msgid "Pay anything with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " +"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" +" flow to print checks in batch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " +"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " +"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 +msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Record several payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " +"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " +"open the accounting application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " +"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " +"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " +"**Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" +" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" +" on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" +" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " +"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " +"expense transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 +msgid "Pay several bills altogether" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " +"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" +" vendor.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" +" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " +"the page, click on **Register Payment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " +"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 +msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 +msgid "First, we need to create a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " +"Option --> Send Money`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " +"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " +"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 +msgid "" +"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " +"remaining to reconcile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 +msgid "" +"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " +"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " +"transaction amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " +"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " +"various bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 +msgid "" +"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +msgid "" +"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " +"offer us early payment discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 +msgid "" +"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" +" term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 +msgid "We have created the following bills:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" +" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " +"model for cash discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 +msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " +"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " +"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " +"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank. The file " +"follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" +" well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " +"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " +"Odoo payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 +msgid "" +"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " +"be installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " +"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " +"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " +"account and select the \"Settings\" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " +"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" +" Transfer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " +"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 +msgid "" +"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " +"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " +"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " +"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," +" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " +"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " +"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " +"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " +"**memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" +" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " +"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " +"generate for every bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " +"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " +"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " +"Download SEPA Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " +"they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " +"error message to your Odoo partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 +msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" +" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " +"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" +" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " +"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " +"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " +"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " +"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " +"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " +"means no debt account is necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," +" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " +"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " +"handle them in accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " +"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " +"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " +"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" +" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " +"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " +"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " +"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " +"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" +" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " +"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " +"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " +":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " +"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " +"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " +"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" +" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " +"management processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 +msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " +"vendor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " +"Order (PO)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " +"stockable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " +"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " +"only one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 +msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " +"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Creating products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " +"click create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " +"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " +"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " +"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " +"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " +"of these designations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " +"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 +msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Purchasing products or services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " +"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " +"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " +"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " +"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " +"Reference)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 +msgid "Receiving Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " +"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " +"is outlined in red below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 +msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 +msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +msgid "" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" +" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +msgid "" +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 +msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " +"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " +"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" +" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" +" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" +" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 +msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 +msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " +"reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " +"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " +"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " +"could be due to one of a few reasons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +msgid "" +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +msgid "" +"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " +"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " +"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " +"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " +"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " +"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " +"to be based on either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +msgid "or Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 +msgid "Batch Billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 +msgid "Account Receivables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "Customer Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 +msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 +msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" +" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " +"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " +"responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " +"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " +"mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " +"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " +"your own *Bank Account* settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " +"automatically with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " +"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " +"a new mandate from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " +"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " +"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " +"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " +"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" +" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"then download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " +"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " +"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " +"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " +"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" +" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " +"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " +"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " +"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 +msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 +msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 +msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 +msgid "From check payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " +"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " +"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" +" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 +msgid "Memo: write the Check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 +msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:140 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:144 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +msgid "Undeposited Funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 +msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:142 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " +"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:109 +msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 +msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 +msgid "Memo: write the check number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" +" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " +"relate it to the statement line)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:136 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" +" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" +" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " +"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " +"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " +"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 +msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" +" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " +"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " +"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " +"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " +"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " +"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," +" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " +"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " +"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " +"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " +"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" +" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " +"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " +"approach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " +"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " +"users)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " +"--> Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 +msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 +msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 +msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " +"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:118 +msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " +"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" +" transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " +"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 +msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 +msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " +"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 +msgid "Credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " +"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " +"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" +" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " +"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " +"bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:114 +msgid "" +"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " +"this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:124 +msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:126 +msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:131 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " +"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " +"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " +"and relate it to the statement line)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " +"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" +" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " +"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " +"with invoices)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " +"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" +" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " +"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:164 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 +msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" +" alone record for use on a later date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " +"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " +"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " +"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 +msgid "Paying an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " +"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " +"due." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" +" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " +"the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " +"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" +" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " +"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 +msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 +msgid "Registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " +"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " +"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" +" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " +"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " +"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " +"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " +"document in the memo field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " +"just made in the accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 +msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " +"invoice directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " +"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " +"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " +"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 +msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " +"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " +"feature within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " +"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " +"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " +"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " +"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +msgid "" +"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " +"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " +"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 +msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " +"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " +"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " +"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " +"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" +" with two journal entries for the same transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2bd5a40d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-07 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../applications.rst:3 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..078b5e8f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../crm.rst:5 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " +"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " +"directions)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " +"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " +"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" +" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 +msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +msgid "" +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e829a6830 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -0,0 +1,772 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 +msgid "Online Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 +msgid "" +"In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " +"buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" +" to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 +msgid "Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " +"example)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " +"that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 +msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 +msgid "On-premises Database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"<duplicate_premise>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 +msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df03be631 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -0,0 +1,695 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../discuss.rst:5 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:46 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:51 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " +"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " +"usually happens more quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " +"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " +"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "Allow DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:140 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " +"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " +"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 +msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" +" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" +" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 +msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " +"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " +"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" +" this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " +"the previous example you should write " +"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " +"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 +msgid "Getting the API key and secret" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +msgid "" +"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 +msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." +" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " +"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " +"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " +"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " +"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" +"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " +"another channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 +msgid "Direct messaging a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " +"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " +"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " +"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " +"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " +"they are offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 +msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " +"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" +" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " +"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 +msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " +"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " +"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 +msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " +"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " +"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " +"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " +"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " +"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " +"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " +"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " +"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " +"simple and searchable interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " +"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " +"undertake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" +" your priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " +"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " +"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 +msgid "Schedule meetings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " +"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " +"open to let you select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " +"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " +"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " +"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " +"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," +" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "Creating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " +"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " +"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " +"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" +" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " +"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " +"information)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuring a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " +"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." +" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " +"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" +" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " +"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" +" a public channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 +msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " +":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" +" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " +"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " +"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " +"messages by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "Locating a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " +"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" +" clicking the plus icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " +"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " +"channels from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " +"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 +msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " +"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " +"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " +"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " +"character wildcard.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 +msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," +" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 +msgid "How to choose the events to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " +"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " +"**Project** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 +msgid "How to add other followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " +"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" +" link back to the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 +msgid "How to be a default follower" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " +"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" +" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " +"created, an opportunity won)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" +" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " +"about." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31c54654b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -0,0 +1,1475 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "How to customize my catalog page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 +msgid "Product Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " +"website categories, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 +msgid "Highlight a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " +"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" +" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +msgid "" +"See how to do it: " +"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 +msgid "Quick add to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " +"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " +"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " +"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " +"better)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 +msgid "How to build a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 +msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 +msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 +msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 +msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 +msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage my products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 +msgid "How to display several images per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " +"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " +"the image into a carrousel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" +" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 +msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to show product availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " +"your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " +"an option in *Availability*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " +"delay, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 +msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " +"comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " +"backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " +"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " +"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " +"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " +"available options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "How to create attributes & variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " +"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 +msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " +"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " +"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 +msgid "How to edit variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 +msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 +msgid "You can edit following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "Barcode," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "Volume," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 +msgid "Weight," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " +"to populate them once the variants generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " +"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " +"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " +"attribute value is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " +"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " +"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " +"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " +"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 +msgid "Maximize my revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " +"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " +"functionalities:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 +msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 +msgid "Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " +"reviews the cart before paying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 +msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +msgid "" +"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " +"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " +"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " +"suggested accessories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 +msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " +"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " +"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 +msgid "To publish optional products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " +"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 +msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 +msgid "force a price by geo-localization," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "let the customer choose the currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " +":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 +msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " +"logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Currency selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " +"their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " +"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" +" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" +" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " +"code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " +"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " +"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " +"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 +msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 +msgid "How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " +"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " +"your customer to share their feedback!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " +"so (see Portal documentation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 +msgid "Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " +"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " +"the product discussion thread)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 +msgid "Moderate & unpublish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " +"form or on the web page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " +"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 +msgid "..tip::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" +" smart button (and vice versa)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " +"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" +" time browsing your catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 +msgid "To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " +"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " +"customers will be confused." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " +"time. The topics follow the buying process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Product Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 +msgid "Shop Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Checkout process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 +msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 +msgid "Shipping & Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Launch my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " +"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " +"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " +"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " +"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " +"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " +"'Get Started'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" +" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " +"press the related option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "Go through the registration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " +"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 +msgid "Set up Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " +"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter both your **Login ID** your **API Transaction Key** and your **API " +"Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To get those credentials from Authorize.Net, you can follow the direction in" +" the Authorize.net Help `API Credentials and Keys " +"<https://account.authorize.net/help/Account/Settings/Security_Settings/General_Settings/API_Login_ID_and_Transaction_Key.htm>`__" +" entry and access the menu :menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys` in the Authorize.net dashboard. Note that you need " +"*both* a Transaction key and and Signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once both keys are set up, you can then generate a Client Key by clicking " +"the \"Generate Client Key\" button. Note that these 3 keys are necessary for" +" the setup to work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:51 +msgid "Go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " +"merchant interface and activate the **Enabled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " +"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you switch from " +"testing to production or vice-versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " +"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" +" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " +"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" +" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " +"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:80 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:81 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " +"Invoicing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 +msgid "What are the payment methods available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 +msgid "Wire transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " +"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" +" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" +"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 +msgid "Payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" +" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" +" over time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 +msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 +msgid "Authorize.net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 +msgid "PayUmoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 +msgid "Sips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 +msgid "How to go live" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method is ready, make it visible in the payment interface " +"by switching the state to **Enabled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 +msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " +"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." +" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 +msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 +msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " +"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " +"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 +msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 +msgid "" +"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " +"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" +" from the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 +msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " +"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" +" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 +msgid "How to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 +msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " +"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " +"duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 +msgid "Other configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " +"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" +"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " +"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " +"such matter. `Contact us <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" +" payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " +"ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 +msgid "What are the payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 +msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " +"to authorize it from the acquirer interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," +" the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" +" amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " +"retry the payment. The order is still in draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " +"form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " +"when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " +"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 +msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " +"issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " +"orders straight on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " +"order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " +"reconcilied with the invoice, marking it as paid. Select your **bank " +"account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" +" can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " +"way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +msgid "" +"With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " +"the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " +"only available with Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " +"*Capture Transaction*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Profile --> About the business`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " +"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" +" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " +"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " +"process before buying something." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 +msgid "Sign up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " +"order from order confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" +" in the login dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +msgid "" +"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " +"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Collect taxes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4905531af --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb92233ad --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +"behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference between brackets (e.g. [Food]). Type the " +"expense amount in the mail subject to set it on the expense too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6212f2623 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8baaba7b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,1159 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../general.rst:5 +msgid "General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth.rst:3 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 +msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " +"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" +" save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " +"Client ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" +" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" +" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " +"Then click on **Create**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " +"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 +msgid "Data Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 +msgid "How to import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 +msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " +"point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" +" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " +"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" +" and a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " +"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " +"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" +" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " +"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " +"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " +"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" +" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " +"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 +msgid "" +"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d09ed0f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -0,0 +1,379 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 +msgid "" +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 +msgid "" +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 +msgid "" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 +msgid "**or**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 +msgid "" +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 +msgid "" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 +msgid "" +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +msgid "" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf08e9d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,581 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "" +"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " +"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" +" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " +"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the After Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable the After" +" Sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite " +"Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " +"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " +"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " +"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " +"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " +"*Coupon*, choose the :menuselection:`Coupon Program --> Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" +" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " +"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " +"Intervention*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:66 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket will migrate to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Edit Stage` and enable " +"*Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket will be " +"transferred to the last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage " +"set as closing, the ticket will be put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs in to his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:44 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add Custom filter --> " +"Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 +msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 +msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," +" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " +"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," +" or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 +msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" +" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " +"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " +"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 +msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " +"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " +"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Website Form allows your customer to go to " +"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " +"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " +"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " +"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " +"documentation `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" +" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " +"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " +"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " +"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " +"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" +" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " +"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " +"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " +"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 +msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " +"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "Grey - Normal State" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 +msgid "Red - Blocked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 +msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " +"Ticket form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 +msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 +msgid "" +"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " +"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " +"timesheets will log against." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" +" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " +"ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 +msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " +"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " +"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " +"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "The modules needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " +"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " +"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 +msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 +msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " +"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " +"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" +" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " +"previously created as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" +" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " +"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " +"unit will do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " +"configuration :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 +msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 +msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 +msgid "Step 1 : place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " +"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" +" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " +"the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 +msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " +"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" +" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" +" and select the task on its form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 +msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " +"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " +"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 +msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" +" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " +"appear as the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +msgid "" +"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " +"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Turn helpdesk hours into invoices directly from a project task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*. Under " +"*Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which the tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you added the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under the " +"*Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb768b9fa --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-07 17:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo User Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b148f68d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,6313 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 +msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " +"been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " +"delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " +"any bad surprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " +"Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " +"**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" +" cancel the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" +" receive the confirmation of the cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 +msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " +"limit them to a certain number of countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " +"**Delivery Methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " +"this delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 +msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " +"your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " +"only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " +"Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "How can I change the label type?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " +"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" +" methods**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" +" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " +"you create a new sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" +" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " +"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow having 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " +"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " +"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " +"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " +"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " +"will chain the picking to the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " +"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," +" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " +"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " +"reserved and you can validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " +"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " +"validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " +"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " +"the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " +"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " +"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " +"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " +"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 +msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " +"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " +"manufacturing lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 +msgid "Supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " +"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " +"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " +"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " +"Delivery Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " +"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " +"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " +"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " +"time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +msgid "" +"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " +"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " +"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " +"delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " +"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 +msgid "Security lead time for sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " +"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " +"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " +"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " +"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " +"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +msgid "" +"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " +"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " +"times, not for sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +msgid "" +"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " +"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 +msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " +"manufacturing days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" +" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" +" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 +msgid "At the sale order level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 +msgid "Expected date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " +"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +msgid "" +"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " +"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " +"based on the different lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" +" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " +"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " +"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" +" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +msgid "" +"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " +"Days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +msgid "" +"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " +"days);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +msgid "" +"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " +"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " +"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 +msgid "12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 +msgid "" +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 +msgid "" +"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" +" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " +"postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " +"related product (Expense Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " +"product (Income Account field)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" +" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 +msgid "" +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " +"using rules\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possible :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Removal strategies are usually in picking operations to select the best " +"products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " +"control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo will find available products " +"that can be assigned to shipping. The way Odoo assign these products depend " +"on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " +"on the **location**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Check **Track lots or serial numbers**, **Manage several location per " +"warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " +"location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 +msgid "Types of removal strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 +msgid "" +"A **First In First Out** strategy implies that the products that were " +"stocked first will move out first. Companies should use FIFO method if they " +"are selling perishable goods. Companies selling products with relatively " +"short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " +"they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " +"``iPod 32 Gb`` available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 +msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In this warehouse management, the products which are brought in the last, " +"moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " +"shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " +"stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" +" ``WH/Stock`` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 +msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " +"assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 +msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" +" according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check the " +"option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" +" to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This will allow you to set four expiration fields for each lot or serial " +"number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " +"**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 +msgid "" +"**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " +"serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " +"goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " +"goods with this serial/lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " +"latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " +"removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All dates except **removal date** are for informational and reporting " +"purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " +"may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " +"lots pass their **alert date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates on lots can also be set automatically when goods are " +"received into stock. After enabling expiration dates on serial numbers, four" +" new fields will become available in the inventory tab of the product form: " +"**product life time**, **product use time**, **product removal time**, and " +"**product alert time**. When an integer is entered into one of these fields," +" the expiration date of a lot/serial of the product in question will be set " +"to the creation date of the lot/serial number plus the number of days " +"entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " +"zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " +"after the lot has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " +"expiration date fields as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 +msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 +msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 +msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 +msgid "" +"To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Locations` and choose FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Let's take an example, there are ``3`` lots of ``ice cream`` available in " +"``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " +"expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "LOT0001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "Ice Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "08/20/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "LOT0002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 +msgid "08/10/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "LOT0003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 +msgid "08/15/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +msgid "" +"We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " +"removal strategy **FEFO**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 +msgid "" +"It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" +" the removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " +"given in the demo data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 +msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 +msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" +" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ded93cd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,812 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56e3bbd7d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " +"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " +"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," +" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " +"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " +"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" +" and then click on install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " +"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " +"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 +msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " +"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " +"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " +"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 +msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " +"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " +"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" +" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " +"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 +msgid "Prepare automatic messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" +" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" +" through the live chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 +msgid "Start chatting with customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " +"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " +"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " +"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " +"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " +"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " +"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " +"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " +"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " +"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 +msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 +msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 +msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 +msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " +"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " +"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " +"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " +"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," +" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " +"assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " +"visitors, enjoy !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..726d06cde --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1170 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some businesses subcontract the production of finished products through " +"subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" +" go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data --> Bill of Materials` " +"and hit *Create*. In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by " +"the subcontractor to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify" +" that the *BoM* type is *Subcontracting* and define one or several " +"subcontractors who will provide you the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:29 +msgid "And... the configuration part is already done!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 +msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 +msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " +"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " +"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " +"subcontracted product)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " +"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " +"following stock moves are created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "For the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 +msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 +msgid "For the subcontracted product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 +msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" +" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " +"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " +"type subcontractor defined on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product with tracked components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case the subcontracted product you receive from your subcontractor " +"contains tracked components, you will need to specify the *serial/lot " +"numbers* of the components in question for traceability. This operation is " +"included in the receipt of the subcontracted product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On the receipt, you see a *Record Components* button appearing when " +"necessary. If you click on it, a *Produce* wizard opens in which you will " +"have to enter the *serial/lot numbers* of the components, and the finished " +"product if it is also tracked, like in the below example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once this information has been entered, you will see a new icon on the " +"receipt stock move, which will allow you to find back the components which " +"are part of the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " +"components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the subcontractor" +" as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You therefore need to activate *Multi-locations* in the inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule* on the " +"*Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough components " +"sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is triggered, a " +"delivery order is created for the product is automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your subcontractors " +"each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you need to tick the " +"route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a2859b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12c635f23 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..741c51e04 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a schedule and make encoding easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:8 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:18 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:19 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in developer mode, from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:32 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:36 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and knowing that you will use that template " +"in the future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/duplicate_a_planning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send planned shifts and give employees autonomy over shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:4 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, " +"loosing productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts " +"helps you to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:9 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees will get an email that will redirect them to their " +"planned tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/send_planned_shifts.rst:45 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3b4195aa --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -0,0 +1,1716 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " +"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" +" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " +"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " +"American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " +"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " +"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 +msgid "Install Mercury" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods` and create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " +"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 +msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " +"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 +msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " +"product discount also at 50%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " +"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " +"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " +"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" +" on *Pricelists*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " +"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " +"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " +"whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 +msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " +"select the right pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " +"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " +"statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " +"--> Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 +msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 +msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" +"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " +"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " +"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " +"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" +" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " +"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " +"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 +msgid "Required hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " +"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" +"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" +"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " +"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " +"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " +"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" +" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " +"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 +msgid "Certification & On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " +"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " +"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " +"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " +"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " +"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 +msgid "Restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " +"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " +"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 +msgid "Refunding is disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Modifying orderline prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 +msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 +msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 +msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " +"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " +"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " +"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " +"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " +"customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " +"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 +msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" +" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" +" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " +"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" +" in Point of Sale\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" +" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 +msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " +"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 +msgid "Create your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " +"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 +msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 +msgid "You can register the next orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " +"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " +"now close the session from the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +msgid "" +"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" +" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " +"closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 +msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " +":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " +"terminal to your PoS. Open the *Point of Sale* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT" +" Box Device option and select your payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:30 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:61 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:81 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " +"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " +"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " +"Open the Point of Sale app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point" +" of Sale`. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your " +"payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" +" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " +"+/- 1 min)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " +"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select " +"your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 +msgid "Close your Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " +"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " +"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" +" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Register multiple orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " +"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " +"Sale application can help you to fulfill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 +msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " +"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your table management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" +" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " +"Point of sale`.." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" +" *Floors*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 +msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" +" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " +"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " +"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " +"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 +msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " +"register an order and payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" +" you can also transfer the order to another table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer customers between tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " +"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " +"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " +"you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 +msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " +"select the new table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " +"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " +"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " +"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" +" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " +"to process the payment." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc44ccac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..274e8ce0e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../practical.rst:3 +msgid "Practical Information" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/project.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e2b101ce --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -0,0 +1,1599 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../project.rst:5 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " +"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " +"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " +"customers using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " +"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " +"Sad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 +msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " +"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " +"apps module and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " +"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " +"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " +"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 +msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +msgid "" +"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "" +"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 +msgid "Project configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " +"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 +msgid "Email Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " +"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." +" You can directly edit it from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 +msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" +" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " +"will be added to the chatter of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " +"the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 +msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 +msgid "" +"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " +"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" +" Issue** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" +" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" +" end of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 +msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " +"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " +"from sales order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " +"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " +"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" +" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " +"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " +"and Services departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " +"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " +"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " +"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " +"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" +" overtime spent on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 +msgid "Install the required applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " +"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" +" the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +msgid "" +"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" +" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " +"spent on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 +msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 +msgid "Create and set up a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " +"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " +"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " +"the`following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 +msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 +msgid "**Product Type**: Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " +"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" +" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " +"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " +"product to hours as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " +"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " +"will then create a project per SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 +msgid "Create the Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " +"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " +"sale order, the task will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 +msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 +msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +msgid "" +"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +msgid "" +"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " +"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " +":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" +" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " +"source document of the task is the related sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application.rst:3 +msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 +msgid "Demonstration Video" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 +msgid "Transcript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" +" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " +"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" +" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" +" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" +" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " +"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" +"saving!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 +msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration and basic usage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 +msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " +"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " +"suggestions in the drop down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " +"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 +msgid "Followers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" +" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " +"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " +"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." +" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " +"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " +"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " +"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 +msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" +" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " +"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " +"see the big picture all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 +msgid "Task: follow a specific task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " +"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " +"that task also appear in your inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 +msgid "Choose which action to follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " +"Following button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " +"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " +"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 +msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " +"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " +"help you track time easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " +"available in projects and on tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " +"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" +" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " +"automatically created under the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 +msgid "Click on the settings of a project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 +msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " +"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " +"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " +"it, or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" +" timesheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 +msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 +msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " +"Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " +"Analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 +msgid "" +"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" +" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 +msgid "Document Management in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" +" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" +" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 +msgid "" +"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " +"tab on the top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 +msgid "" +"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " +"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " +"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " +"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 +msgid "Collaborate on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" +" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " +"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" +" delegation and the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 +msgid "Create a task from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " +"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " +"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " +"project gets an automatic email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 +msgid "" +"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " +"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " +"Dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 +msgid "" +"This email address create by default following the project name can be " +"changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 +msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 +msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 +msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 +msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " +"history of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " +"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " +"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " +"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " +"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " +"to remember past interactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" +" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " +"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" +" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " +"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 +msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " +"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " +"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " +"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " +"creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 +msgid "" +"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " +"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " +"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " +"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " +"follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 +msgid "Tasks states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 +msgid "Set the state of a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" +" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " +"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " +"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 +msgid "Custom states" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 +msgid "" +"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " +"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," +" then click on edit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 +msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 +msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 +msgid "Color Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 +msgid "" +"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " +"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " +"them thanks to the filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" +" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " +"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " +"the tag, directly from the task:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " +"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " +"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" +" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " +"employees working on this project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Installing the Project module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " +"**Install**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," +" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 +msgid "The privacy setting works as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 +msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 +msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " +"**Customer** field empty if not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 +msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 +msgid "Manage your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 +msgid "Add your project's stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 +msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" +" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " +"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " +"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " +"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " +"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +msgid "Rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" +" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " +"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " +"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`visualization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 +msgid ":doc:`time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "How to record time spent?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " +"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " +"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " +"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " +"Employee and Timesheet apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "Recording timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " +"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 +msgid "Recording in a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " +"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" +" click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 +msgid "Recording in a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " +"and open the task on which you have been working." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " +"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 +msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " +"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " +"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " +"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " +"have to cope with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 +msgid "In the project, create a new task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " +"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 +msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " +"to the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " +"one have the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the Kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " +"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" +" and indicate if the task is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 +msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " +"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " +"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" +" to their creation date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " +"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 +msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " +"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " +"easily in a single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " +"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " +"dropping the task to another case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +msgid "" +"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " +"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" +" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " +"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " +"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " +"project manager too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 +msgid "" +"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" +" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " +"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " +"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." +" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " +"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " +"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" +" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " +"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " +"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " +"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " +"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " +"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" +" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" +" the progress of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " +"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" +" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" +" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " +"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " +"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " +"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " +"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " +"planning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " +"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " +"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " +"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" +" each team member." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" +" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " +"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " +"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " +"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " +"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " +"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " +"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " +"issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " +"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " +"app, it will help you get started quickly too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 +msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 +msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 +msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " +"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " +"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " +"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " +"install the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" +" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " +"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " +"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " +"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " +"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 +msgid "Manage tasks with views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" +" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " +"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " +"and the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " +"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 +msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " +"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " +"ones having the higher priorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" +" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" +" logo in the upper right corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 +msgid "Add/rearrange stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " +"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " +"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " +"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " +"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " +"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " +"stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " +"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " +"Done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +msgid "" +"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " +"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " +"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " +"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " +"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " +"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 +msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 +msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " +"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " +"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" +" each time the employee will add an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " +"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " +"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " +"show you the progression of each task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 +msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " +"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " +"single window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +msgid "" +"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" +" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " +"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`forecast`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction to forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," +" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +msgid "" +"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " +"progress of a project and its related tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " +"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " +"team members to collaborate better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " +"workload and human resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "How to configure the projects?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the project application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" +" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" +" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " +"employee should complete it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "" +"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " +"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " +"all the projects that you manage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 +msgid "Configure a specific project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " +"Forecast\" in your project settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 +msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " +"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 +msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 +msgid "How to create a forecast?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " +"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " +"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " +"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " +"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " +"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " +"take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" +" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " +"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " +"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " +"in the Effective hours field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 +msgid "What are the difference between the views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " +"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " +"by projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 +msgid "By users : people management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " +"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." +" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " +"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " +"third, you see which tasks they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " +"the duration of the task in the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " +"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " +"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " +"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 +msgid "Plan the workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " +"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " +"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" +" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +msgid "" +"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " +"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " +"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " +"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " +"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " +"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " +"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " +"that this is feasible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 +msgid "Gantt view advantages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +msgid "" +"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" +" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " +"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " +"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " +"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 +msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +msgid "" +"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " +"the future or in the past" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 +msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 +msgid "modify an existing forecast" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 +msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 +msgid "By projects: project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " +"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " +"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " +"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +msgid "" +"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " +"level of hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" +" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " +"they're on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +msgid "" +"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " +"Users** section)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c80b6df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -0,0 +1,1631 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../purchase.rst:5 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 +msgid "" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " +"will automatically link the contact and price with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In day-to-day business, it may happen that your supplier uses a different " +"unit of measure than you do in sales. This can cause confusion between sales" +" and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" +" measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " +"between sales and purchase very easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 +msgid "Let's take the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You buy water from a supplier. The supplier is american and sells his water " +"in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " +"see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " +"quantities in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" +" unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " +"correctly installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom01|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 +msgid "|uom02|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 +msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " +"unit of measures (advanced)** box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Standard units of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Let's take the classic units of measures existing in Odoo as first example. " +"Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" +" necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " +"**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 +msgid "" +"It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " +"standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " +"customers in **Liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 +msgid "" +"We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create your own product or select an existing one. In the products general " +"information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" +" be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " +"purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " +"**Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 +msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " +"supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " +"curtains in **square meters**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The two measures are part of two different categories. Remember, you cannot " +"relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " +"another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" +" where both units have a conversion relationship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, go into your sales module select :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" +" selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " +"**Inter-Category-Computation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the **Rolls** and **Square meter** units of " +"measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " +"purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " +"of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 +msgid "Create two new units:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The **Roll** unit who is part of the Inter-Category-Computation category and" +" is the **Reference Unit type** (see picture below). The Reference Unit type" +" is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " +"measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" +" meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For the **Square Meter**, we will specify that ``1 Roll = 10 square meters``" +" of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " +"meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " +"``one Roll = 10 square meters``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 +msgid "" +"It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " +"**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " +"useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " +"track and analyze your vendor's performance :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 +msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For example, an IT products reseller that issues dozens of purchase orders " +"to several suppliers each week may want to measure for each product the " +"total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " +"gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " +"their future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 +msgid "Issue some purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "Analyzing your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 +msgid "Generate flexible reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " +"default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " +"**total price**, **product quantity** and **average price** for the **each " +"month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " +"you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " +"of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " +"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " +"example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " +"need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " +"\"Products\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " +"reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" +" in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " +"These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " +"dependent and one independent measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Customize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " +"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " +"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " +"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " +"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " +"some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " +"readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " +"existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " +"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " +"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 +msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to misunderstandings, human errors or change of plans, it is sometimes " +"necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" +" it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 +msgid "" +"We will first take as example the case where you order **3 iPad mini** that " +"haven't arrived in your transfers yet. As the installation of the inventory " +"application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " +"interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " +"Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " +"you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " +"and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 +msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " +"cancel the PO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 +msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " +"the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." +" From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " +"line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 +msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " +"less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " +"ask you the permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" +" will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " +"therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 +msgid "Create reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" +" location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." +" A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" +" corresponding location and click on **Return**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " +"stock to your vendor location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" +" automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " +"cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`reception`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Request for Quotation (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " +"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " +"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " +"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " +"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 +msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " +"clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " +"date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " +"in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " +"and selecting the unit of measure. In the **Unit Price** field, specify the " +"price you would like to be offered (you can also leave the field blank if " +"you don't know what the price should be) , and add the expected delivery " +"date in the Scheduled Date field. Click on **Save**, then **Print Rfq** or " +"**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " +"supplier or enter a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" +" switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " +"**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " +"payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " +"the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" +" corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " +"products to receive and to control supplier bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" +" thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " +"purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 +msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " +"will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " +"others), which is required with **Purchase**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 +msgid "Create products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " +"**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 +msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " +"installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 +msgid "" +"It's always good to create a **Miscellaneous** product for all the products " +"you purchased rarely and for which you don't want to manage the stocks or " +"have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" +" set his product type field as **Service**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 +msgid "Control products receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 +msgid "Purchase products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 +msgid "" +"From the purchase application, create a purchase order with a few products. " +"If the vendor sent you a sale order or a quotation, put its reference in the" +" **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " +"with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " +"include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 +msgid "Receive Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 +msgid "" +"If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " +"receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " +"**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " +"receipt box of the related warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " +"on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " +"source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" +" the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " +"the lines within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " +"button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " +"**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " +"it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " +"quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " +"the quantity received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +msgid "" +"When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" +" initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " +"Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " +"you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 +msgid "" +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 +msgid "Replenishment Flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 +msgid "" +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 +msgid "" +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 +msgid "" +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " +"customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, configure the **Routes** and **Dropshipping**. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Check **Advanced " +"routing of products using rules** in the **Routes** section and **Allow " +"suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " +"**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " +"**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 +msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " +"concerned order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " +"The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" +" of your product on **Ordered quantities**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " +"module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " +"12:00PM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-Companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo is an outstanding solution to help small companies growing their " +"business. But it also perfectly meets the needs of multinational " +"companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " +"and services between different branches within your conglomerate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Purchase orders and sales orders can be related. If a company within your " +"group creates a purchase or a sales order, the corresponding document is " +"automatically created for your company. All you have to do is check that " +"everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " +"on your sales and purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 +msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Manage intercompany rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" +" companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 +msgid "Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 +msgid "New options will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " +"for the other companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " +"user has the rights to manage the companies." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dea92a715 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " +"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control " +"--> Control Points`. Once there, you have to define the product on which the" +" quality control will take place, as well as the operation at which it " +"should take place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " +"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " +"process the quality control point should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " +"place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " +"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " +"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " +"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" +" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " +"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " +"check failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " +"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" +" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +msgid "" +"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " +"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " +"with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +msgid "" +"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" +" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " +"during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b2832f30 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,2455 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../sales.rst:5 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Topics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 +msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 +msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " +"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " +"any document in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 +msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 +msgid "From Contacts Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " +"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " +"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " +"interface and from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 +msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " +"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " +"**Apply** when you're done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:3 +msgid "Apply for Amazon MWS Access Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:8 +msgid "Submit the Amazon MWS Developer Registration and Assessment Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to synchronize your Amazon orders with Odoo, Amazon MWS access keys" +" are required. They can be obtained by submitting the **Amazon MWS Developer" +" Registration and Assessment form** to register as a developer. Once " +"recognized by Amazon as a developer (i.e. you make use of an application " +"connecting to MWS), you will be granted Amazon MWS access keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " +"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" +" and follow the instructions to register as a developer. Take care to choose" +" the form \"I represent a seller organization integrating with Amazon MWS " +"for its own selling account only.\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Fill out the *Developer Registration and Assessment form* as suggested below" +" and provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " +"information** section. In the **Business use information** section, select " +"the correct region of your seller account. For the other sections, adapt " +"your responses in accordance with your business case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Give a particular attention to **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping**. It should " +"only be checked if you ship your products yourself. You should uncheck it if" +" you sell exclusively with the *Fulfillment by Amazon* service. Please note " +"that requesting this function is not recommended if you are hosted on *Odoo " +"Online* or *Odoo.sh* as the additional security requirements asked by Amazon" +" may not be met by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Depending on several factors (your region, whether you checked the " +"**Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request access to " +"Personally Identifiable Information of your customers), etc.), Amazon may " +"request you to fill out a second form before granting you MWS access keys. " +"As that form depends on the data protection policy of the region of your " +"seller account (e.g. GDPR in Europe), we cannot provide you with a pre-" +"filled form. Instead, the answers of questions related to Odoo are listed in" +" the `Answer the Additional Form`_ section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance for your application for Amazon MWS access keys, " +"`submit a support ticket to Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:46 +msgid "Answer the Additional Form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you did not receive any additional form after your :ref:`initial " +"application for Amazon MWS keys <amazon/developer-form>`, you may disregard " +"this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This section lists all questions asked by Amazon in additional forms. The " +"answers are tailored for *Odoo Online* and *Odoo.sh*. Wherever the answer " +"does not depend on Odoo, you are requested to provide it yourself at the " +"place indicated by square brackets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you are *not* hosted on Odoo, you should adapt the answers related to " +"hosting according to your own infrastructure and data protection policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you *are* hosted on Odoo, take note that Amazon is the final decision " +"maker concerning your application. While Odoo can help you provide " +"additional details to your application, it is not guaranteed that Amazon " +"will find them adequate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Describe all functionalities in your application where Personally " +"Identifiable Information (e.g. customer name, street address, billing " +"address) is required.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 +msgid "► If you did not apply for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:68 +msgid "Generation of customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 +msgid "► If you applied for the *Merchant Fulfilled Shipping* function:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:71 +msgid "Generation of delivery orders and customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**List all outside parties with whom your organization shares Amazon " +"Information (e.g. information exposed by Amazon through Amazon MWS, Seller " +"Central, or Amazon's public-facing websites) and describe how your " +"organization shares this information.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:77 +msgid "" +"We share Amazon Information with Odoo SA, our cloud service provider, for " +"the exclusive purpose of hosting our enterprise management system (including" +" the Amazon MWS integration). See also Odoo SA's Privacy Policy for details " +"at https://www.odoo.com/privacy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:83 +msgid "► If you share Amazon Information with outside parties:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:82 +msgid "" +"[Answer with the above text and add a description of your organization's " +"policy regarding the sharing of Amazon Information with outside parties]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**List all non-Amazon MWS sources where you retrieve Amazon Information.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Our enterprise software only relies on MWS to retrieve Amazon Information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization restricts public access to databases, file " +"servers, and desktop/developer endpoints.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:92 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:126 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database security " +"management. Their Security Policy can be found at " +"https://www.odoo.com/security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization uniquely identifies employees and restricts" +" access to Amazon Information on a need-to-know basis.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:106 +msgid "" +"► If all your employees are properly assigned separate users and given only " +"relevant access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access rights are provided to employees based on their role within the " +"company and are progressive, based on their responsibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For instance, salespersons only have access to their own leads/quotes (and " +"thus no access to quotes generated through the Amazon API). A salesmanager " +"has access to all quotes/leads for reporting purposes (including quotes " +"generated through the Amazon API). A quote will generate a delivery order " +"which will be accessible to a 'normal' user of the Inventory application for" +" him to be able to print the delivery label and pack the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:110 +msgid "" +"► If your employees share users or if they are given more rights than " +"needed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:109 +msgid "" +"[Answer with a description of your organization's policy for the assignation" +" of users and access rights to your employees]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization prevents Amazon Information from being " +"accessed from employee personal devices.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Our enterprise software does not prevent employees from accessing the " +"organization's data from personal devices. Role-based restrictions and " +"access rights still apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**Provide details on your organization's privacy and data handling policies " +"(a link to your policy is also acceptable).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:121 +msgid "" +"[Answer with a description of your organization's privacy and data handling " +"policies]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Describe where your organization stores Amazon Information and provide " +"details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization backups or archives Amazon Information and " +"provide details on how you encrypt this information (e.g., algorithm).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:132 +msgid "" +"We rely on Odoo S.A., our cloud service provider for our database backups " +"management. Their Service Level Agreement can be found at " +"https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Describe where your organization monitors and detects malicious activity " +"in your application(s).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:141 +msgid "" +"**Describe how your organization's incident response plan addresses database" +" hacks, unauthorized access, and data leaks (a link to your policy is also " +"acceptable).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Our cloud service provider, Odoo S.A., will notify the customer in case of a" +" data breach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/apply.rst:146 +msgid "" +"[Add a description of your organization's incident response plan or a link " +"to your incident response policy.]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" +" customers in the :ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form <amazon" +"/developer-form>`, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " +"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" +" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " +"Seller Central and notify the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " +"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " +":ref:`Developer Registration and Assessment form <amazon/developer-form>` " +"was located)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:39 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " +"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " +"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 +msgid "" +"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" +" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " +"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " +"automatically deducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 +msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" +" income account & customer taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," +" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " +"invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " +"order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " +"partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " +"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" +" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " +"the actual delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " +"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " +"invoice a fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 +msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " +"policy and select the one you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Send the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " +"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " +"automatically add the quantities to invoice based on how many you delivered " +"if you did a partial delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " +"recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" +" in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " +"make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " +"of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../ecommerce` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " +"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " +"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" +" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " +"quotation, sales order and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 +msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " +"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 +msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" +" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " +"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" +" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77d4c8caa --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,568 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"specific list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " +"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 +msgid "Set up SMS Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " +"notable integrations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..885898d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,356 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00eaf7e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:75 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " +"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/website.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b62f54214 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -0,0 +1,1993 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: vi\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../website.rst:5 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 +msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +msgid "" +"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" +" you don't have any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " +"ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 +msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " +"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " +"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " +"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " +"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 +msgid "Select Analytics API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " +"to store your API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " +"of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " +"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" +" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " +"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"'/google_account/authentication'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " +"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " +"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " +"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +" your Client ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +msgid "" +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " +"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish.rst:3 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 +msgid "How to use my own domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " +"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " +"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 +msgid "What is a good domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " +"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " +"domain. Here are some tips:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 +msgid "Simple and obvious" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 +msgid "Easy to remember and spell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 +msgid "The shorter the better" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 +msgid "Avoid special characters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 +msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 +msgid "How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 +msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 +msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 +msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " +"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " +"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " +"This is Odoo's job!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +msgid "" +"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 +msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 +msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 +msgid "" +"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " +"www.yourcompany.com)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +msgid "" +"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 +msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." +" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " +"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 +msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 +msgid "How to translate my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " +"possibility to translate it in different languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 +msgid "Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" +" many different languages as you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " +"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " +"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " +"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " +"install anything, and follow the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " +"**Add a language**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " +"click on **Load.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " +"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " +"some of the text has been translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " +"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 +msgid "" +"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" +" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " +"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " +"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " +"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 02a3e8b27..53ef7a341 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 # Jeanphy <hzh0292@qq.com>, 2019 -# 卓忆科技 <zhanghao@jointd.com>, 2019 # Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019 # udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2019 # Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2019 # lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2019 # snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2019 @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ # inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 # 张宏奎 <zhanghongkui@inspur.com>, 2019 # waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2019 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2019 # 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2019 # Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2019 # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 @@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Felix Yang/杨孟泽 <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -51,7 +50,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 msgid "Accounting" msgstr "会计" @@ -63,6 +62,125 @@ msgstr "银行&现金" msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "银行存款" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" msgstr "" @@ -109,29 +227,24 @@ msgid "**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 @@ -139,8 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 @@ -220,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:579 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "常问问题" @@ -322,351 +434,22 @@ msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 -msgid "You can update your credentials in the *Developer Mode*." +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`General Settings`, click on *Activate " -"developer mode*, then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" -" Online Synchronization`, then open the Institution you want to edit, and " -"click on *Update Credentials*." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr " 导入CODA语句文件（仅比利时） " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr " CODA是比利时银行对账单的一种文件格式。大多数比利时银行，以及伊莎贝尔软件，允许下载一个CODA文件与您的所有银行报表。 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr " 使用odoo，您可以从银行或会计软件下载coda文件，并将其直接导入odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample CODA file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/Ontvangen_CODA.2013-01-11-18.59.15.txt>`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:21 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr " 安装CODA功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section :ref:`Import your first coda file " -"<accounting/InstallCoda>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -" 如果尾波还没有激活，你需要先做。在记帐应用程序中，转到菜单：menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`。在会计设置中，选中**导入.coda格式的银行对账单**选项并应用。 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:34 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr " 导入第一个CODA文件 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." -msgstr "" -"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " -"**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击 **导入** 来创建你的所有的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "如果成功加载该文件, 您会被重定向到银行核对屏幕, 所有的交易会被重新核对。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:56 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "导入 CODA 文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"在导入了您的第一个文件后, Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议为您的银行导入更多的文件。下一次导入时, 您无需再去点击 **更多** 按钮, " -"您可以直接在链接上点击 **导入结算单** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, " -"Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去调节。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快调节过程。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测文件或交易是否已经导入。所以您不必担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查全部。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "通过Odoo, 你可以导入你的银行对账单并与你的银行同步，当然你也可以手动创建你的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "创建银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账目的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果某些调节需要完成, 新的对账单链接将会出现在下面。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化调节进程。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "期初余额和期末余额之间的差异该等于计算的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存** ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "调节银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "您可以选择直接调节对账单, 通过单击按钮 |manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始调节进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "点击 **Validate** 调节你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:67 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "按ctrl + enter调节表格里所有平衡过的项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:70 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "从调节关闭银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭调节, 点击调节 |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "否则, 单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:83 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "关闭银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:85 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "在会计仪表板, 点击银行账的更多按钮, 然后点击银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:91 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "关闭银行对账单, 只需点击 **验证** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "导入OFX 对账单文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台, 企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo, 您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample OFX file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_ofx.ofx>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"为了能导入OFX对账单, 您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` . 从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format** 和应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" -"一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 在银行账户点击 **更多** 按钮。然后, 点击" -" **Import Statement** 加载第一个OFX文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件, 单击 **导入** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "导入OFX 文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"在导入你的第一个文件之后, Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入, 你不需要去 **More** 菜单了, 您可以直接点击链接" -" **Import Statement** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的调节对象。从此操作信息, " -"Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快调节过程。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda` " - #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" msgstr "在Odoo如何同步你的PayPal账户?" @@ -773,63 +556,6 @@ msgid "" "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成, Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "导入QIF 对账单文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." -msgstr "" -"加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范, 。尽管仍然广泛使用, QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. " -"你应该使用OFX版本, 这样两个格式都能导出." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr "使用Odoo, 你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature :download:`with this sample QIF file " -"<../../../_static/example_files/test_qif.qif>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"为了导入QIF, 您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` 。从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 点击银行账户的 **More** 按钮。然后, " -"点击 **Import Statement** 加载第一个QIF文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件, 单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "导入 QIF 文件" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:184 msgid "Miscellaneous" @@ -1216,6 +942,18 @@ msgstr "银行核销" msgid "Configure model of entries" msgstr "配置分录模型" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概览" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " @@ -1300,16 +1038,11 @@ msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:64 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " @@ -1504,21 +1237,17 @@ msgid "" "accounts from another company." msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *银行帐户*" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:54 msgid "" "The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " "of the previous one within the same journal automatically." msgstr "银行对帐单的初始余额将被设置为自动在同一期杂志上一个期末余额。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:57 msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" msgstr "删除银行帐户或信用卡帐户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:59 msgid "" "From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " "the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " @@ -1724,21 +1453,21 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -1746,21 +1475,21 @@ msgstr "" "去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "注册交易, 指定链接到交易的客户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "把钱放入" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -1768,11 +1497,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "拿钱出来" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -1781,11 +1510,1208 @@ msgstr "" "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" " " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "确认所有**已收到的付款**已输入并准确记录。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "年终检查表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"在仪表板的 " +"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr " **工作进度** ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**贷款**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**税金调整**。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " +"设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "关闭会计年度" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " +"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" +msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " +":就是这么简单。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" +"你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" +"不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"在财务方面, 你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加, " +"因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务, 为了讨好顾客, " +"你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " +"因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "介绍" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " +"然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "设置你的产品" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " +"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> " +"价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " +":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " +"Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "创建报价单测试" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " +"菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " +"对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" +msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " +"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." +msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:9 +msgid "Create tax mapping" +msgstr "创建税务映射" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" +" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " +"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " +"purchases." +msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " +"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " +"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " +"Positions`." +msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " +"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " +"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " +"foreign countries." +msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:29 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" +msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" +"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." +msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " +"for the customer." +msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " +"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " +"same customer." +msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:44 +msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" +msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " +"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " +"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " +"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " +"your office or warehouse)." +msgstr "" +"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " +"tax-mapping to apply." +msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:53 +msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." +msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." +msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " +"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." +msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:63 +msgid "" +"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " +"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " +"his shipping address." +msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:68 +msgid "Specific use cases" +msgstr "特殊使用案例" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " +"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." +msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," +" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." +msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:80 +msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`create`" +msgstr ":doc:`create` " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/application.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "客户发票日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr " **借方** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr " **贷方** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "应收15美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "收入帐户100美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "银行日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "银行115美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "税率现金收付制日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "税收帐户15美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:3 +msgid "How to create new taxes" +msgstr "如何创建新税收" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" +" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " +"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " +"with the right taxes." +msgstr "" +"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." +msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " +"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:18 +msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." +msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:20 +msgid "Select a computation method:" +msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:22 +msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." +msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:24 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" +msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:26 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." +msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:28 +msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" +msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " +"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " +"posts the tax journal item in the income account." +msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " +"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " +"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." +msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " +"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " +"code." +msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:49 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "高级配置" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " +"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " +"following label on invoice \"15%\"." +msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " +"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " +"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." +msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " +"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." +msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " +"empty." +msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/create.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`application`" +msgstr ":doc:`application` " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "How to set default taxes" +msgstr "如何设置欠税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " +"localizations." +msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " +"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " +"country/state than you." +msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " +"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " +"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." +msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" +msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "在这个示例中,开票* *公司* * 欠政府20美元的税, * *客户* *欠* *政府* * 10美元的税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Taxes`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 +msgid "How to set tax-included prices" +msgstr "如何设置含税价" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " +"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " +"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" +" product form is $100." +msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 +msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" +msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 +msgid "Price without tax: $100" +msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 +msgid "Taxes: $10" +msgstr "税 :$10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 +msgid "Total to pay: $110" +msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 +msgid "If the tax is included in the price" +msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 +msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" +msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 +msgid "Taxes: $9.09" +msgstr "税 : $9.09" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 +msgid "Total to pay: $100" +msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " +"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 +msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" +msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 +msgid "" +"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " +"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " +"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " +"Display)." +msgstr "" +"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " +":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo上" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "工作方式" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" +" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "优惠券和促销" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "本地化" @@ -1794,13 +2720,6 @@ msgstr "本地化" msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - #: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" "The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " @@ -1823,21 +2742,28 @@ msgid "" "that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:27 msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" "For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " "the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:35 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " "company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " @@ -1845,11 +2771,11 @@ msgid "" "structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "科目表" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" "In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " "accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " @@ -1857,32 +2783,105 @@ msgid "" " companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:52 msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:53 msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:54 msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:60 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 msgid "Partner" msgstr "业务伙伴" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:112 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" "As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " "AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " @@ -1890,65 +2889,58 @@ msgid "" "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" "The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" " Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" "In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " "transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " "should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " "with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:144 msgid "Taxes Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:146 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:148 msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:149 msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:150 msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:151 msgid "Otros." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 msgid "Special Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" "Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" " taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " @@ -1956,11 +2948,11 @@ msgid "" "Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:164 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" "In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " "transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " @@ -1968,14 +2960,14 @@ msgid "" "AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" "The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " "the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " "of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" @@ -1983,85 +2975,85 @@ msgid "" "when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:133 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" "There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " "activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 msgid "Letters" msgstr "信" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" "For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" " the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " "be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:143 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" "When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" " must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" "The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " "associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:205 msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" "The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " "documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" "Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " "fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:161 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:133 msgid "Journals" msgstr "凭证类型" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" "In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " "depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" "For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " "Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" @@ -2069,39 +3061,65 @@ msgid "" "invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" " because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " "account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:175 -msgid "AFIP Information (better known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" "**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " "defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " "for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:184 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the WS." +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:236 msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " "the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" "**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" " for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " @@ -2110,175 +3128,562 @@ msgid "" "invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" "**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " "(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " "sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:198 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:264 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can be " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:283 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:163 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "用法和测试" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:206 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:286 #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:166 msgid "Invoice" msgstr "发票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" "After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " "invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:292 msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:294 msgid "" "Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " "based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:297 msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:307 msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:232 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:312 msgid "" "As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " "prefix and sequence is given by the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "" "The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " "different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " "manually by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:341 msgid "Invoice Taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:343 msgid "" "Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " "behavior on the pdf report:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:346 msgid "" "**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " "identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " "following AFIP Responsibility type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto" +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:354 msgid "" "**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " "part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " "the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:256 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:358 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:359 msgid "Consumidor Final." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:360 msgid "Responsable Monotributo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:259 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:361 msgid "IVA liberado." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:507 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 msgid "Vendor Bills" msgstr "供应商帐单" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:267 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:509 msgid "" -"Based on the sales journal selected for the invoice, the document type is " -"now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP " -"Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched if" -" necessary." +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:516 msgid "" "The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " "validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " "will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:282 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "Reports" msgstr "报告" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:592 msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "VAT Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:601 msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:607 msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "Resumen de IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:619 msgid "IIBB - Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:314 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:622 msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" msgstr "" @@ -2427,8 +3832,9 @@ msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:144 @@ -3070,12 +4476,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"要在2017年12月18日之前创建的任何系统中安装该模块, 应更新 \"模块\" 列表。为此, 请从 * 设置 * 菜单中激活开发人员模式。然后转到 *" -" 应用程序 * 菜单, 然后在顶部菜单中按 * 更新模块列表 *。" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3218,57 +4622,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:165 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "责任" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:181 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " "<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" "DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " "<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" @@ -3314,11 +4719,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" #: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../accounting/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "利润损失" @@ -3636,10 +5044,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3647,7 +5056,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3655,36 +5064,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:152 msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3692,14 +5101,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3708,152 +5117,152 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:190 msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "开票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "取消的发票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:241 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:243 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:240 msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:246 msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:250 msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:262 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:266 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -3861,23 +5270,23 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -3885,31 +5294,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:301 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:305 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3918,66 +5327,66 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:325 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "电算试平衡。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:327 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" "1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:344 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3987,17 +5396,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:370 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:374 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4005,11 +5414,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:381 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "电算试平衡" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:383 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4018,28 +5427,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:405 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4047,25 +5456,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:410 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:412 msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:421 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4073,24 +5482,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:429 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4099,18 +5508,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:443 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:445 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:449 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4120,7 +5529,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4128,42 +5537,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:464 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:461 msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:470 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:475 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:484 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 msgid "" "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:486 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4172,34 +5581,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4209,26 +5618,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:519 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:521 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:527 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4238,90 +5647,90 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:536 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:554 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:555 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:565 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:569 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" "This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " "the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " "but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:584 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " @@ -4329,41 +5738,41 @@ msgid "" "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:591 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" "9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:670 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" "6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:608 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" "**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" @@ -4373,25 +5782,25 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" "For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " "Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:657 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:654 msgid "**Error message**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " @@ -4400,19 +5809,19 @@ msgid "" "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:631 msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " "[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:659 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "" "2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " @@ -4420,14 +5829,14 @@ msgid "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "" "5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:650 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" "**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " @@ -4436,27 +5845,27 @@ msgid "" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" "**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" "18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" "34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " "required but missing.\", '')" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:679 +#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:676 msgid "" "**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." @@ -5116,164 +6525,6 @@ msgstr "" "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, " "因为这是实际的数量。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "确认所有**已收到的付款**已输入并准确记录。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "年终检查表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"在仪表板的 " -"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr " **工作进度** ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " -"设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "关闭会计年度" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " -"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" msgstr "" @@ -5859,26 +7110,6 @@ msgstr " **称呼** " msgid "**Account**" msgstr " **科目** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr " **借方** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr " **贷方** " - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr " **值** " @@ -6280,189 +7511,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "怎么理解科目类型, 如何配置呢？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "科目类型是什么？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "账户类型是一个名称或代码, 代表科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "在Odoo, 账户类型用于信息的目的, 来生成特定国家的法律报告, 制定规则关闭一个财政年度, 生成凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "基本账户类型根据其行为或目的, 分类一般账户和一些特定类别。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "odoo中有哪些科目类型？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "Odoo涵盖所有会计类型。因此, 您不能创建新帐户类型。只选择一个与您的帐户有关的类型。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr " **科目类型列表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "应付" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "银行和现金" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "非流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "预付账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "固定资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "非流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "权益" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "本年度收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "其他收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "折旧" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "直接成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "如何配置科目？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "在创建科目表时, 科目类型会自动产生。默认情况下, Odoo提供了大量的会计科目表, 只安装一个与你的国家有关。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "它将安装通用账户。但是如果它不涵盖你所有的情况, 你也可以创建自己的帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:71 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "如果你是Saas用户, 贵国的科目表会自动安装。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表', 点击 **新建** 按钮。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:84 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" @@ -7204,10 +8252,6 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "银行对账单" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7355,19 +8399,15 @@ msgstr "激活开发者模式" #: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 msgid "" "In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "进入财务报告创建界面, 需激活 **开发人员模式** 。要做到这一点,首先在右上角目录中点击用户资料,然后点击 **About** 。" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "点击 : **激活开发者模式** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:20 msgid "Create your financial report" msgstr "创建财务报表" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 msgid "" "First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" @@ -7375,43 +8415,43 @@ msgstr "" "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Financial Reports` " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 msgid "" "Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " "configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:33 msgid "**Analysis Period** :" msgstr " **分析期间**: " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:35 msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 msgid "" "Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " "(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 msgid "" "After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " "need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " @@ -7419,24 +8459,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 msgid "" "In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" " to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " "separated by ;)" msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:59 msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:61 msgid "" "``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " "date range)." msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 msgid "" "Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " "value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" @@ -7444,7 +8484,7 @@ msgstr "" "另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " ".amount_residual \\ \")" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 msgid "" "A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " "domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " @@ -7456,27 +8496,27 @@ msgstr "" "一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " "by字段组合科目行。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:75 msgid "Other useful fields :" msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "" "**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " "column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:82 msgid "" "**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" " same dates as the rest of the report." msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 msgid "" "**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " "(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " @@ -7485,7 +8525,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " "(永远不会)。 " -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " @@ -7735,967 +8775,344 @@ msgid "" "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " -":就是这么简单。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" -"你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" -"不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"在财务方面, 你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加, " -"因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务, 为了讨好顾客, " -"你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " -"因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " -"然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "设置你的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> " -"价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " -"Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "创建报价单测试" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " -"菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " -"对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "创建税务映射" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "特殊使用案例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "客户发票日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "应收15美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "收入帐户100美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "银行日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "银行115美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "税率现金收付制日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "税收帐户15美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "如何创建新税收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "高级配置" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "如何设置欠税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "在这个示例中,开票* *公司* * 欠政府20美元的税, * *客户* *欠* *政府* * 10美元的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Taxes`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "如何设置含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "税 :$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "税 : $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " -":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "工作方式" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "优惠券和促销" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "入门" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "会计科目" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "权益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "应收" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "银行和现金" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "流动资产" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "非流动资产" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "预付账" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "应付" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "非流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "本年度收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "其他收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "折旧" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" msgstr "如何设置odoo会计？" @@ -9080,10 +9497,6 @@ msgstr "资产购置(例如，建筑物)和费用(例如，燃油)之间是有 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "资产 = 负债 + 权益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "会计科目" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -9100,6 +9513,7 @@ msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "日记账分录" @@ -9235,10 +9649,7 @@ msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9252,10 +9663,7 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9277,12 +9685,6 @@ msgstr "发票1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "100" msgstr "100" @@ -9397,10 +9799,7 @@ msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 @@ -9412,12 +9811,8 @@ msgstr "账户" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 @@ -10553,19 +10948,11 @@ msgid "" "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:73 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:79 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "试着用支票支付供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "打印支票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10573,7 +10960,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "从会计仪表盘,银行账户,可看到一个链接“X支票打印”。点击这个链接,会得到所有未打印的支票清单。从这个界面,可批量打印或是逐个检查。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -10582,35 +10969,35 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面,点击* *打印支票* *。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号,但是,如果编号不匹配, 可修改。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出,Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款* *核销* *。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" "To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -10618,24 +11005,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印支票* *或批量打印:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" @@ -11321,7 +11708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " "would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11367,12 +11754,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " @@ -11395,9 +11776,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:193 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../others/configuration/account_type`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 @@ -11657,7 +12038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting → Configuration --> " +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" @@ -11679,22 +12060,22 @@ msgid "" "Expense Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " "are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -11702,14 +12083,14 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Expenses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" " `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" " of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " @@ -12543,22 +12924,22 @@ msgid "" "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -12566,21 +12947,21 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" @@ -12675,143 +13056,6 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "如何为客户发票制定分期付款计划?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "为了管理分期付款，应使用付款方式。适用于客户发票和供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "例如, 对于一个特定发票 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "10日内付款50%" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "30日内付款剩下的余额" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "付款条款的描述将出现在发票或是销售订单上." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:37 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "付款方式为客户" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "你可以设置付款条款 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:46 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:49 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "如果发票包含一个付款条款，相关的凭证将不同。没有付款条款的100美元的发票的凭证为(为了说明得更清楚，不要在发票上设置任何税)：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "到期日期" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％, 3天之内付款期限, 并在30天内的平衡, 你会得到以下日记帐分录 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "一月 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "一月 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:78 -msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different du dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Customers Statement`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms` " - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" msgstr "开票流程概述" @@ -13041,102 +13285,316 @@ msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "如何理解使用付款条件" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "付款条款规定的条件支付发票。它们适用于双方的客户发票和供应商的账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "从客户应用程序的配置菜单配置您的一般付款条款。付款条款的描述是出现在发票或销售订单之一。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"的支付期限可有一条线（例如 :21天）或几条线（3天以内10％, 并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限, 确保最新的一个是平衡的。 " -"（避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％, 因为, 与舍入, 它可能无法做完全100％）" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "使用付款条款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "付款方式可以设置 :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "如果发票有付款条件, 日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收, $ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录 :" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "在客户的声明中, 你会看到两行不同的到期日。" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "付款方式的供应商票据" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件, 就在预产期是不够的。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"但是, 如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批, 你仍然可以使用的付款条件, 完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限, " -"则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "到期日期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "客户付款" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index acc811ba5..98198dc6d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" @@ -310,6 +311,7 @@ msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "价格" @@ -673,6 +675,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话充当独立的独立应用程序。" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP 星号服务器" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 678437b2c..73fa42142 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -310,25 +310,30 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:161 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:164 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:169 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:176 +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:172 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 03e424761..e2a53b1ef 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -948,8 +948,9 @@ msgid "How to:" msgstr "如何：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "切换到开发者模式" +msgid "" +"Switch to :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a598681d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists could be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as" +" they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, " +"and consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:9 +msgid "Create Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:35 +msgid "Check all the contacts of your mailing list(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Open a contact to see or add different mailing lists to which the contact is" +" or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:54 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he will " +"be redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After clicking the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you will " +"be sent to an error page (error 403 - Access Denied). If you want to be sure" +" the link is working properly, you should create your mass mail and then " +"send it only to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:9 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts*, for example, as *Recipients*, will allow you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts, a " +"mailing list or contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:51 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work will be allocated in the *draft* column in the kanban view." +" Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"will delete the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Send* will trigger the email with the next run and put the work on the " +"*queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:68 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time and will put the email in " +"the *queue* column in the kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for *all emails* sent, in other words, throughout" +" all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have remaining " +"ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically the next " +"day. You will need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:78 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:82 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you will see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You will also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. " +"All of this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po index 20e115706..c881b21b8 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ msgid "" "Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " "you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " "configured with *Tax Included in Price* (see: " -":doc:`../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees report " -"expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " +":doc:`../accounting/fiscality/taxes/tax_included`). That way, employees " +"report expenses with prices including taxes, which is usually the expected " "behaviour." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po index ae0b24855..ba3a8d542 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-16 08:49+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -25,92 +25,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Field Service" msgstr "现场服务" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:3 -msgid "Create quotations from tasks" +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 msgid "" -"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " -"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " -"easy for employees." +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:8 ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:9 -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 msgid "Enable the feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:16 +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:15 msgid "" -"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " -"Quotations*." +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/create_quotations.rst:21 -msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:3 -msgid "Customize worksheet reports" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:4 -msgid "" -"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" -" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " -"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " -"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " -":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:18 -msgid "Designing worksheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " -"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" -" the *Studio* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:27 -msgid "" -"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " -"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " -"overview of the work done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:30 -msgid "" -"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " -"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " -"that given template and generates a graph." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/customize_worksheets.rst:38 -msgid "" -"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" -"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoicing time and material to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 msgid "" "Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " "their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " @@ -118,235 +75,179 @@ msgid "" "be charged for the exact right hours and material used." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 msgid "" "Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " "*Resume* when you would like to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:17 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 msgid "" "Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " "add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:25 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:31 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 msgid "" "Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " "activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " "worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:34 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 msgid "" "*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " "validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:37 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 msgid "" "*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " "sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:41 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your time and material" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:42 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 msgid "" "Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " "marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " "allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:52 +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 msgid "" "Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " ":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/invoicing_time.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`../project/advanced/feedback`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:3 -msgid "Keeping track of stock" +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " "material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 msgid "Set up your Field Service project" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" " sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/keep_track.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 msgid "" "Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " "the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " "and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your employees’ schedules and time off" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 msgid "" "The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " "your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " "employees schedules and interventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 msgid "" "No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " "validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" " in your Gantt view." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 msgid "" "It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " "employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" " will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 msgid "" "From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " "on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " "existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 msgid "Unassigned tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 msgid "" "If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " "care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" " Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 msgid "" "Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " "dynamic database." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../project/configuration/setup`" +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/configuration/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions tasks from Sales Orders" +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 -msgid "" -"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" -" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " -"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " -"price to be approved before the work even starts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " -"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " -"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " -"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" -" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " -"respective project you have chosen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 -msgid "" -"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" -" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:4 -msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" -" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " -"field services tasks from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " -"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/plan_onsite.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " -"Intervention* from tickets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:3 -msgid "Planning an itinerary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 msgid "" "Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " "activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " "the workload more efficient." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 msgid "" "Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" " and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " @@ -355,18 +256,135 @@ msgid "" "token*." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " "route." msgstr "" -#: ../../fsm/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 msgid "" "This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " "without a Mapbox account." msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:21 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b2b3a4767..d4dd1c0a9 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 # 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2019 # John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -49,45 +49,44 @@ msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -95,7 +94,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." @@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" @@ -278,19 +277,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "如何使用模板" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -298,17 +297,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -320,18 +319,18 @@ msgstr "" "为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" " (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -343,18 +342,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -364,7 +363,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -374,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" "要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO " "8601*修正格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -384,11 +383,11 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " ".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "我可以输入带有货币符号的号码(例如:$32.00)吗?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -399,56 +398,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "不合要求的例子：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -457,103 +456,101 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice " -"Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。" +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "国家: 比利时" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -562,13 +559,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -578,23 +575,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "目录的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "产品的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "如果我有多对一的字段怎么做？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -608,20 +605,20 @@ msgstr "" "Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " "(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -630,65 +627,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "一些引用的文件" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -700,17 +696,17 @@ msgstr "" "如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " "ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -719,11 +715,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -732,62 +728,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1'," -" 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档：" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：：" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部" -" ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -796,6 +786,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -804,100 +867,102 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 @@ -944,10 +1009,9 @@ msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀 #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " +"Refer to our `Pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more " "information." msgstr "" -"请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -960,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr "" "也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入" " :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 045d6e453..2d3843858 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-16 09:46+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: as co02 <asco02@163.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -231,12 +231,11 @@ msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" #: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "‎首先, 您将需要激活开发人员模式。为此, 请转到您的设置模块, 然后在右下侧选择 \"激活开发人员模式\" 链接。‎" +"First you will need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:42 msgid "" "Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" " the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " @@ -246,27 +245,27 @@ msgstr "" "‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, " "并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:51 msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 msgid "" "Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " "your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:59 msgid "" "Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " "ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:66 msgid "" "Website Form allows your customer to go to " "yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " @@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" "‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 " "odoo.com/help!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:73 msgid "" "Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " "website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " @@ -283,18 +282,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:81 msgid "" "The final option to submit tickets is through an API connection. View the " "documentation `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:90 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:85 msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:92 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" "Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" " assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " @@ -304,105 +303,105 @@ msgstr "" "‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" " "字段中来分配自己的票证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:100 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:95 msgid "" "If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " "tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:103 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:98 msgid "" "From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " "completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:107 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:102 msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:109 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" "On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" " but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " "Kanban view or on the ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:116 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:111 msgid "" "To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " "activate the setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:122 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:124 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:119 msgid "" "You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " "priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:126 msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:128 msgid "" "If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " "State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:136 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:131 msgid "Grey - Normal State" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:138 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:133 msgid "Red - Blocked" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:140 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:135 msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:142 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 msgid "" "Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " "Ticket form." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:149 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:144 msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:151 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:146 msgid "" "First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " "Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " "timesheets will log against." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:158 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:153 msgid "" "Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" " tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:164 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 msgid "" "Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " "ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:168 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:163 msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:175 +#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:170 msgid "" "Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " "an email to the customer asking how their service went." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 25c6481d1..706ef1da1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-01-10 14:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -130,8 +130,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in **debug** mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > " -"Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 @@ -557,8 +558,8 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -568,50 +569,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -810,22 +813,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1015,8 +1018,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 @@ -1087,7 +1090,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1418,8 +1421,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. By " +"default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 @@ -1430,10 +1434,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." +"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and open the one you will use " +"to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select the option *Pack good, send " +"goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as *Outgoing Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 @@ -1446,9 +1450,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." +"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to " +"rename. Change its name and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 @@ -1567,9 +1571,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 @@ -1580,18 +1584,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 @@ -1740,6 +1744,10 @@ msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" @@ -1862,8 +1870,8 @@ msgstr "应用配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -1923,9 +1931,9 @@ msgstr "到期警报" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -1963,8 +1971,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -1979,8 +1987,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2034,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr "作业类型" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2060,8 +2069,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2098,16 +2108,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2178,8 +2188,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2208,13 +2218,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2290,9 +2301,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2350,12 +2361,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2381,8 +2394,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2403,8 +2417,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2427,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2620,8 +2634,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 @@ -2643,8 +2657,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"To find purchase lead time, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 @@ -2660,8 +2674,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"To configure it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 @@ -2673,9 +2687,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"To specify them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Routes` and add a push rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate " +"*Multi-step Routes* to use this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 @@ -2788,10 +2802,10 @@ msgstr "手工运行排程" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2800,15 +2814,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -2934,8 +2948,9 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -2944,9 +2959,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -2963,9 +2978,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3072,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" qunatity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "" @@ -3139,8 +3154,9 @@ msgstr "订货规则" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 @@ -3183,8 +3199,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 @@ -3213,13 +3229,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3233,8 +3247,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3269,9 +3283,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"First, you need to go in *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate" -" the landed costs feature. You can also determine the default journal in " -"which the landed cost accounting entries will be recorded." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 @@ -3321,8 +3336,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -"*Inventory > Operations > Landed Costs* and directly create the landed cost " -"from there." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 @@ -3643,278 +3658,279 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -"developer mode and open your accounting settings." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:190 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -"Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:195 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:200 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:359 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:259 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:299 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:338 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "信用" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "资产 :存货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:210 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "负债 :应付账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "配置 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:216 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:289 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:291 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "货物接收" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "没有会计分录" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "客户发票" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "收入 :销售货物" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:227 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "资产 :应收账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:233 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:309 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:239 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "客户发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "生产数量" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:248 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:323 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:261 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "费用 :存货变动" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "盎格鲁-撒克逊会计" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:331 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "费用 :采购货物" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " @@ -3923,72 +3939,72 @@ msgid "" "configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:355 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:371 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:398 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr " **配置 :** " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:373 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:400 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:375 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:402 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:377 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:412 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:420 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4077,9 +4093,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from *Inventory > Reporting > Inventory Valuation*). It gives " -"you, product per product, the value of your stock. By clicking on the button" -" *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same information for a past date." +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4163,14 +4180,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4214,13 +4232,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4263,8 +4282,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4336,8 +4355,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4477,34 +4496,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4512,7 +4531,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4523,21 +4542,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4563,17 +4582,17 @@ msgstr "" "首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4583,31 +4602,30 @@ msgstr "" "下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "创建一个新的库存" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -4615,7 +4633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -4625,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr "" "进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ," " **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4636,24 +4654,24 @@ msgstr "" "接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " "因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -4661,51 +4679,51 @@ msgstr "" "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> " "转移(Transfer)` 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4761,8 +4779,8 @@ msgstr "补货规则设置" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 msgid "" "The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" +"go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." @@ -4799,30 +4817,26 @@ msgid "" "rules." msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "试着在demo实例创建一个补货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:67 msgid "" "Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " "defined." msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " @@ -4891,40 +4905,36 @@ msgstr "" "在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, " "会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "在demo实例创建一个推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:58 msgid "" "Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 msgid "Stock transfers" msgstr "库存调拨" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:64 msgid "" "The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" " route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " "waiting." msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 msgid "" "The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " "location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检** 区域的一个调拨。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:74 msgid "" "In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " "it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" " the main stock." msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " @@ -5197,41 +5207,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6362,27 +6373,25 @@ msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com <http: " -"//www.ups.com/>` __)" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -6390,46 +6399,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -"1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n" -" `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>` __" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a68137e96 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-03-19 12:05+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index fc0956760..64f8e89b5 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -201,36 +201,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." +"To configure mercury, you need to activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:30 msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Mercury " +"Configurations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:32 msgid "" "Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " "credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:38 msgid "" "Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " "Methods` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:41 msgid "" "Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " "select your Mercury credentials that you just created." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 msgid "" "You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 323e8ff58..86fada5d1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -794,11 +794,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在线演示中显示 **询价单** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -813,13 +809,13 @@ msgstr "" "指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空, 如果你不知道该是多少价格), 在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期.点击 **保存** , 然后 **打印询价单** " "或 **通过邮件发送询价单** (确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "点击 **发送** 后, 你可以看到询价单的状态会从 **草稿** 到 **询价单已发出** 。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -828,13 +824,13 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价, 点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格, 税, 预期交货时间, 付款条款, 等等.)然后点击 **保存** " "来发布一个采购单。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "为了处理这个订单, 点击 **确认订单** 发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成 **采购单** 。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index da7aece19..249a8f9fa 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -429,25 +429,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:34 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -"**Developer mode**, head to your Amazon account and click the button **SYNC " -"ORDERS**. The same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by " -"clicking the buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:38 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with order" +" cancellations and pickings by clicking on **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC" +" PICKINGS**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:42 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -455,18 +457,18 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:52 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -477,14 +479,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -496,24 +498,24 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " "in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " "of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "" "To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " "orders based on the sales team." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 msgid "" "As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " "invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " @@ -524,11 +526,11 @@ msgid "" "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:87 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:91 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -536,13 +538,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:95 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -632,16 +634,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:49 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " "Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:55 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -650,7 +653,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -828,8 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" -"Enable the Developper Mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate" -" the developer mode`" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 @@ -943,7 +945,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 费用\"来安装它。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -1179,8 +1180,8 @@ msgstr "从销售订单进行订阅" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "从销售应用中，为所需客户创建报价单，然后选择您以前创建的订阅产品。" +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1267,6 +1268,13 @@ msgstr "在时间表下，您可以分配谁对它进行工作。您可以添加 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "然后，可以从销售订单中为这些工时开票。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -2495,9 +2503,9 @@ msgstr "设置默认条款和条件" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [默认条款和条件]。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 712886f54..a6957f734 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ # Translators: # liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 # 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2019 # Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -29,491 +27,548 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "短信营销" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if " +"you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in the" +" unsubscription page to allow them to update their subscription preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " +"Once inside the list, you can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " "specific list." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:23 msgid "" "A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " "(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:31 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and your team can easily keep track and see a " +"history of interactions with your contacts or prospects, granting you the " +"ability to better understand them." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Example: your sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing " +"promotions a customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:37 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "黑名单" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries in your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:4 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " "purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS Campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:10 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"activate the option Mailing Campaigns`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:16 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, you will also have the menu *Campaigns* included in your *SMS " +"Marketing* page, allowing you to have an overview of your SMS mailings and " +"your email marketing ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:22 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:30 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:32 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message in a batch here, you could go to " +":menuselection:`List View --> select all the contacts --> Action --> Send " +"SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:47 msgid "Set up SMS Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> Phone/SMS section --> SMS Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:59 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:62 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " "notable integrations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:64 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:74 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones - " +"people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Install the app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:16 +msgid "Build an SMS mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will be able to specify a *subject* name that will help you to " +"remember what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under *recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) will " +"receive your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:28 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message will be sent to contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose mailing " +"lists you ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to" +" your Newsletters, or both! Note that you are allowed to select more than " +"one *Mailing list*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " +"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, you will be able to " +"get data about those links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On *Settings* you have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " +"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list he " +"is not interested in anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:63 +msgid "Sending my mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Put in queue: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not mind when the triggering will happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Send now: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if there" +" are not that many recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Schedule: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings that" +" you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while " +"it is active or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Test: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:82 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, you are capable of applying" +" filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " +"performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on" +" the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information on that access: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "常问问题" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "是." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index aaf10c21d..8b3ab0597 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 # guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 # #, fuzzy @@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -23,151 +22,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "社交媒体营销" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "高级话题" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel will be shown. The " +"overview of the campaign shows you global metric such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po index 11fd6ec04..0a9411c7e 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -8,16 +8,15 @@ # Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 # liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 # 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-12-26 09:17+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-01-07 16:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020\n" +"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -264,246 +263,6 @@ msgid "" "You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:6 -msgid "Contribute to the documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:9 -msgid "First of all..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**... Thank you for landing here and helping us to improve the user " -"documentation of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:15 -msgid "Edit an existing page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:17 -msgid "" -"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you'll need a free `GitHub " -"account <https://help.github.com/en/articles/signing-up-for-a-new-github-" -"account>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Pick a page in our `user documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`_. **Please take care of choosing " -"the right version of Odoo.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:19 -msgid "Click on **Edit on Github** in the left menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If this is the first time you edit our documentation, click on **Fork " -"repository**, else you won't see this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Use Github's editor to add your text. Text is tagged with a simple syntax " -"called `RST <http://docutils.sourceforge.net/rst.html>`_. Don't worry, it's " -"not so hard to learn 🤓... See the following section of this document for a " -"quick overview of RST commands." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Click on **Preview changes** to review your contribution in a human-readable" -" format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In the **Propose file change** section, add a short title to your " -"contribution. The title should summarize your changes. You may use the " -"second box to add an extended description if your contribution requires a " -"longer explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:44 -msgid "Submit your contribution by clicking on **Propose file change**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:45 -msgid "Click on **Create pull request**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Wait for an Odoo maintainer to add your contribution. Thank you for your " -"help!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:49 -msgid "" -"There is no automatic port of your edit to another version of the " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If your change should apply to multiple versions of Odoo, please warn us in " -"your contribution message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:55 -msgid "RST Cheat Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Here is a summary of the markup elements you may use while editing our " -"documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "代码" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Display" -msgstr "显示" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:60 -msgid "Comments" -msgstr "注释" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:62 -msgid "Text in *italics*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:66 -msgid "Text in **bold** letters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Numbered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:71 ../../support/user_doc.rst:77 -msgid "Bullet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:72 ../../support/user_doc.rst:78 -msgid "List" -msgstr "列表" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:70 ../../support/user_doc.rst:76 -msgid "Must be surrounded by white lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "This is `a hyper link <https://www.odoo.com>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Here is `how to enter backticks on your keyboard " -"<https://superuser.com/a/254077>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:85 -msgid "Don't forget terminal *underscore*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:90 -msgid "" -"There are many more commands available, see `comprehensive documentation " -"<http://docutils.sourceforge.net/docs/ref/rst/restructuredtext.html>`_ of " -"RST." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:94 -msgid "Add images to your documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:98 -msgid "" -"This procedure is possible only for users who have **push** access on the " -"documentation repository (eg: mainly, Odoo maintainers). We are working on " -"improving this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:101 -msgid "First of all, prepare your screenshots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:103 -msgid "They must be good-quality PNG images." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Crop your screenshots to display only the relevant part of the screen. Large" -" screenshots are hard to read and don't display well in a documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Always take your screenshots on a demo instance of Odoo; **never** include " -"any personal data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Upload them to the ``media/`` directory which is located next to the page " -"you are editing. If the directory does not exist, create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:109 -msgid "" -"When editing your page, use this code piece in order to load your image:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:117 -msgid "Submit your changes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:128 -msgid "Technical Details for Nerds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Advanced users may, of course, fork and clone `the GitHub repository " -"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_. Then submit a pull request " -"with the canonical Git/GitHub workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:133 -msgid "" -"See our `README <https://github.com/odoo/documentation-" -"user/blob/13.0/README.rst>`_ file about building the documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:138 -msgid "Developer documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Documentation that targets developers of Odoo apps is maintained alongside " -"`the source code of Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/13.0/doc>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:143 -msgid "" -"User documentation might contain technicalities yet, when they are related " -"to configuration and everyday use of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/user_doc.rst:149 ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:36 -msgid "*Last revision of this page:* |date|" -msgstr "" - #: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" msgstr "" @@ -642,48 +401,49 @@ msgid "" "server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 msgid "Please include in your request:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), please also " -"send the URL of your database." +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" msgstr "" #: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 msgid "Odoo Community" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 msgid "" "Ask your question on the `community forum " "<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Buy Odoo Enterprise <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ to get the support and " -"bugfix services." +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 2cc47d97b..566dcb4b4 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-02-11 14:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-03-19 13:03+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" @@ -942,10 +942,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1182,10 +1183,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1591,18 +1593,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:132 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1611,11 +1614,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:145 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1623,93 +1626,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:156 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "租赁产品" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:158 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:160 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "博客" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:162 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:164 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "论坛" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:166 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "活动" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "工作岗位" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:171 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:175 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:177 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:181 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:187 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:192 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:199 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "多公司" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:201 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:210 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1717,46 +1720,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:216 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:222 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:224 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:229 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:231 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:239 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:244 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1765,41 +1768,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:251 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "价格表" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " "additional pricelists. See " ":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:259 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:265 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:270 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:272 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1807,11 +1810,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:278 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:280 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1820,42 +1823,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:290 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:292 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:299 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:303 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "如何进行网址转换"